L 0. h \ -AMERICAN SERIES 
 LA \. -OF- 
 
 INSTRUCTION BOOKS, 
 
 By EUAS LOXGLEY, 
 
 For twenty-flve years a Practical Verbatim Reporter, and 
 leacner of the Phonographic Art. 
 
 
 
 THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES 
 
 riiers. iznro; /_' pages, scents. 
 iSP" Any of the above books tent by mail 
 
 ROBERT CLARKE & CO.. Phl!.h Cincinnati. 
 
 plete 
 hort- 
 with 
 
 Stu- 
 rmu- 
 s for 
 
 and 
 2mo. 
 
 Ex- 
 s for 
 0,000 
 also, 
 mes, 
 mes. 
 
 ary. 
 
 aper, 
 
 INKS 
 
 rs of 
 lieut 
 
 leof 
 etc., 
 Con- 
 B for 
 !mo. 
 
 on- 
 jsite 
 ges. 
 
 nog- 
 s on 
 .vith 
 the 
 
 and 
 ad- 
 ype-
 
 ITHELONGLEY INSTITUTE,! 
 
 3 Practical School of Shorthand and 
 Type writing and Typewriter 
 Supply Office. 
 
 ' --EY4WACNER, 
 ~ ._ -n West First St., Los ANOELES, CM.
 
 ,0
 
 DESIGNED FOR 
 
 OIF 1 
 
 PHONOGRAPHY 
 
 In which are formulated for the first time, in any work of the 
 
 kind, Rules for the Contraction of Words, Principles 
 
 of Phrasing, and Methods of Abbreviation 
 
 Abundantly Illustrated 
 
 BY 
 
 Author of the "Eclectic Manual of Phonography," "The American 
 Phonographic Dictionary," and other works 
 
 CINCINNATI 
 ROBERT CLARKE & CO. 
 
 1890
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1889, 
 BY ROBERT CLARKE'S CO.
 
 /> 7Q 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. iii 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS v 
 
 Reporting Facilities vii 
 
 Sources of Brevity 1 
 
 Single Stem Word- Forms..... 2 
 
 CONTRACTED WORDS 
 
 Principles of Contraction Explained 9 
 
 List of Contracted Words 11 
 
 Importance of Reviews 28 
 
 PHRASE- WRITING 29 
 
 Introductory Remarks 29 
 
 Exercise on Simple Phrases, (with key) 32 
 
 FORMATION OP PHRASES 34 
 
 Greatest Brevity Sometimes Objectionable 34 
 
 Variations from Standard Forms 35 
 
 Double Phrase-Forms 35 
 
 Option al Phrase- Forms 35 
 
 Position of Phrase-Forms ... 36 
 
 The Balancing Movement 36 
 
 PHRASING PRINCIPLES 
 
 The L-Hook Principle, (with writing exercise) 37 
 
 The R-Hook Principle, " 37 
 
 The F-V-Hook Principle, " 38 
 
 The N-Hook Principle, " 38 
 
 The N-Curl Principle, " 39 
 
 The Thr-Hook Principle, " 39 
 
 The S-Circle Principle, " 39 
 
 The S-S-Circle Principle, " 40 
 
 The Looping Principle, 40 
 
 The Lengthening Principle, 41 
 
 The Halving Principle, " 41 
 
 The W-Hook Principle, " 42 
 
 The Brief-W Principle, " 42 
 
 The Brief-Y Principle, " 43
 
 iv THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 BEVIEW on Principles and Practice of Phrasing 43 
 
 Miscellaneous Phrases, (with key) 44 
 
 Phrases in Sentences, (with key) 46 
 
 OMISSIOX OF WORDS 48-49 
 
 Review of same 49 
 
 WORDS VARIOUSLY WRITTEN, A, An, And, After 50 
 
 All, Are, As it, Is it, Been, Can, Cannot 51 
 
 Could not, Far, First, He, 1 52 
 
 I have, Ing-a, The, Of, One, Other 53 
 
 Own, Part, Question, Should, State, Take, Took, 
 
 Taken 54 
 
 Than, The, Their, There, Therefore, Time 55 
 
 Was it, Was not, We, Well 56 
 
 Were, Will, Word, -ward, Would, Year, You, Your ... 57 
 
 Review of same 58 
 
 Catching-Up and Resting ' 59 
 
 Exceptional Phrases, (with key) 60-61 
 
 Exercise in Speech-Reporting, (with key) 62-63 
 
 Liability for Loss of Baggage, (Judicial Decision with key). 64-65 
 
 The Study of Phrase-Forms 66 
 
 General List of Phrases, (alphabetically arranged) 67-102 
 
 Exercises on Phrases, " 193-1 '.9 
 
 The North and the South, (exercise with key) 200-201 
 
 President Garfield to Young Men, (exercise with key) 202-205 
 
 What is Life, Sermon, (with key) 206-211 
 
 Law Reporting 212 
 
 Legal Testimony Phrases 213-217 
 
 Responsibility of Express Companies, (with key) 218-219 
 
 Court Testimony, (with key) 220-223 
 
 Legal Deposition, 224-227 
 
 Judge's Charge, " 228-231 
 
 Railroad and Commercial Phrases 232-235 
 
 AMANUENSIS WORK 
 
 Dictation Letters, (with transcriptions) 236-239 
 
 Additional Dictation Letters 240-244 
 
 Additional Exercises to be Written... .. 245-248
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 In the following pages the author has endeavored to make 
 as plain and easy as possible, the study of the somewhat difficult 
 art of verbatim reporting. Other authors have heretofore 
 labored with the same end in view, no doubt, and each with 
 more or less success. But in some important respects the writer 
 thinks there is great room for improvement in the methods of 
 presenting its various features. 
 
 I. In the formulation of principles and rules for the eluci- 
 dation of the art. In this respect but one other work, "Mun- 
 son's Phrase-Book," contains the slightest attempt to aid the 
 learner by giving reasons and rules for things. In the present 
 volume may be found sections of this character as follows : 
 
 (1.) On pages 9 and 10 will be seen what the author claims 
 as an entirely new feature, in the presentation of rules for the 
 construction of Contracted Word-Forms, the thorough under- 
 standing of which will greatly aid the learner in remembering 
 them. 
 
 (2.) On pages 34 to 36 is a chapter describing and illustra- 
 ting the Different Kinds of Phrases. 
 
 (3.) On pages 37 to 43 will be found a series of Phrasing 
 Principles, or rules that govern the construction of phrases, that 
 will not only be satisfying to the philosophical mind, but will 
 enable the student to learn to read and write large classes of 
 phrases at once, instead of taking each as an isolated study. 
 
 (4.) On pages 48 and 49 are given Rules for the Omission of 
 Words, that will facilitate the use of this source of brevity. 
 
 (5.) And on pages 50 to 58 is a chapter on Words Vari- 
 ously Written, that will be invaluable in enabling learners to 
 know how to make facile joinings in nearly all combinations. 
 
 II. The presentation of principles, as above set forth, en- 
 ables the author to classify Writing Exercises for his pupils in 
 such a way as to render them more easily written and read, than 
 when presented in a miscellaneous way. Seepages 32-33, 44-45, 
 46-47, 60-61, also 37 to 43. 
 
 (v)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 III. The copious shorthand illustrations given in the text, 
 to explain principles and rules, has never before been deemed 
 expedient on account of the expense. The peculiar process of 
 printing employed in this work, however, affords opportunity to 
 give the learner all the aid in this way that is desirable. Hence, 
 counting the list of Single-Stem Word-Forms (1500), the list of 
 Contracted Words (2,000), the General List of Phrases (13,000), 
 and the various special lists, together with the sample Speeches, 
 Sermon, Testimony, Deposition, Decision, Charge, Correspond- 
 ence, etc., at the close of the book, gives the learner twice as 
 much shorthand matter, with which to make himrelf familiar, 
 as he would be able to find in any other instruction book of the 
 kind, and there is no danger of his having too much of this 
 kind of assistance. 
 
 IV. In the matter of Reviews, for the purpose of stimula- 
 ting the study of principles and rules, and in order to tost the 
 attainment of accurate and reliable knowledge, this work will 
 be found peculiarly serviceable. 
 
 The REPORTER'S GUIDE is Eclectic in character, that is, com- 
 posed of the best features of all standard systems of phonographic 
 reporting; it is in harmony with the " Eclectic Manual of Pho- 
 nography," the "American Phonographic Dictionary, ' and other 
 works, and differs from the older styles as follows: 
 
 From ISAAC PITMAN'S English system it differs, in the em- 
 ployment of the simple signs "^ w and f~ y, and the simpler 
 / h, instead of his complex (J/ / w, f y,/ ? h ; in confining the 
 *S7m-hook to one side of stems, as is the case with all other hooks; 
 in the use of the large final hook on the opposite side of the shn- 
 hook for a 77>r-hook; and in some other minor improvements. 
 On account of the TA<?r-hook especially, for the brief and facile 
 representation of the frequently recurring word's their, there, other, 
 there are, and the better use of other phonographic material, the 
 Eclectic style gives 15 per cent greater speed than the English 
 style. 
 
 From the BKNV PITMAN style it differs, in the use of the new, 
 natural, or cosmopolitan vowel scale, the uniform hooking of 
 stems, the new y/ h, the new T/i^r-hook, and a judicious 
 (limited) use of the small hooks upon the dash vowel word- 
 signs. These differences are equal to 10 per cent in favor of the 
 Eclectic style.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 From the GRAHAM style it differs in the same respect as from 
 that of Benn Pitman ; and, furthermore, in that Graham carries 
 the hooking of the dash vowel word-signs to its fullest extent, 
 uses other abbreviating devices, and teaches the use of con- 
 tracted forms for about three-fourths of all words. Thus, while 
 Graham's style maybe apparently briefer, it takes much longer 
 to learn it, is read with greater difficulty, and unless the reporter 
 is in constant practice he finds himself losing speed. 
 
 From Muxsox's more recent style the Eclectic differs as 
 much as from any of the others. His vowel scale is the same, 
 however, and he also employs the TTier-hook ; but he uses the 
 heavy, burdensome sign /"^ for the light sounding h; and his 
 contracted word-forms, and especially his modes of phrasing, are 
 not Pitmanic. It is regarded as, next to Isaac Pitman's, the 
 most cumbrous and laborious style of writing. 
 
 All things considered, the Eclectic is conceived to be the 
 happy medium between the excessive complexity and apparent 
 brevity of Graham and the unnecessarily cumbrous styles of 
 other authors. 
 
 REPORTING FACILITIES. 
 
 Whatever facilities are necessary to enable a reporter to do his work con- 
 veniently and successfully, it is desirable, also, for the student to have, to 
 aid him in his study and practice. The first requisite is a table, or stand, 
 that will maintain a steady position, regardless of a jostling crowd or the 
 jerkings of half a dozen reporters. In a church one generally has to use his 
 knees instead of a stand; and at a serenade speech, or in a mob, he lays his 
 note-book on the back of the man standing in front of him. 
 
 Whenever it is practicable, use pen and ink. The pen should be a short 
 nibbed, Phonographic Gold Pen, made for the purpose; the short nib allows 
 the fingers to hold the pen near the point, and thus to control its quick and 
 short movements, and it responds more promptly to pressure for the pur- 
 pose of shading, than the long springy nibs. Hold the pen as you are ac- 
 customed to do in your ordinary writing, or as you find it most comfortable, 
 after trial of both methods, whether between the thumb and fore-finger, or 
 between the first and second fingers. 
 
 When it is necessary to use a pencil, the best for the purpose are the 
 " Phonographic medium," manufactured by the American Lead Pencil Com- 
 pany, or " Faber's No. 3." One should always have three or four, sharpened 
 ready for use, so as to change from one to another in doing an hour's note- 
 taking. The pencil should be held like the short-nibbed pen, near the 
 point, and more vertical than for longhand writing. 
 
 Double- ruled paper is preferable, both for the student and the practical 
 reporter ; it keeps his shorthand signs from becoming too large and scrawly, 
 and renders his writing more legible, by enabling him to indicate vowel-
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 position more distinctly than in the use of aingled-ruled paper. Paper for 
 the pen should be hard, but with a slightly rough or velvety rather than an 
 ivory or glazed surface, so that the pen will take hold of it and be readily 
 guided; for the pencil, it may be softer and cheaper, but should have as near 
 the same kind of a surface as possible. The generally preferred form of 
 paper is in oblong note books, of 80 pages, cut out of flat-cap paper, three 
 folds to a sheet, and covered with card-board cover. 
 
 Reporting covers, of the same shape, made of stiff paper boards and 
 covered with leather, with a rubber band at the fold, for holding 12 to 2-1 
 sheets of paper, are preferred by some to the note-books, on account of 
 being lighter. 
 
 In transcribing notes the practice varies with the class of work done. 
 The newspaper reporter, if the only shorthand man on the paper, after tak- 
 ing notes of the whole, or perhaps only the major part of a speech, lecture. 
 or sermon, rushes to the office and hastily copies them in longhand, with a 
 soft pencil on soft paper. If he finds he will not have time to copy it all 
 himself, hecalls upon the fastest writer he can command and reads to him. 
 who, not being delayed by deciphering notes, will produce "copy " twice ns 
 fast as he could. If there is a pressure for space in the newspaper, the re- 
 porter condenses, and towards the last puts his matter in the third person. 
 and writes from memory, aided by an occasional reference to his notes. 
 But, if the occasion is important, and an accurate full report is wanted, two 
 or three shorthand writers are detailed; they learu the probable length of 
 the speech, and divide the time between them, in the proportion of about '_'"> 
 minutes to the first, 20 to the second, and 15 to the third. Each beginning 
 to transcribe as soon as he stops taking notes, they will all finish near the 
 same time. 
 
 The Court Stenographer, since the use of the Type-Writer has become 
 common in professional and busiuess offices, finds it necessary to furnish 
 his transcripts of testimony, charges, and decisions, in print. To do this 
 requires a corps of assistants able to write 75 or 100 words per minute, in 
 shorthand, from dictation by the official note-takers; these assistants must 
 also be good Type-Writei operators, capable of turning off clean work, 
 properly spelled, capitalized and punctuated. By their aid the reporter is 
 relieved of the necessity of copying his own notes, and enabled to get them 
 in print two or three times as fast as he could do it himself. 
 
 When two or more copies are wanted of the same matter, they can be 
 produced at little expense by manifolding on the Type-Writer, with the use 
 of carbon paper: or by making the first copy with a hektograph ribbon, 
 transferring it to the gelatine, and then multiplying from that.
 
 TIESIIE 
 
 REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 SOURCES OP BREVITY. 
 
 The phonographic alphabet, simple as its signs are, is not in the truest 
 sense the greatest source of brevity in phonetic shorthand. Its greatest 
 brevity lies in its hooks, circles and loops, and in the wonderful facility 
 they afford for contracting words and at the same time suggesting their full 
 expression. The lists of word-signs (logograms) given in the Manuals of 
 Phonography, afford but a faint idea of the power of condensation to be de- 
 rived from the simple alphabetic stems and their manifold modifications. 
 Those lists embrace only the commonest words, and yet they constitute one- 
 fourth of the words in ordinary speech. When these modifications are 
 applied to their fullest extent in the reporting style, the number of brief 
 facile forms is more than doubled, and a corresponding number of the 
 most useful words provided with the briefest possible representation. 
 
 Though the learner who has studied through the Manual is already 
 familiar with a large number of the elementary word-signs, and though 
 others will be_given in a subsequent alphabetic List of Contracted Words, it 
 will be advantageous to present first a complete list of all the words repre- 
 sented by single stems and their modifications, classified with reference to 
 these consonantal stems. Most students will be able to remember the signs 
 and corresponding- words, thus associated, better than in the heterogeneous 
 arrangement under the old alphabet. 
 
 This list will also be convenient, and serviceable, as a key to assist the 
 novice in reading words that he cannot decipher. Thus, if he sees the form 
 
 \or >. in a sentence, and cannot call to mind words that will 
 O 
 make sense, by turning to the list under the letter P, he will find those they 
 
 usually represent, and readily select the right ones. 
 
 In order to study the following list, and the one beginning on page 11, 
 the most profitably, the student should take a page, or a column, for a les- 
 son, and read the forms analytically, tracing them with a pen without ink; 
 then copy thorn in ink, writing each one several times, and the more 
 difficult ones a dozen times; and finally he should read them from his own 
 writing. After doing this, he should compose, or select sentences, in which 
 these contracted words occur, and then get some one to read them to him 
 while he re-writes them several times over. This kind of practice is abso- 
 
 (1)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 lutely necessary, in order to secure the ready and reliable use of the forms 
 given. One may soon learn to write each word properly when his attention 
 is called to it, but he will most likely not think of half of them in his ordin- 
 ary writing, until after he has formed the habit of writing them in connec- 
 tion with other words in sentences. 
 
 In writing his exercises, if the pupil comes to a word that seems to be 
 difficult to write in full, he should turn to the Complete List and see if it 
 has not a contracted form. Everything he writes should be read over with 
 the view of detecting and correcting inaccuracies in this respect. The 
 thorough mastery of these lists of Word-Signs and Contracted Words is 
 essential to the rapid writing and correct reading of Phonography. 
 
 SINGLE STEM WORD-FORMS. 
 
 The sTnall figures indicate the position which the word, or words, before them, 
 are to occupy with reference to the line of writing. 
 
 \> 
 
 \ 
 \ 
 *\ 
 \> 
 
 \, 
 
 Hope happy party 1 up* put.* 
 
 Apply comply 1 people* plea.* 
 
 (Practice practical-ly 1 principle- 
 { ally* appear.* 
 
 (Happen 1 upon open* pnnish-od- 
 ( ment opinion. 3 
 
 Hopeful 1 pave puff* hope to have. 1 
 
 Option 1 passion compassion.* 
 
 ) Pother 1 up there pay their 2 put 
 f their.* 
 
 Plan 1 ulain complain.* 
 
 ( Approve 1 perfect 8 proof prove* 
 t appear to have.* 
 
 Apprehension 1 comprehension.* 
 
 Completion.* 
 
 perfec- 
 
 Operator 1 o separator.* 
 Special spoke* speak speech.* 
 Spry 1 spray supper* spree.* 
 Pass hopas 1 oppose pays* peace. 9 
 Fust passed happiost' post* pieced.* 
 
 'Operation 1 oppression 
 tiou.s 
 
 V 
 
 X 
 
 5 
 
 Passes 1 opposes* pieces.* 
 OoDosition 1 possession* position.* 
 
 Applies complies 1 place* please.* 
 
 Price 1 principles appraise 3 
 appears.* 
 
 I Plans compliance appliance) com- 
 plains* appliance*. 1 
 
 ! Apprehensive 1 
 appearance.* 
 
 Spine span 1 
 
 comprehensive* 
 spoken* spoon. 9 
 
 Sprain* supernatural.* 
 
 i Conception* A spatter 1 spatter* 
 i scepter.* 
 
 i Expression 1 separation* suppres- 
 sion.* 
 
 Spice 1 space suppose* \> supposed. 
 Surprise 1 express* suppress. 3 
 Surprised 1 expressed* suppressed .3 
 Experiences \> experienced 3 
 
 I Suspension 2 \ . suspicion* S BUS- 
 } peudeiis 
 
 Inexperience** Q inexperienced. 3 
 
 Splice 1 supplies 5 x> explicit-ly. 3 
 
 fa 
 Explain explanation* \ explains.*
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 3 
 
 \ 
 
 Apt hoped 1 put it.* 
 
 X 
 
 Breast braced 2 burst.* 
 
 s 
 
 Plat applied complied 1 complete. 3 
 
 % 
 
 Balance 2 O balances* Q balanced.* 
 
 (^ 
 
 (Part 1 opportunity 2 pretty ap- 
 
 A 
 
 ( Remembrance brains 2 
 
 
 } peared.* 
 
 o 
 
 } V bounced. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Point happened 1 opened upon it. 2 
 
 ^ 
 
 Sublime 1 5 sublimity,* \^ 
 
 * 
 
 (Pliant planned 1 plaintiff com- 
 j plaint plenty. 2 
 
 X 
 
 insubordinate* Vijrisubordination. 8 
 
 % 
 
 Profit-ed 1 approved* proved. 3 
 
 \ 
 
 Bad abide 1 about bid.* 
 
 ? 
 
 Supplied 1 split.* 
 
 s 
 
 (Blot 1 bled bold blood* 
 ; built 3 
 
 s 
 
 Supplant 1 suppliant explained. 2 
 
 -x 
 
 (Bright brought broad 1 
 ) bread 2 brute.* 
 
 v 
 
 Separate-ed spread* spirit. 3 
 
 * 
 
 {Bind behind combined 1 
 bent 2 bound.* 
 
 <*> 
 
 Sprained* euperintend-ent-ing. 3 
 
 V 
 
 Abaft 1 above it ^ beloved.* 
 
 
 B 
 
 s 
 
 Blind bland 1 blend blunt.* 
 
 \ 
 
 By object 1 be* to be.* 
 
 * 
 
 Brand 1 brunt* browned.* 
 
 \ 
 
 Belong-ed 1 able 2 believe.* 
 
 
 T 
 
 \ 
 
 (Bar 1 brother re-member 1 num- 
 j ber.' 
 
 1 
 
 At it* out.* 
 
 \ 
 
 Combine 1 been 2 boon.* 
 
 f 
 
 (Tell* till until* at all 1 
 i it will.* 
 
 \J 
 
 | Objective behalf 1 above 2 
 K . objection.* 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Try 1 true* truth.* 
 
 >J 
 
 Batter 1 bitter* by their.' 
 
 J 
 
 (Attain 1 contain ten* town* 
 i tune.* 
 
 V, 
 
 Belief bluff.2 V, blown. 2 
 
 L 
 
 Tough whatever 2 out of.* 
 
 X 
 
 Brave* brief* \S briefs. 3 
 
 L 
 
 Temptation U tethei? at their. 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 Bran 1 brethren 2 brown. 3 
 
 j 
 
 At length I it will have. 2 
 
 \ 
 
 (Subject 2 \j subjective* \J eub- 
 J jection. 2 
 
 1 
 
 Contrive 1 try to have. 2 
 
 N 
 
 (Subordinate 1 sober saber* 
 jobbers. 2 
 
 I 
 
 {Attraction 1 contraction 2 
 contrition.* 
 
 '"j 
 
 V 
 
 Bias 1 base 2 business. 3 
 
 3 
 
 Eternal eternally! d trains. 2 
 
 
 Biased 1 based best 2 abused. 3 
 
 P 
 
 Twine 1 ft twist L twelve. 2 
 
 V) 
 
 Bosses 1 basis* abuses. 3 
 
 p 
 
 Satisfy 1 stay 2 city suit.* 
 
 \ 
 
 ( Combines bans 1 bones* 
 ( beans bounce.* 
 
 P 
 
 Consist system 2 ' consisted.* 
 
 n 
 
 So 
 
 Belongs 1 blows 2 believes.* 
 
 f 
 
 (] 
 (, State 2 stout* ! stouter 
 r stoutest.' 
 
 X 
 
 Remembers* numbers breeze.* 
 
 1 
 
 ft 
 ! Straw 1 strength J external-ly* 
 S strains. 2 
 
 V 
 
 Braces 2 breezes bruises.* 
 
 L 
 
 O 
 Advertiso! its itself 2 at his. 1
 
 4 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 A 
 
 Taxation ^ attestation.* 
 
 L 
 
 Addition 1 condition* edition.* 
 
 I 
 
 Attest 1 advertised 1 test.* 
 
 I 
 
 j Drive derive 1 drove* " de- 
 
 
 
 
 \ rived. 1 
 
 J 
 
 (Attains 1 contains* tens 
 | towns 3 at once. 1 
 
 J 
 
 Doctrine darken! d doctrines. 1 
 
 E 
 
 Stave* set forth* 
 
 I 
 
 Derision* duration.* 
 
 L 
 
 Station (J constitutional.* 
 
 r 
 
 Dwell-iug b dwells.* 
 
 i 
 
 Circumstance extension'! 
 
 f 
 
 (Side sad 1 said* seed* has 
 i had.! 
 
 r 
 
 Settle P settled.* 
 
 P 
 
 Has said 1 ia said.* 
 
 i 
 
 Construction u constructive.* 
 
 f 
 
 l Stead- y* study, steed* | eidle 1 
 | saddle.V q! 
 
 i 
 
 Instruction L instructive.* 
 
 1 
 
 ( Consider-able (j; consideration 2 
 j <^ considered.* 
 
 f 
 
 Consistency* 
 
 t 
 
 Inconsiderable U in-cousideration.* 
 
 l 
 
 Statist rj) statistician.* 
 
 
 
 Said to have (j is said to have.* 
 
 $ 
 
 ! Sustains* Q existence consis- 
 tence* ^ sister.* 
 
 I 
 
 Dollarsl does* dues.* 
 
 \ 
 
 Taught it ought 1 it would.* 
 
 I 
 
 (Advanced! dust does it* dia- 
 ( tinct.* 
 
 r 
 
 Told tell it* till it.* 
 
 J 
 
 Audience denominations 1 
 
 *' 
 
 Tried 1 trade toward* 
 
 X 
 
 (Delinquent delinquency* 
 | P deliverance.* 
 
 j 
 
 ( Attained contained 1 attend* 
 
 1 
 
 (Died added 1 did* doubt-ed* 
 
 
 i contend* tuned. 9 
 
 
 1 bad it. 1 
 
 b 
 
 It ought to have 1 it would have.* 
 
 r 
 
 Delight-ed 1 delivered.* 
 
 J 1 
 
 It will not* 1' contrivedi tried 
 I to have.* 
 
 i 
 
 Dried deride-ed 1 dread* ' dwelt.* 
 
 1 
 
 Straight* street* % straightest.* 
 
 j 
 
 j Don't* had not 1 do not* 
 | did not.* 
 
 P 
 
 Staid state* (in phrases) seated * 
 
 p 
 
 Sided 1 conceded* has had it.! 
 
 J 3 
 
 (Constant stand 1 stained 
 J stoned.* 
 
 p 
 
 Steadied* studied.* 
 
 * 
 
 (Sustained-' consistent " con- 
 ( stitueiit.* 
 
 
 CH 
 
 f 
 
 P 
 Constituted 1 stated* * statutes. 1 
 
 / 
 
 Much 1 which* each. 8 
 
 
 D 
 
 /> 
 
 (Children* touch will 1 which 
 1 will.a 
 
 1 
 
 Dollar die had 1 day* due.* 
 
 / 
 
 (Chair2 cheer* which are 1 
 | which were. 3 
 
 r 
 
 Idle 1 deliver-ing. 
 
 / 
 
 Whichever chafe* chief.* 
 
 'i 
 
 (Doctor dark 1 dear* dur- 
 1 ing.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Cheerful 3 which are to have.* 
 
 j 
 
 Denomination 1 done* down. 3 
 
 / 
 
 (Such* as much 1 such an* 
 1 > such (a) one.* 
 
 i 
 
 ( Advance-ed divine 1 differ- 
 1 ent-ce.s 
 
 
 
 As much of 1 such have.*
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 5 
 
 /* 
 
 Such wiU 2 < such will have.* 
 
 c 
 
 Car Chritiiian 1 care occur* cnn-. 3 
 
 9 
 
 Such are 2 such wore. 3 
 
 ,.- 
 
 Coin 1 question* (sometimes,) keen. 3 
 
 / 
 
 (Which had 1 which it* <which 
 | would. > 
 
 -* 
 
 Calf 1 cavs cover.* 
 
 ? 
 
 (Chart 1 cheered* 
 / /" child. 1 
 
 -3 
 
 Action caution 1 occasion.* 
 
 * 
 
 (Which ought nOt 1 which had 
 j not 2 which would not.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Cliff* call forth. 1 
 
 6 
 
 (Which ought to have 1 which 
 J would have. 3 
 
 c-= 
 
 Corn Christianity. 1 
 
 S> 
 
 Which will not 2 ^ snch will not.* 
 
 C D 
 
 (Christianize' occurrence* 
 
 J 
 
 Which are not 1 which were pot. 3 
 
 c 
 
 Christ crossed 1 ac-cursed.* 
 
 /> 
 
 (Such ought' such had* such 
 j would. 3 
 
 
 
 Clan 1 clean. 3 < 3 crave careful :i 
 
 c/ 3 
 
 (Such ought not' such had not 2 
 j Biich would not. 8 
 
 -= 
 
 Collision 2 conclusion 3 seclusion 3 
 
 / 
 
 (Such ought to have' such 
 1 would have.* 
 
 c-= 
 
 Creation* c 3 Creator. 
 
 
 J 
 
 < ^ 
 
 Question 2 equal -ly.* 
 
 / 
 
 Largo joy' advantage* jew. 3 
 
 Q_D 
 
 Sacks 1 nix* excuse* a^^excuwsd.* 
 
 7 
 
 Largely' angel.* 
 
 (Larger 1 - danger 2 5 dangers, 
 1 </ journal.* 
 
 (2 
 
 Skill skull 2 school.* 
 Describ-ed' scripture*, secure.* 
 
 y 
 
 \Join 1 geueral-ly* religion 3 
 1 Juno. 3 
 
 Jehovah* juvettiMO generation. 2 
 
 ^ 
 
 Section* execution 3 o-oeii-cutive.* 
 scatter 1 executor.* 
 
 / 
 
 Joys 1 advantages 2 religious Jews. 3 
 
 D 
 
 Because 1 conies countries* accuse.' 
 
 / 
 
 Largest 1 just jest 2 U just there. 2 
 
 -0 
 
 Cast cost 1 coast* accused. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 ( Joins 1 generals generalize 2 
 (. / generalization. 2 
 
 Generalized 2 religionist.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Costs casts' -(T~> because there is. 1 
 Description* tr 3 descriptive.* 
 
 y 
 
 Justification 2 fl just as.* 
 Angels 2 ff jurisdiction-al. 3 
 
 CL_D 
 
 (Consequential* 6 o consequence* 
 /_, consequent.* 
 
 Squeeze* ^- squeezed.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 a /o 
 Jesus 2 ' sage 2 ^ sagcst. 5 
 
 e-> 
 
 Sequester* ~r sequestration. 2 
 
 / 
 
 Exaggeration* ' exaggerate-ed. 2 
 
 a- 
 
 Inscribe 1 insecure*^ inscription.* 
 
 ' 
 
 Jawed jot 1 jewed. 3 
 
 e 
 
 (Acccsion 1 accusation* ^- acqul- 
 i sition.* c e 
 
 
 K 
 
 e-D 
 
 Exclusion* seclusion.* 
 
 
 
 [ Can! come conn try 2 common.l 
 I to come. 3 
 
 
 
 Act caughti could.* 
 
 c . 
 
 Call 1 coal* cool.* 
 
 *- 
 
 Called' cold* difficulty concluded.*
 
 6 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 e~ 
 
 \ According' court occurred* c- 
 j crued.* 
 
 
 F 
 
 , 
 
 Cannot kind' account* county.* 
 
 L 
 
 Half ofl for* if few." 
 
 o, 
 
 Client' cleaned* -3 cautioned.' 
 
 e_ 
 
 Awful following' full-y* feel.* 
 
 Q_ 
 
 Exact-cd 1 sect* execute-ed.* 
 
 { L 
 
 Form offer' from* free.* 
 
 o- 
 
 Sacred* secret* secured.* 
 
 ^o 
 
 Fine' often phonography* fun. 3 
 
 C. 
 
 quite, qiiotc.2 quit.* 
 
 ^o 
 
 Fashion' confession 3 confusion. 3 
 
 C, 
 
 Acquaint-ed-anca 1 
 
 Qo 
 
 Philosophy' follows* flees flues. 3 
 
 i. 
 
 Skilled* schooled * 
 
 Co 
 
 Philanthropy-ic-ist.* 
 
 -3 
 
 Scattered' GO squint-ed. 
 
 <L 
 
 Furnish* frequency* vD formation.* 
 
 
 Gr 
 
 W> 
 
 Office' face* fees.* 
 
 
 
 Go goi give-en.* 
 
 U 
 
 Fast' first* fewest.* 
 
 C_ 
 
 j Glory, ugly* eagle* -^> glorifi- 
 
 l cation.* 
 
 <> 
 
 Fact after 1 future* if it.* 
 
 c 
 
 Grow* grew degree agree.* 
 
 t 
 
 ( Formed offered' afraid effort* 
 \ fruit.-i 
 
 
 
 (Began gone organ 1 again begun* 
 
 } becin-ning. 3 
 
 e 
 
 Followed' float* flood.* 
 
 _3 
 
 Gave govern-ment-or.* 
 
 ^~- 
 
 Find fond' faint 2 found.* 
 
 a 
 
 i nification.* 
 
 * 
 
 Friend* frequent.* 
 
 D 
 
 s^ 
 
 Gas goes 1 guess* ghost 1 guest.* 
 
 
 V 
 
 D 
 
 jOrgans-ize' organized' "~^ or- 
 I ganization.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Have very 2 view.* 
 
 C^> 
 
 Glass' glories - 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 Volume' value 2 evil. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Glean* " o glance 1 C-Q glanced. 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 Over' ever every 2 however.* 
 
 e-9 
 
 Grain groan grown.* c D groans. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Heaven 3 evening 3 have been.* 
 
 c- 
 
 Grave* groove.* 
 
 ^0 
 
 Evasion 3 convention* vision.* 
 
 - 
 
 God got' good get.* 
 
 ^0 
 
 Ever been every one.* 
 
 c_ 
 
 Glad' gold* guilt-y. 
 
 <b 
 
 Aversion 1 conversion version.* 
 
 c 
 
 Guard' great* agreed. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Savior several* conceive.* 
 
 -a 
 
 Governed* gift 3 gave it.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Excessive* ^ vice' ^O voices.' 
 
 
 
 Grand grind 1 groaned* ground.* 
 
 U 
 
 VaHt' vest heaviest.* 
 
 -c 
 
 God's guides' goods.* 
 
 f\ 
 ^^D 
 
 Versed 3 >O versus. 3 
 
 <* 
 
 Greatest* ^ grinds.' 
 
 L 
 
 Void' vote 8 viewed" have hacl.t
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 ( 
 c 
 
 4 
 c 
 c 
 
 C 
 
 C 
 C 
 
 f Authority! 
 \ throu 
 
 Avert-ed 1 yerdict* virtue.' 
 Valid.i valued 2 
 Vaunt 1 vent 2 have not. 1 
 
 TH 
 
 Thanki think* thousand.* 
 
 jAuthori J threes through* 
 ) <\ thrown. 2 
 
 (Thanks 1 thinks 2 thousands 8 
 \ f> south. 
 
 Thought' think it. 2 
 
 9 third thread 2 
 ughout. 3 
 
 Thy though 1 them they.* 
 
 TheyalU they will . 
 
 J Other* either 3 *) their there 2 
 j they are. 1 ' 
 
 Than thine 1 then* within. 8 
 Thyself those 1 this thus 2 these. 8 
 Themselves this is 2 G thence 2 
 They have 8 \f) they have been. 2 
 As though as they 2 as thou. 8 
 That 1 without 2 they had. 1 
 
 There had 1 there it 2 there would.* 
 
 <(0n} either hand 2 D (on the)other 
 j hand. 2 
 
 s 
 
 Saw 1 BO say us 2 see.* 
 
 Assign 1 (J concession. 3 
 
 Sauce 1 cease. 3 J Assist 2 ceased. 8 
 
 Cessation 2 secession. 8 
 
 { Astonish-ed sat 1 set 9 , git 1 , suiti 
 I assent,! 
 
 z 
 
 Ayoe 1 was 2 oajy.3 
 As it 1 was it 2 is it. 3 
 
 J 
 
 J 
 
 r 
 r 
 c 
 C 
 c 
 
 r 
 r 
 
 r 
 r> 
 c 
 
 r 
 
 SH 
 
 Shall 1 show she 2 wish issne. 8 
 
 n 
 
 Assure 3 surely 8 -s shallow 1 shell. 8 
 Social 2 cJ socialist. 2 
 ShiueJ shown shone 2 shun. 8 
 Shot 1 shut 2 wished issued sheet. 8 
 Short 1 shirt 2 assured.?, 
 
 ZH 
 
 measured. 2 
 
 Pleasure measure 2 
 
 Law lie 1 will lay allow ill. 3 
 
 Line 1 loan 2 lean. 8 
 
 Learn ' revelation 2 revolution. 8 
 
 While 1 well 2 will(n) wool. 3 
 
 Sale soul sell 2 seal. 3 
 
 Style 1 still stole 2 stool steal. 8 
 
 (Laws loss 1 leea 2 allows loose 
 | lose. 3 
 
 Light 1 let late 2 ^ let us. 
 Land 1 lend 2 will not. 8 
 Lord 1 lured 3 6~ slight.l 
 Hold held old. 2 
 
 R 
 
 Higher or 1 her air 1 h-our. 8 
 Erroru earn 2 herein 3 our own. 8 
 Arise 1 hera herself 2 hours 3 arouse. 8 
 Aroused* u oration. 1 
 Art heart 1 hurt 2 *\ hard 1 heard. 1 
 Earned* around 8 ^ surround. 8
 
 8 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 X 
 
 Are rowS^^ rose. 8 O-gorry. 2 
 
 v^ 
 
 (United States' commences* influ- 
 \ ences. 8 
 
 ^ 
 
 Rely' rail roll 2 really 3 rule. 3 
 
 v-fl 
 
 Next commenced 2 influenced. 3 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Relief c-^ release 2 rnles. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Sign 1 seen soon* sin.* 
 
 c/ 
 
 Wire-y 1 were wore 2 we are. 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 (Synonymous' ^~^ incision* 
 / <<i -> stenographer-y.' 
 
 s* 
 
 Bent-ed rained 2 round 3 C*- worse. 
 
 - 
 
 Not night 1 nature note 2 knew it. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 World relate-ed* ruled 3 C/' wired.' 
 
 - 
 
 Hand' under hundred end* need. 3 
 
 o~ 
 
 Certain-ly* "N concern-ed.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Want went 1 wont.* 
 
 
 M 
 
 0, 
 
 Has not' sent* is not. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Am my 1 may me* f or , 4 him. 3 
 
 fe 
 
 Signed 1 send* sound Binned. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Man mine 1 men 2 mean. 3 
 
 W 
 
 Honored 1 innured 3 in order to.' 
 
 
 
 Motion 2 mission. 3 
 
 
 NG- 
 
 c >. 
 
 We may with my 1 with me.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Long language 1 thing* young. 2 
 
 e-a 
 
 Women* / "~ myself mass 1 amuse. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Song sang 1 sung 8 single-ular. 3 
 
 6^ 
 
 Same some 2 seem consume. 8 
 
 
 
 Sanction 1 ^"^ sanctioned. 1 
 
 
 
 Examine-ation 1 someone.* 
 
 
 w 
 
 ^ 
 
 Importance 1 improvement.* 
 
 "^ 
 
 Why' a-way weigh 2 woo. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Mure' Mr. mere mercy* humor. 8 
 
 ^) 
 
 Aware wear* 
 
 - 
 
 Might 1 met 2 meet-ing. 3 
 
 > 
 
 wise' \vt>es 2 waist waste.* 
 
 -^ 
 
 Mind 1 nuant- amount, 3 may not. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Wide' weighed 8 wood wooed. 8 
 
 <*> 
 
 Somewhat a^> seemed* has made. 1 
 
 -1 
 
 Ward 1 word.- 
 
 - 
 
 Mad 1 made 2 c~\ multiply-tude, 2 
 
 ^5 
 
 Windl wendz wound. 3 
 
 
 1ST 
 
 
 Y 
 
 v^ 
 
 Any on 1 in no 8 own.* 
 
 f 
 
 Your 2 yours yourself* use. 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 Nor honor 1 owner 8 near. 3 
 
 f 
 
 Used* C your own 2 C yearning.* 
 
 o 
 
 Only 2 on all 1 in all 8 C_ ^unless.* 
 
 r 
 
 Yard 1 f> yield-ed.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 None known* union. 3 
 
 
 H 
 
 ^3 
 
 Nation 1 notion.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ohio holy* f^ House* hues. 3 
 
 *_^ 
 
 Wine when 1 one* win. 3 
 
 ^> 
 
 Hoist 1 haste holiest.* 
 
 ^ 
 
 I Hence 1 commence knows* influ- 
 \ ence newtt. 3 
 
 - 
 
 Hot 1 hate ^ hunt, t
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 9 
 
 CONTRACTED WORDS. 
 Principles of Contraction Explained. 
 
 The reporting style of Phonography, although based on scientific prin- 
 ciples, and generally conformable to rules, is subject to exceptional feat- 
 ures. One of these is the irregular way in which the forms of long and 
 frequently recurring words are contracted. 
 
 The author of this work has thought it desirable to formulate some 
 rules under which most words are, and others may be contracted, which 
 rules will be of service, in enabling learners to remember the abbreviated 
 forms hereafter given. The student can thus more readily learn, by under- 
 standing the principles of contraction, how to write large classes of words, 
 instead of, as in other works of this kind, being required to memorize each 
 word in detail, the result of which is that most of them are forgotten rfftout 
 as soon as learned. 
 
 1. Generally the accented portion of a word is taken out of which to form 
 the contraction; as, _^ _ bnd for abundant; _t df for difference; ch-mnt 
 for attachment; _1 _ str for external; ,Q l-shn for revolution. 
 
 2. Modifications of the preceding rule are made, in order to obtain dis- 
 tinct and facile outlines that will not too nearly resemble other word-forms; 
 as, ^ clt for difficult, to distinguish it from _L _ df, difference, which, would 
 
 otherwise be its proper contraction; A pps lor purpose, to distinguish it 
 
 (\ I v> 
 
 from _1 prps, perhaps^ \ d-vp for develop, to distinguish it from 
 
 Q|_ d-'vl, devolve; -^ rf for refer, to distinguish it from ^^ rf, reform. 
 
 3. Contraction by syncope, of letters and syllables not forcibly heard in 
 pronunciation, or by writing the first and last consonants of words, is al- 
 lowable: as, ~^ brd-sm for burdensome; _ kr-ks for characterize; 
 \ pr-vj for privilege; &^ sts-r for satisfactory. 
 
 4. The omission of A;, 'when followed by either the sAn-hook or the tr- 
 hook, is very common, and rarely affects legibility, since the forms result- 
 ing do not constitute other words; thus, o) obstruction, _3 _ detraction. 
 
 ~ 
 
 respecter, 
 
 /\ - - xy 
 
 -^ LJ reduction, ^~> inspection; i2 innper.tar, ^-^>
 
 1O THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 5. The syllable -tive whether medial or terminal, may often be repre- 
 sented by the v-hook, on the preceding consonant, when two or more con- 
 sonants precede; as, *-* derogative, /u representative, <^.^ . retributive, 
 
 7 '1 '' 
 
 _i instructive, -J*- attractiveness. 
 
 6. In a few "words of frequent recurrence, in which lhe/-hook is not 
 
 needed for the syllable -W.ye> it is used to represent ful; as, hopeful, 
 
 c-^ 3 careful, _L truthful, _^2 cheerfulness. 
 
 7. The participial terminations -ed and ing, may generally be omitted, 
 the grammatical construction indicating when the one or the other is to be 
 added in reading or transcribing. In sentences where there might be doubt, 
 it would be better to write them. 
 
 8. The termination -ble may often be omitted with safety, the sense 
 
 \ 
 
 requiring the adjective form of the word used; as, applicable, 
 \ JL*- *$ 
 _ assemble, _i desirable, o indispensable; and when it is not 
 
 convenient to form the Miook on the _\ 6, it alone may represent the 
 
 syllable; as, v accessible, ^\ sensible, g.. excusable. 
 
 9. The terminal -bleness, in all cases, may be briefly, readily, and con- 
 sistently represented by the form fl bins, joined to the preceding part of 
 
 a word; thus, <r ~V agreeablenesa, ' >= lovcablcness, . \/c\ adora- 
 
 bleness, ^V. charitableness. 
 
 10. In like manner, the termination -bility, instead of being arbitrarily 
 represented, as heretofore, by a disjoined \ . 6, may be uniformly written* 
 to the preceding part of a word as we now write the word S> ability; thus, 
 
 <f^ desirability,. ^^-^ respectability, _j[ durability, ___ mutability. 
 On the same principle, most words ending with ity may be fully and briefly 
 represented by writing the previous consonant half-length; as, 7 _ fidelity. 
 ^~^ minority, ^"^7 integrity, alacrity, _V: plurality, 
 
 rascality, .A_ futility. 
 
 11. In reporting lectures, conventions, trials, etc., in which the names 
 of persons, companies, and places, are frequently repeated, after writing 
 them fully enough to be legible the first time or two, they may then be ab- 
 breviated as much as possible: thus ^^V Swedcnborg may be reduced 
 
 to \ or *.; VanderWt V5 "^ to * ; Napoleon ^~~\^ > to _^\ ; 
 <*-a-^ Q_-f 
 
 Cincinnati Savings . Bank b to , fe ; Philadcl- 
 
 ^i ^*"' s * ^ 
 phia Medical College ^v> toZ-^QU .
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 11 
 
 LIST OF CONTRACTED WORDS. 
 
 Accommod atio 
 
 Accompany-ied 
 
 Accomplice 
 
 Accorded-ing 
 
 Accordingly 
 
 Accountable j 
 Accountability J -*^ =^" 
 
 Acknowledgfc-ed/ 
 
 Acknowledgment ; 
 
 Acquaintance! C^ 
 Acquainted ) ~ 
 
 Actionable 
 Activity 
 
 Adjusted-merit 
 
 Adjustable 
 
 Administer-ed 
 
 / J* 
 
 Administration 
 
 *~ e 
 
 >^ 
 
 Admissible 
 
 Advantageously 
 Adventitious-ly 
 
 Aesthetic 
 Aflfectionate-ly 
 Affidavit _ 
 Afternoon _ 
 Afterthought 
 
 Afterwards 
 Ag^egate-edj 
 
 Agriculture-al 
 
 Agriculturist 
 
 All-sufficient 
 
 Almighty 
 
 Almost 
 
 Alteration 
 
 Alternative 
 
 Although 
 
 Amalgamation 
 Ambiguous-ly . 
 Amendment 
 Angel-ic 
 Anguish 
 
 (~~\ ~) 
 
 Antecedents 
 
 Anticipation 
 
 Anxiety 
 
 Anxious-ly 
 
 Anything 
 
 Apostollc-al 
 
 Applicable-ility 
 
 Appointed-ing 
 
 Appointment 
 
 Appreciation
 
 12 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Apprehend-ed 
 
 Apprehension j 
 Apprehensive! 
 
 Aoproximate-tion 
 
 Arbitrary-ily | 
 Arbitration} 
 
 Archbishop 
 Archdeacon 
 
 Architect-ure-al 
 Argument-alive . 
 Argumentation . 
 
 Aristocrat-ic-acy 
 Artiflcial-ly 
 
 Ascribe-ed 
 
 Asperity 
 
 Asgemble-ed-y_ 
 
 Assemblage 
 
 Assignment _ 
 
 Assistance-ant_ 
 
 Assorted-menL- 
 
 Astonish -ed _ 
 
 Astonishment _ 
 
 Astronomy-ical 
 
 Attachment 
 
 Attainable _ 
 
 Attainder 
 
 Attainment j 
 Atonement! 
 
 Attestation 
 Attracted 
 Attraction 
 Attractive-ly 
 
 Attractiveness 
 
 .\uspicions-ly J 
 Auspiciousness j 
 
 Authentic-ally 
 
 Authenticity 
 
 C 
 Authority 
 
 B 
 
 Baggagre-m aster 
 
 Baggage -room 
 
 Ballot-box 
 
 Bank-able 
 
 Bank-bill 
 
 Bank-book 
 
 Bank-note 
 
 Bank-stock 
 
 Bankrupt-cy 
 
 Baptist-ized-ism 
 
 D 
 
 V 
 
 Because 
 
 Become ' 
 
 v 
 
 Beforehand ^v - 
 
 Began, Begin 
 
 Behalf 
 
 Behave-ior 
 
 Beheld-hold 
 
 Behind-hand 
 
 Belong-ed-ing 
 
 Benefactor 
 
 Benej&oial-ly 
 
 Beneficiary 
 
 Beneficence-cent 
 
 Benevolencc-ent 
 
 Benignant-ity 
 
 Bespeak-spoke 
 
 Bibliography-ic-er 
 
 Bibliology 
 
 Bicarbonate 
 
 Boarding-house 
 
 Boarding-school 
 
 Bookstore 
 
 Bountiful-ly 
 
 Bountifulness 
 
 Brethren 
 
 Brother-ly 
 
 Brutality 
 
 Build-t-ing 
 
 Burdensome 
 
 Busy-iness 
 
 Business-like 
 
 Busy-body 
 
 o 
 
 Cabinet 
 
 Calamity-tousnly 
 Calculable \ 
 
 Calumniate-ous 
 
 Calumniation 
 
 Calvinism-ist-ic 
 
 Campaign 
 
 Capable-bility 
 
 Capacity
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 13 
 
 v V 
 
 
 Capitalize-ation 
 
 
 Captive-ity 
 Careful-ly 
 
 \ 
 
 " 
 
 Carpenter 
 
 Casualty 
 
 Catholic-ism 
 
 Celebrity 
 
 Celerity 
 
 Celestial 
 
 Certain-ly-ty 
 
 Certificate 
 
 Challenge-ed-er 
 
 Challengeable 
 
 Change-ed 
 
 Changeable 
 
 Changeability 
 
 Changeful-ly 
 
 - T 
 V 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 Characterized >< 
 
 -atiou I 
 
 Charity-able-y 
 Charitableness 
 Charlatan-ism 
 Cheerful-ly-ness 
 
 Chloroform 
 
 Circumstance-tial 
 Citizen-s 
 
 n 
 
 u 
 
 Cogitation 
 Cogitative 
 
 Cohabitation 
 
 ion^_=2. 
 Combustible-tion ^> ^> 
 
 Common-sense 
 
 
 Comprehend-ed *^ 
 
 Comprehension-sive ^ 9 
 
 CoinprehensiblP-y 
 
 Confidential-ly 
 
 Conformable 1 
 -tiou j 
 
 Congeniality 
 
 C.'ongregational 
 
 Congregationalism 
 
 ^ 
 
 Conquer-or 
 Conquerable 
 Conscientious-ly 
 Consecutive-ly 
 
 Consequent-ly 
 
 ^? 
 
 Consistencv-ly 
 
 Constructed-tion 
 
 Constructive 
 
 9 
 u 
 
 Contaminate-ed . 
 
 
 Contemplate-ed 
 Cbntemplation 
 Contented-men 
 Continual-ly 
 
 Contractility t 
 Contractive) 
 
 Contradict-ed-tion 
 
 (/ 
 
 A_JJ_
 
 14 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUJ.DS. 
 
 lontradirtory 
 
 invention 
 
 <0 
 
 Co-operated-tive. 
 Cordiality 
 Correct-ly-tive 
 
 -\ 
 
 Correspondence-ent 
 
 Council-sel-e 
 
 Councilman 
 
 Countenance-ed 
 
 C ounteract-ed-ing 
 
 Country-men 
 
 County-seat 
 
 Covenant-ed 
 
 Cover-ed 
 
 Credibility 
 
 Credulity 
 
 Criminal-ity 
 
 Crimittate-tion 
 
 Cross-examine-ed c 
 
 Cross-examination 
 
 Cross-question 
 
 Cruelty 
 
 Culminate-ed c~ 
 
 Culmination 
 
 Culpable-y- 
 
 Culpableness 
 
 Custom-er 
 
 Customary-ily 
 
 Custom-house 
 
 D 
 
 Danger-ous-ly n y y ^ 
 
 Debility 
 
 Decapitate tion ^-\ ' v . 
 
 December 
 
 Deceptive 
 
 Declaim-ed 
 
 u 
 
 Defective-ly 
 
 Defended-ant . 
 
 Deferential 
 
 Deflcient-ly-cy 
 
 Deform-ed-ity 
 
 Deformation 
 
 Degenerate-tion 
 
 Degree 
 
 Dejected -tion 
 
 Deliberative 
 
 Pelicious-ly-ness 
 
 Delinquent-cy 
 
 Deliver-ed 
 
 Delivery-er 
 
 Deliverance 
 
 Demanded-ing 
 
 Pemocrat-cy . 
 
 Democratic 
 
 Denominate-ed-tion 
 Denominable 
 Denominational 
 Denominator 
 
 Denunciate-tion-tory-ii^ 
 
 Depart-ed-ment-ure _ 
 
 Depended-ence-ent 
 
 Deplore-able-y 
 
 Deplored 
 
 Depravity 
 
 Depreciate-ed 
 
 Depreciation 
 
 Deputed-y i 
 Deputation i 
 
 Derive-ed-able. 
 Derivation-tive 
 Derogated-tory 
 Describe-ed _ 
 Description-tive 
 Designate-ed-tion ^ 
 
 Desirable 
 
 Despondent-ly-cy 
 Dcstitutc-tiou 
 
 -Hi 
 
 Destructible ) J. J> 
 
 Destruction! d T7 
 
 >.| V 
 Dcstructive-nes 
 
 Detected-tive \- 
 
 Determine-ed -JL^ 
 
 o 
 
 Determination 
 
 Detracted -tion) n 
 Detractive i t 
 
 Develop-ed Ji^ 
 
 Development 
 
 Devolve-ed 
 
 DifFer-ence-ent-ly . 
 Differentia-ate _L-
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 18 
 
 Differentiation 
 
 Difficult-y 
 
 Dignify-ied-ty 
 
 Dilapidate-ed-tionJtj L 
 
 Diminish-cd 
 
 Disability 
 
 Disadvantage 
 
 Disadvantageous-ly b 
 
 Disagreeable-y ji i 
 Disagreement jfc b o 
 
 Disappear-ance-edJ I I 
 
 Disappointed 
 
 Disappointment 
 
 Disbelieve-ed-er 
 
 Discharge-ed 
 
 Disclaim-ed-ing 
 
 Discover-y-ed _ 
 
 Discoverable 
 
 Discrepancy 
 
 Discriminate-cd-ly 
 
 -tion ^ 
 
 Disentanglc-ed j {^ j 
 -mentj 
 
 Disfranchise-ed _(fc- <^_ 
 
 Disinterested-ly 
 
 Dismember-ed ; 
 -menu 
 
 Disobedience-ent 
 
 <j o <y *o 
 
 Disorganize-ed 
 
 Disorganizer 
 
 Disorganization 
 
 Disparage-ed 
 
 Disparagement 
 
 Disparity 
 Dispiriting-ed 
 Displeasure 
 Disproportion 
 
 Disproportionate 9y- 
 
 L N 
 
 Disqualify _ 
 
 Disqualification g . _ 
 
 Disremember-ed ar\ 
 
 Disrespect-ful-ly 
 
 Dissatisfy-fied 
 
 Dissatisfactio 
 
 Dissatisfactory 
 
 Dissimilar-ly-ityJ ^. 
 
 Distinct-ly-tion -^ L^> 
 
 Distinctive-ly-ness ^L 
 ftistinguish-ed-able [y.v 
 Distraction-tive j 3_ 
 
 Distribute-ed-able N, 
 
 Distribution > i L 
 -tive-lyj -fe> ffe 
 
 District-ed fc: 
 
 ^^ 
 Doctrine-al 
 
 Document-ary . 
 
 Domestic-ate-ed r~& h* 
 
 Downfall 
 
 Downhearted 
 
 Do\vnright 
 
 Downstairs 
 
 Downward 
 
 Drug-store 
 
 Duplicate-tion . 
 
 Durable-ility 
 
 During-ation 
 
 Dwell-ed-er 
 
 Dwellinp-hoose 
 
 E 
 
 Eccentric-ity 
 Ecclesiastic-ally. 
 
 Econom ical-ly '^ A 
 
 Effect-ive 
 
 EfFectual-ly 
 
 Efflciency-ent-ly 
 
 Elective 
 
 Electric-al-ly L^ 
 
 Electricity-fy 
 
 Emergency 
 
 Emphatic-ally 
 
 Enacted-ment 
 
 Enchanted-ment 
 
 Endanger-ed 
 
 Endeavor-ed 
 
 Eudoree-ed 
 
 Endorser-ing 
 
 Eudure-ed 
 
 Endurable 
 
 Endurance 
 
 Enfranchise-ed 
 
 Energetic-al 
 
 Engaging-ment
 
 16 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 English-man 
 
 Enlarge-ed-ment 
 
 Entangle-ed-ment 
 
 Entertain-ed-ment J 
 
 Enthusiasm 
 
 Enthusiast-ic-ally 
 
 Entitle-ed 
 
 Episcopal -palian 
 Episcopalianism 
 Equal-ed-ly-ity 
 Equalize-ation. 
 
 Equi-dtflFerent 
 
 Equivalent 
 
 Equivocal-cation 
 
 Escape-ed 
 
 Especial-ly 
 
 Essential-ly-ity 
 
 Establish -ed-men 
 
 Etcetera 
 
 Eternal-ly-lty 
 
 Evangel-ic-al 
 
 Evangelism-ist 
 
 Evangelize > 
 -ation) 
 
 Eventnal-ly 
 
 Everybody 
 
 Evidence-ent-ly 
 
 Evidencing _ 
 
 c 
 Exact-ed-ly _ 
 
 Exactness _ 
 
 ? 9 
 
 Exaggerate-ed-tion * LL 
 
 Exaggeratory 
 
 Examine-ation 
 
 Examined-er 
 
 Example 
 
 Exasperate-ed 
 
 Except-ed 
 
 Exception-af-able 
 
 Excessive-ly 
 
 Exchange-ed able 
 
 Exclaim-ed } 
 Exclamation 
 
 Exclude-ed-sion. 
 
 Exclusive-ly-ness 
 
 Excuse-ed 
 
 Excusable 
 
 Executlon-er 
 
 Executive-or => 
 
 Executrix 
 
 Exemplary 
 
 Exist-ed-ence 
 
 Exorbitance-t-ly 
 
 Expect-e*d-ation 
 
 Expediency-t-ly 
 
 Expedition 
 
 Expense-ive-lyj 
 -nessi 
 
 Expend'-ed-iture 
 
 Experience-ed 
 
 Experiment-ed 
 -al-ly 
 
 -Explain-cd-able 
 
 Explanation-atory 
 Explicit-ly-ness 
 Explore-ed-ation 
 Express-ed-age 
 
 Expression-ly 
 
 Expressive-ly) 
 -ness i 
 
 Exquisite-ly 
 Extern pore-ary 
 Extemporaneous 
 
 Extend-ed-ing 
 Extension-si ve-ly J a 
 Extarminate-ed-tiou r-* 
 
 External-ly-als 
 
 Extinguish-edJ 
 -ablei 
 
 Extract-tion 
 
 Extradition 
 
 Extraordinary-ily 
 
 Extravagance-ant-ly 
 
 Extreme-ly-ity 
 
 Extrinsic-ally 
 
 F 
 
 Facility-tate-ed 
 
 Faculty 
 
 Faint-hearted _ 
 
 Fairspoken 
 
 Faithful-ly 
 
 Familiar-ity-ly
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 17 
 
 C. Q 
 
 Feeble-minded 
 Fee-simple 
 
 Forfeit-ed-ture 
 
 Forgave 
 
 Forger-y 
 
 Forget-f ul-ness Sr._. 
 
 Forgive-en-ing 
 
 Forgivable 
 
 Forgot-ten 
 
 Form-ed 
 
 Formal-lyj 
 -ism) 
 
 Formalist-ity 
 
 Formation 
 
 Former-ly 
 
 Formless 
 
 Formidable 
 
 Forsake-sook ^Q 
 
 Forsooth j 
 Forswear) 
 
 Forswore-sworn 
 
 Forthcoming 
 
 Forthwith 
 
 Fortunate-ly 
 
 Forward-ed 
 
 Founded -ation 
 
 Franchise-ment 
 
 Fraternal-ly 
 
 Frequency 
 
 Frequent-ed-ly 
 
 Fresheii-ly 
 
 Friendly-ship 
 
 Fugitive 
 
 Fundamental-ly 
 
 Furnish-ed _ 
 
 Futility 
 
 Future-ity _(__ 
 
 Gallant-ly 
 General-ly-ize u 
 Generalized-ity & 
 
 Genial-ity ^/ 
 
 ^/ 
 
 Gentleman-ly 
 
 Gentility f 
 
 Geography-ical-ly 
 Geology-ist / 
 Geological / 
 
 Gpoinetry-ical 
 
 Glory-ied ^ 
 Glorification) 
 
 ?Glorify-ed ^ 
 Glories-ous-ly C 
 Good-natured 
 Govern -ed- or 
 Governable 
 Government-al 
 Grandchild 
 Grandfather 
 Grand-jury 
 Grandson 
 Guilty 
 
 Haphazard 
 
 2
 
 18 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 \ v Vs 
 
 -Tflppy-ily-nps" 
 
 Household t^ 
 HrmseVpeppr-inB tj_. 
 
 Immediate-ly ^^^ 
 
 Horripat 
 
 Hard-handed 
 
 -rf^s 
 
 House-room ^-^ 
 
 Housewife i^^ 
 However Q^ 
 Howsoever p 
 Humility ^f 
 
 TTnndrprl ^-^ 
 
 Tmmodest-ly 
 
 IIard-h f> artp<1-Ties'* 
 
 Impartial-ly -S 
 Tmpntipnf p-t-ly 
 
 Hardship 
 
 Hateful-ly ^T r\{ 
 Hazard-ouB-ly -2 A'p 
 
 Headquarters C_, 
 
 \-> 
 Heart-rending 
 
 Impenetrable-y -"^ 
 Impenetrability ^ 
 imperative <S 
 Imperfect-ly-tion " ^N 
 T m pract' "abl e-y 
 
 Hundredth ^ 
 HTi"j; pr VN ~~^ / 
 
 
 Henceforth .3= 
 ^ < 
 Henceforward V^ 
 
 Henchman ^ 
 
 ^\ 
 Hereafter ^z. 
 
 Heretofore i 
 
 Hydrant j * 
 
 Impracticability ___^__ 
 Impregnable-y ^\ 
 Impregnability y_ 
 Tmprisonmppt D 
 
 Hydratej 
 
 h 
 
 Hydropathy-ic-ist L 
 
 A 
 Hypothecate-ed-tion _j> 
 
 I 
 
 Ice-house & 
 
 Td^'ity r 
 
 Improbable-y \ 
 Improbability \ 
 Improper-ly 1 
 Inipvovidpnr^-t-ly .r 
 
 --? 
 Hesitancy ^i_u 
 
 Hesitate-ed-tion t^,, t--^\j 
 ^> 
 
 n 
 
 Identicfvl-ly 
 
 Idleness Lfi 
 Ignorance-ant-ly - 
 
 Inability ^ \ . 
 
 
 Illegality ( S*z 
 Illegible-bility^Z!! . 
 Illegitimacy f - ^-- 
 
 Illegitimate-ly J- - 
 j\ /^ 
 Illiberal x^ \ 
 
 /^V" ^ 
 
 Illiberality & ' *L = 
 
 Inaccuracy-te-lv. . _ 
 
 Hitherto ^.^ 
 Homeopathy-ic-ally (. 
 
 Howeopatbist . 4 
 
 <i < 
 
 Honorable-y -> 
 
 \, VN-> 
 
 Inadvertent-cy _^- 
 Inappii^able . 
 
 Inapplicability ^==^ 
 Incalculable \ . 
 Incapable . . i 
 
 
 Ill-nature-ed {2^- 
 llluftration ' 
 
 Incapability ~^~^ 
 
 
 lucidental-ly 
 
 JP y 
 
 JmaginaMp-ry x. 
 
 Incivility M ., 
 
 
 ImtneHPiirnblfV, * - 
 
 Incompatible \ 
 

 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 19 
 
 ncompatibllity L 
 
 ncomplete-ness_ 
 
 ncomprehensible 
 
 Incomprehensibility . <^ 
 
 ^*_ 
 Inconceivable-y 
 
 Inconsequential 
 
 !nconsiderable-y 
 
 Inconsiderate-ly j 
 -nessj 
 
 Inconsistent-ly 
 Inconstant 
 
 Incontestable-y 
 
 Incontrovertible-y 
 
 Inconvenience-ent-ly 
 
 [ncorrect-ly-ness 
 
 Incredible-y 
 
 Incredibility 
 
 Indebted-ness 
 
 Indeflnitely-ness 
 
 I ndef atigable-y "l 
 
 ludemnify-ied-ty 
 
 Independence-ent-ly ^ 
 
 Indescribable-y 
 
 Indestructible 
 
 Indeterminable 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Indictable-ment I 
 Indifference-ent-ly t> 
 
 N^ 
 
 Indigestible A- 
 
 Indignant-ly-ity ^~ 
 
 ndignation 
 
 ndiscretion 
 Indiscriminate-ly 
 
 ndispensable-y 
 Indissoluble-y 
 
 indistinct-ly-ness 
 
 !nd ividual-1 y-Ity 
 
 'ndulge-ence 
 Indulgent-ly 
 Inefficient-cy-ly 
 
 Inequality _ 
 
 [nexcusable-y 
 
 [nexpedient-cy-ly 
 
 Inexpensive 
 Inexperience-d 
 
 Inexplicable 
 
 Inexpressible J 
 -ive{ 
 
 Inextinguishable 
 
 Inextricable-y 
 
 Inferential 
 
 Infidelity 
 
 Infinite-ly-ity 
 
 Infirm-ity 
 
 Influence-ed 
 
 Influential 
 
 Inform-al-ly 
 
 Informality 
 
 Information 
 
 Infrequent-ly-cy. 
 
 nfringe-ed-ment ^~t 
 Inglorious-ly 
 Inhabit-ed 
 nhabitable-ant 
 Inhere-ent-ly 
 [nheritance-ed 
 Inhospitable-y. 
 [njndicious 
 Inordinate-ly 
 Inorganized 
 
 Inscribe-ed-iption 
 Insecure-ly-ity : 
 
 Insignificance-ant-ly 
 
 M 
 
 Inspection-tor :sJ_ 
 
 Inspire-ed _ 
 
 Inspiration-tory 
 Install-ed-ment 
 
 Instantaneous-ly ^~f 
 Instinctive-ly 
 
 t_ 
 
 J 
 
 Instruct-tive 
 
 Instruction tor 
 
 Insufficiency 
 
 Insufficient-ly 
 
 Insulted-ingly 
 
 Insurrection 
 
 Integrity 
 
 Intellect-ual-ly 
 
 Intelligence-ent-ly "y 
 Intelligible-y-bility^l^l
 
 2O THE 
 
 REPORTER'S Gl 
 
 JIDE. 
 
 Intemperance-ate-ly L^ 
 Intercession " e 
 
 Irresistible-y Q 
 Irrespective-ly "^ 
 
 Kingdom ^ 
 KnowlerlgA . / 
 
 Interchangeable-y ~~7 
 TntArrv>iirRe s: ~^ 
 
 Irresponsible-y| ~^ ^ 
 Irretrlevahlp-y ~\ 
 
 L 
 
 Landlord 
 
 Tnterest-ing-ed H 5 ^f> 
 
 Irreverenne-pnt-ly ~\^ 
 
 / 7 / 
 
 Large-er-pst , 
 
 Tntermediate-ly * _ 
 
 
 f / 
 Largely-ness *^ 
 
 Tnfrmit-tont ^^ 
 
 J 
 
 S*~ 
 
 Liustly ', 
 
 Tnternpi-iy ' ~"C_>- 
 
 Jannary ' 
 
 Latest ; e ^ 
 
 Interrogate-tion ^~ < ^~? 
 In ti Tti a te-ed -tlon ~\ v -''n 
 
 Jehovah ^ 
 
 .Tpnparrty ... /( 
 
 Lighlestj 
 Leasehold /^ 
 Tyftft-hftnd-pd ' 
 
 Intimidate-ed-tion ^ i 
 TTI tx>i erabl ft-y 
 
 .Tnhhing.hniigp \ J ( 
 .TfVMilnrity I C 
 
 Legality LL 
 
 T-pg-ihlp-hility ./^7 ^ 
 
 ^x-0 
 
 T n to T i <* fw - p< 1 
 
 .Toint^tOC^ ^ 
 
 ^^gislate-ed-ing ' </~ 
 
 IntoTipAtion 
 
 -Tnllif <>Rtion *' 
 
 Lpgislation-tivfi ' c/ ' u 
 
 Fntrppid-ity "^ 
 
 .Tnnrn|il.1stn t/ <s~^ 
 
 T,f>pislRtor-n r ft i fl - ' 1 
 
 Intrinsic-al-ly v -^ ^ 
 lutrodnction-tory (; K 
 Invalidity 1=^ 
 InvpstigBtp-tion ^ t^ 
 
 Jovialty SL 
 Joyful-ly Q^= ^ 
 Judicatory-tive _^_ j^ 
 Judlciously-ness 1^7 
 
 legitimate , / ^~ l ~~' 
 Length -en-ed f ^~-f ^-^ 
 Lengthwise ^f 
 
 T.jphflitv ' 
 
 
 
 
 *-r 
 
 Jurisdl(>t<on-Ri J 2 
 
 Iii^ertini-ST" L 
 
 Irascible-bility ^ 7^ 
 Irrationfll-ly ,. 
 
 * c 
 
 Jurisprudence _/ 
 Justify-ablp A ~ r 
 
 Liberality IV 
 Licentious-ly-ness , v^s 
 
 Irreconcilable-y Q \ 
 
 Justification-tive ro / 
 Juvenile-Ky / / 
 
 Iiife-estate - 
 Life-tirn- ^"^ 
 
 
 Juxtaposition \ 
 
 Tjijrlit..fnnt-"1 
 
 
 
 Tiight-han^pd 
 
 
 -*\ 
 Kindhowted 
 
 ,--] 
 
 Lihtrhpn'1 o '1 
 
 
 
 r^ 
 Light-hoart^d 
 
 rrep / 
 

 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 21 
 
 Light-minded 
 
 /C- 
 ' 
 
 Literature 
 
 L 
 
 Litigant-gate-ed i 
 
 Little j 
 Locality) 
 
 Locomotive 
 Longitude-inal-ly \-f 
 Lucrative 
 
 M 
 
 Machine-ist-ry /. 
 
 Magazine <"v 
 
 Magnanimous-ly >^! 
 -imity ) 
 
 Magnificence-ent-ly 
 
 Maintenance 3 
 
 Majesty-ic-ally _ 
 Majority 
 
 Malcvolent-ly 
 Malformation 
 
 Malicious-ly-ness 
 
 Malignity 
 
 Manufactory^Kl 
 
 turer/ 
 Manufacture- -ing 
 
 Manner-ly 
 Mannerism 
 
 Materialist 
 
 Mathematics-cian 
 
 Mathematical-ly 
 
 ^7 
 
 
 Meantime ^ 
 Measure-ably 
 Mechanic-al-ly 
 Mechanism 
 
 Membership _ 
 Memorandum-a 
 Memorable 
 Mental-ly-ity 
 
 Mercantile _/"- 
 
 Mercenary 
 
 Merchandise-ing 
 
 Mercy-ful 
 
 Mercy-seat 
 
 Messenger 
 
 Misapprehend-ed 
 Misapprehension 
 
 v 
 
 Mischievous-ly-ness_2>_ 
 
 Misdemeanor 
 
 Miserable 
 
 Misinformed 
 Misrepresent-cd 
 
 
 Mortgage-ee-or 
 Movement 
 Multiply-ied-tude C\ 
 
 Naturalize-ed-ist _ 
 Negative-ly 
 
 Neglect-ed-ful _. v CZ_ 
 Negligence-ent-ly ^rrirr= 
 
 Neutrality 
 
 Nobody 
 
 Non-esgential , 
 
 Non -performance ^-^ 
 
 Northeast-west 
 Northward-ly S><x. ^ 
 Northwesterly __iL_ 
 
 Northwestern r- 
 
 Notwithstanding ~^ 
 Nothing 
 November 
 Numberless 
 
 o 
 
 Objecl-ive 
 Objection-ubleSj . c . . N\ 
 Observe-ed-ance 
 Observable-ation 
 Obstructer
 
 22 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 6 
 
 Obstrnetion-tivc. 
 
 Offlcious-ly-ness. 
 
 Omnipotence-t 
 
 Omnipresent 
 
 Organ-ize _ 
 
 Organized-ation 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Organic-al-ism_ 
 Original-ly-ity ^7 ^ 
 Ornamented-a(l-ly / 
 
 Orthodox-y - 
 
 Orthography-ic-&lly x \ 
 Ostentatious-ly-tion _ 
 
 Parallel Y 
 
 V 
 Parliament-ary 
 
 V 
 
 Parliamentarian 
 
 "Y \ 
 
 Participate-ed-ant_ :L_ 
 Participation-tor V V 3 
 
 Particular-ly ^ 
 
 Particularity 
 Passenger 
 
 
 Passion-ate-ly ___ 
 
 Pastime Ei 
 
 Paternal-ity 
 Pathettc-al-ly 
 Pathology-ic-al 
 Pathologist 
 
 Patient-ly _ \^ _ 
 Patriot-ic-ism ^ NO 
 Patron-age-ize V-^ 3 \/^ s> 
 Peculiar-ity-ly \ _ , \_f 
 Pecuniary-ily Y 
 Penalty _ ^ 
 
 Pencil * 
 
 Penetrable y 
 
 Penitential k> - 
 Penitentiary J> ~ v 
 Perfect-ed-ly \i \r 
 Perform-ed-ance o A_ 
 Perpendicular-ly-ity\^_ 
 Perpetuate-al-ly-ty 
 Perpetuation 
 Persistency 
 Personality 
 Perspicuity 
 Pestilence-t 
 Pestilential 
 
 Phenonienon-a-al 
 
 Philanthropy-ic-alvalizr 
 
 Philosopic-ally 
 
 Phonographer-ic ^*3_ 
 
 Photograph y-ic 
 
 Phraseology 
 
 Phrenology-ical 
 
 Phrenologist 
 
 Physiology-ically 
 
 Physiologist 
 
 Pickpocket 
 
 Plaintiff 
 
 Platform 
 
 Plenipotentiary . 
 
 Plenty-eous-ly 
 
 Plentiful-ly 
 
 Popular-ity 
 
 Popularly 
 
 Possible-y-bility. 
 
 Postage-stamp 
 
 Posterity 
 
 PostoflSce 
 
 Postpone-ed-ment\ \i 
 
 o Vj 
 
 Poverty 
 
 Powerful-Iy \? 
 
 \ 
 
 Practicable-bility ! 
 
 Practice-al-ly-ed. 
 Practitioner . 
 
 Precipitate-ed-tion 'X 
 Precipitately \^ 
 Predestine-ate-tlon J .[^ 
 Predestinarian JP " 
 Predestinarlanism 
 
 Predominant? 
 -ate-edi 
 
 Prefer-able-y-ment \? 
 
 Pregnabie-nancy* *\ 
 
 -nant) 
 
 Prejudice-ial-ly 
 Preliminary
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 28 
 
 Preponderance 
 Presbyterian-ism \ \r 
 
 iO 
 
 Prescribe-script 
 
 Prescription-tive 
 
 Presented-ly 
 
 Preserve-ed-ative 
 
 Preservation 
 
 Presidential 
 
 Presumptuous-ly-ne 
 
 Pretentious-ly-sion ^> 
 
 Preternatural 
 
 Pretty-ily 
 
 Prevalence-lent. 
 
 Priority 
 
 Privilege-ed _ 
 
 Probable-y-bility 'V A . 
 \ 
 Proclaim-ation 
 
 Proclivity 
 
 Procrastiaate-ed 
 
 Procrastination 
 
 Production-tive 
 
 Professor-ship 
 
 Proficient-ce-cy 
 
 Profit-ed-able-y 
 
 Profitableness 
 
 Profligate-cy 
 
 Prohibit-ed-tion \\ '\\ 
 
 frroject-or-tion / // / 
 i\ p 
 
 r'romiucnoe-t-lv ^"^ 
 
 Property 
 
 Proportton-al-e 
 
 Proportionable 
 
 Proportion>.te-ly 
 
 Propriety-tor 
 
 Proscribe-ed 
 
 Proscription-tive 
 Prospect-ive-ly 
 Prosperity 
 Pro8titute-ed-tion'\o '\> 
 
 t\n rVn*-' 
 
 Protestant-ism ! 
 
 Protest-ed-ation 
 Prothonotary 
 Protraction-tive 
 Provided-ing 
 
 Providence-tial 
 
 XV. 
 
 Public-an-ation \ \ \ 
 \ o V> 
 
 Publicly 
 
 Publish-ed-er 
 
 Punctual-ity 
 
 Punish-ment-able 
 
 Purpose-ed-ly 
 
 Q 
 
 ( 
 
 Qualify-ed-able 
 Qualification 
 Quality 
 Quantity 
 
 ^ 
 
 Quarrelsome 
 Quarter-ed-ly~5^ 
 
 Quartermaster. 
 Question -ed . 
 Questionable . 
 
 R 
 
 Railway 
 Rapidly-ity 
 
 Ratification 
 
 Rationalism) 
 -istici 
 
 Rc-appear-ance 
 Reassemble-ed 
 Recapitulate-ed-tion/__} 
 
 RecoHect-ed-tton 
 x 
 
 Recommendation 
 
 Reconsider-ed) 
 
 -ationT"" 
 
 >Q 
 
 Recon struct-tion^_ J= 
 
 Recover-able-y _ 
 
 Recrimiuate-ation 
 
 Redeliver-ed-y 
 
 Reduction 
 
 Re-cstablish-ed 
 
 Re-examiue-ation 
 
 Refer-red-ence. 
 
 Reflect-ed-tion 
 
 Reform-ed 
 
 Reformation-tive 
 
 Reformer-atory 
 
 Regenerate 
 
 Regenerative 
 Registration
 
 24 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Regular-ity-ly 
 Religion-ous 
 Relinquish-ment 
 Reluctance-t-ly JS 
 Remark-able-y -/ 
 
 Remember-brance * a 
 
 Remittance-ed. 
 
 Reprganize-ed 
 
 Reorganization 
 
 Repeated-ly-tition 
 
 Repent-ance-ant. 
 
 Replenish-ment ^L 
 Reprehensible-y 
 
 Reprcsent-ed-ing 
 
 Representation) 
 -live! 
 
 Rcprouchful-ly -^\ 
 Reprcxi 
 
 Republic-lish-ed< x\ /\ 
 -ationi \\ 
 
 Republican-ize 
 Republicanism 
 Repugnance-t 
 
 Rcsemble-ance 
 Respeet-ful-ly 
 Respectable-y 
 Respectability 
 Respective ^ x ' ?. 
 Respond-ed-ent 
 Responsible -y 
 Responsibility 
 
 Responsive-ly 
 Resurrection 
 
 Retracted -tion /_ , 
 
 Retribution-tive^ 
 
 Retrospecr,-tion 
 
 Retrospective-ly 
 
 Revenge-ed 
 
 Revengefnl-ly-ness 
 
 Revelation L 
 
 Reverend-nue 
 
 Reverent-ly 
 
 Reverential-ly 
 
 Revolution-ary 
 
 Revolutionist-ize / 
 
 Revplve-ed-er 
 
 Right-hand-ecL 
 
 Sanction-ed 
 Sanguine-ly . 
 
 Sarcastic-al-ly . 
 
 P 
 Satisfy-factory-ily . 
 
 Satisfaction 
 
 Savior 
 
 Soeptic-al-cism 
 
 Scientific-ally 
 
 Scripture-al 
 
 Self-defense 
 
 I 
 
 Self-denial 
 
 Self-destruction 
 
 Self-interest 
 
 Selfish -ly-neas -/ <-> 
 
 Self-preservation ff 
 
 Self-sacrifice _ 
 
 Self-same 
 
 Self-sufficient 
 
 September 
 
 Several-ly 
 
 Shoe-store 
 
 Signature 
 
 Signify-ied 
 
 Significant-ly ^> 
 
 Significance ; cy _^rtn 
 Signification-tive Q- 3 = 
 Similar-ity-ly 
 Simple-er-est 
 
 Simplify-iciition 
 Simultaneous-ly-ness <T~^ 
 Sincerely-ity 
 Singular-ly-ity 
 Sociable bility 
 
 Social-ly-ity J. 
 
 Socialism -ist 
 
 Somebody 
 
 Something 
 
 Sometime 
 
 Somewhat
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 25 
 
 Speak ) 
 Speechj 
 
 Special-ly-ty 
 Specification 
 Spendthrift 
 
 Spiritually-ism 
 Spiritualist-ized <v ' 
 Spiritualization ^ 
 Spontaneity 
 Spontaneous-ly 
 
 Stenography-er 
 
 Straightforward 
 -ly-ness 
 
 Strange-ness-est 
 Stranger-ly 
 Strength-en 
 Slupendous-ly-ness^ i_a 
 Stupid-ity-ly-ness \A 
 Subject-ed-tion 
 
 Subjective-ly) 
 -ness! 
 
 Subjugate-ed-tion 7 N 
 
 ? X 
 
 Sublime-ly N V 
 
 Subordinate-ly-tion!_l 
 Subscribe-ed-er ^~ 
 
 Subscription 
 
 Su'oserve-iencv { 
 Subservlent-lyj 
 
 Substantial-ly-ate ^f SP 
 
 Substitute-ed-tiou:>c _ >_ 
 
 o 
 Subterfuge _S_ 
 
 Subtraction ^) 
 Sufficient-cy-ly .A-^ 
 Suffrage-ist ^-r _ ^ 
 
 Suggest-tion-tive > (. 
 
 Superabundance) Q 
 -ant-lyl ^ 
 
 Superficial-ity-ly \r 
 Superfluity ^ 
 
 Superincumbent V 
 Superintend-ent ^ 
 Superiutendence-y^-p^ 
 Supernatural-ism \ *\_^ 
 
 Superscribe-iption^_2^)Testimony-ial 
 
 Superstructure 
 Surgery-ical 
 
 Surprise-ed-lngly 
 
 Surrender-ed 
 
 Surreptitious-ly 
 
 Suspended-sion 
 
 Swindlc-ed-er 
 
 <\ v V 
 C- 
 
 Synonymous-ly 
 System-atic-ally 
 Systematizc-ed 
 
 T 
 
 Taken 
 Tasteful-ly 
 
 o -? 
 
 Taxable-tion 
 
 Tcehnical-ity-ly- 
 
 Telegraph -ic-y-gram 
 
 u 
 
 Temperament-al 
 
 -J rTS 
 
 Temper-ed-ature 
 
 Tempestuous-ly-ness_i3i 
 
 Tended-ency 
 
 Terminate-ed-tio 
 
 Testament-ary 
 
 Testator-trix 
 
 Testify-ied 
 
 Text-book 
 
 Thanksgiving 
 
 Thenceforth 
 Thenceforward 
 Theology-ical-ly 
 Theologian-gist 
 Thousand-th _ 
 
 Time-server 
 
 Timld.ity-ly-npgg I 1^ 
 
 p n 
 Tolerance-ant " 
 
 Topic-al-ly > S_ 
 
 Topography-ic-ally (^ 
 
 Township ) 
 Townsman! 
 
 Tragedy-dian
 
 26 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I T 
 
 v -' v ~ c - 
 
 Transact-tion 
 Transatlantic 
 
 3- 3. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 Transfer-red-able i 
 
 Transf orm-ed-ation ^ P 
 
 n 
 Transparent-cy-ly cL 
 
 Transport-ed-atio 
 
 Transverse-ly 
 
 Treinendons-ly 
 
 Truth ful-ly-ness Q-3 
 
 Turpitude . \/\ 
 
 u 
 
 Unanimity -ous-1 y 
 
 
 Unchanged-able-y 
 Uncharitable-y 
 
 Uncharitableness /^_ 
 
 Uncommon-ly * _ 
 Uncommunicative v^"" 3 
 U.nconcern-ed-ly 
 Uuconditional-ly 
 Unconquerable-y 
 
 Unconscientious-ly 
 
 <Ls 
 
 Unconstitutional-ly ^^ 
 
 3- 
 
 Uncbntaminated '"a 
 
 Uncontradicted 
 
 Uncontrolled 
 
 Uncontrorcrtible T 
 
 Unconvertible 
 
 
 Underlaid 
 
 Undcrrate-ed 
 
 Undersell-sold- 
 Undersign-ed 
 
 Unuerstate-stood 1 i 
 
 Undertaking-took i 
 
 Undervalue-ed V. "? 
 
 Underwork 
 
 Underwriter 
 
 Undetected 
 
 Undermined 
 
 Undeveloped 
 
 Undignified 
 
 Undiminished-able 
 
 Undischarged 
 
 Undiscovered-able 
 
 **_ 
 
 Undiscriminating b~^ 
 Undistinguished-able .t^ 
 Undistributed _ (rS 
 
 
 -y"^=V 
 
 ^_ 
 
 -Unexpected-ly 
 
 v _ t, 
 Unoxtinguished-able-i^- 
 
 Un faith ful-ly 
 
 ITnflinching-ly 
 Uaforsaken 
 Unforgiven 
 Unfortunate-ly 
 
 Unhesiiating-ly 
 Uniform-ly-ity_JT__ 
 
 Unimaginable 
 Uninipassioned IT 
 
 Unimportant 
 
 Unimposing -. "^ 
 L'nimproved-ablc ^= 
 Uninfluenced N ^ 
 Uninfluential 
 Uninhabited-able
 
 THE REPORTERS GUIDE. 
 
 27 
 
 Uninstructed-tive" 
 Unintelligible-y Jl 
 Unintcresting-lyJ; 
 Uninterrupted Jy 
 Unitnrian-ism <^ 
 Universal-ly ..V. 
 Universe-ity ^ 
 Unmannercd "^~r 
 Unmeasured ** \ 
 Unobjeetcd 
 Unobjcctionable-y " \ y. 
 Unorganized 
 Unparallel-ed 
 Unpardonable 
 
 Unparliamentary 
 Unpopular-ity ^^ 
 
 Unprejudiced ^_ 
 
 Unprincipled J>_ 
 
 Unproductive-ly__J_- 
 
 Unproficient V^ 
 
 Unprofitable-y ^ 
 
 Unpunished 
 
 Unquestioned 
 
 Unquestionable-y 
 Unrecognizable" 
 Unrecompensed"^__ _^_ 
 Un repentant **-s ^ 
 
 Unretracted 
 
 Unrewarded 
 
 Unscriptural 
 Unsophisticated ' 
 Unspeakable JH 
 Unsubjected JlZ 
 Unsubstantial -ly 
 
 Unthankf ul-ly 
 
 Unthinkingly 
 Unusual-ly 
 Unwelcome i= 
 
 V 
 
 Vainglorious-ly 
 Value-edi 
 Vanquish -ed 
 
 Vegetarianism 
 
 Venerable 
 
 Verdict 
 
 Versatile-ity 
 
 Vestige 
 
 Vexatious-ly 
 
 Vice President-cy 
 
 Vicinity 
 
 Vigilance-t-ly 
 
 Vindictive 
 
 Volume 
 
 Voluptuous-ly-ness 
 
 C 
 Vulgarity ^ 
 
 Y 
 
 Yardstick ^~ 
 
 Yield-e'd J 
 
 Younger-cst .V x **& 
 
 Youngster "+^y 
 
 Youthful-ness
 
 28 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 IMPORTANCE OP REVIEWS. 
 
 It is a generally accepted theory in education, that until a pupil has so 
 thoroughly comprehended his lessons, in any branch of study, as to be able 
 to explain them in his own language, showing that he has incorporated the 
 principles involved into his own mental existence, he has studied to little 
 purpose. It is, at the least, true, that students must understand principles. 
 or the reasons for rules, before they can be said to possess any real practical 
 knowledge of a subject; and there can be no doubt that the best way to help 
 them to such a knowledge, is by directing their attention to what should be 
 understood and remembered, and by calling out an expression of what they 
 know on the subject. If, in the study of this work, the teacher finds they 
 know little or nothing, except the memorizing of a few contracted words or 
 phrases, they should be required to review their studies with reference to 
 reinforcing their memory by the application of such principles as are 
 
 presented. 
 
 Until the phonographic student knows why he writes words and phrasrs 
 thus and so, each word and phrase will be a separate lesson, and his progress 
 will be slow and toilsome. The following questions are designed to loud the 
 learner to such knowledge. 
 
 (Sec. 1.) What portion of a word generally constitutes its contracted form? 
 Give examples. (-2.) What modification of this first principle is given? <;ive 
 examples. (:>.) How are words contracted by the omission of syllables? 
 Illustrate this method. (1.) What class of words ending with the .SVin-hook 
 are contracted, and how? Give illustrations. What class of words ending 
 with the TV-hook are contracted, and how ? Illustrate. (5.) How is the 
 syllable -tire often briefly represented ? Give examples. (G.) Give illustra- 
 tions of the brief method of representing the terminal -fill. (7.) How are the 
 participial terminations, -ed and -ing, generally indicated ? (8.) How is the 
 termination -lie written? Give examples. (9.) Describe and illustrate the 
 uniform mode of writing the termination -blencss. (10.) How is the terminal 
 -bilUy, heretofore represented by a disjoined affix, consistently and briefly 
 written ? Give illustrations. How are nearly all words ending in -it;/. 
 briefly represented? Illustrate fully. (11.) In what way may the names 
 of persons, companies, institutions, etc., be abbreviated?
 
 PHRASE-WRITING. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 1. Words are composed of elementary sounds, so combined as to be 
 articulated most readily by the organs of speech. They, in turn, are, so to 
 speak, the elements of ideas, so combined into phrases as to be smoothly, 
 harmoniously, or forcibly uttered in spoken language. Custom has estab- 
 lished the practice, in the use of most written languages, of writing and 
 printing each word by itself, although in speech very many of them are so 
 run together as to seem like single words. Such words might as properly be 
 written together, without lifting the pen, as spoken together without pause. 
 
 2. It is the carrying out of this idea that constitutes phraseography, or 
 writing by phrases, iu phonography. The principle is recognized, to some 
 extent, in common print, by the printing of any where as anywhere, in at 
 much as inasmuch, where ever as wherever, etc. It is further carried out by the 
 rapid penman, in following a reader or speaker, by writing as many words 
 together without lifting bis pen as he conveniently can ; thus ; 
 
 \S am atfie ucte tvt/f #e jafottea to nave & 
 
 / / ^ / 
 
 aittJiatea of tn Jntd tnannei. 
 
 When written in elementary phonography it appears thus : 
 
 ^ J f~ \ \ ^ N J v-x 4 ^ 
 
 rn s 
 
 But when the reporter writes these words in phrases they take the fol- 
 lowing shape : 
 
 3. The object sought by both the longhand and shorthand penman in 
 thus writing, is to save the loss of time occasioned by lifting the pen be- 
 tween words ; and it is accomplished, but with a vast difference in favor of 
 phonography. The longhand writer saves 10 movements, in the above 
 illustration, out of a total of 190, which is only 6) per cent ; while the short- 
 hand writer saves 10 movements out of a total of 41, which is about 25 per
 
 30 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 cent. In other words, on account of the brevity of the shorthand signs the 
 phonographer is enabled to get along five times as fast as the longhand 
 writer, and by the use of phraseography one-fourth faster than if he wrote 
 each word separately ; while the longhand writer gains only one-nine- 
 teenth. 
 
 The student will at first hesitate about the proper joinings of words, but 
 they will soon become as easy, and be made without thought, as the join- 
 ing of letters in longhand. To accomplish this result, every phrase-form 
 should be written a dozen times or more, the more difficult ones a hundred 
 times. For instance, the first phrase on the preceding page should be treated 
 thus: 
 
 4. But there is another respect in which phrase-writing in phonography 
 has an advantage over similar writing in longhand. The latter can not be 
 read as easily, by reason of the joinings, and because the words that are 
 joined cannot all be taken in at one view ; while the phonographic phrasing 
 brings the words closer together, and the eye is thus enabled to take in at 
 one glance, and the mind to catch the meaning of, the whole cluster of 
 words embraced in the phrase. And thus the reporting style of phonogra- 
 phy, when correctly and well written, is more Jegible to the experienced 
 reader, than the lengthy vocalized style of the tyro, or amanuensis. Thus, 
 
 the phrase, Pr\ . of course it rmiot be, can be taken in by the eye more 
 
 \ y c _ o i v 
 
 readily than the separate words, - ! _ -"^ \ _ x 
 
 Phrase forms thus become, like words, pictures *o the mind, that are 
 recognized as a whole the instant they are seen. 
 
 5 Phrase-writing does not require the study of any new principle. It 
 consists chiefly in the application of principles already learned, to secure 
 the briefest and most facile combinations of words in phraseographs. But 
 there is danger of too much phrasing ; some learners at first seem to think 
 the more words they can join the better. This is a great mistake ; better 
 too few than too many. Unusual words should rarely be joined with others, 
 for they make unfamiliar outlines, that are not quickly written or read. 
 It will be better at first, if not all the time, to employ only such phrase- 
 forms as are remembered to have been given in this, or other, text booka 
 of the art. 
 
 6. This frequent repetition in the writing of the same phrases, is not 
 simply that the learner may remember how to write them, nor yet alone
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 31 
 
 that he may become able to write them accurately; but, in addition, that his 
 fingers may have the drill that is necessary to write them both rapidly and 
 well. Some teachers require their pupils, from the start, to write every 
 shorthand word and phrase over and o> or. until they can form them as fast 
 as they can be uttered, before leaving them for the next exercise. The au- 
 thor has seen the copy-books of such pupils, in which a whole page has been 
 covered with the writing of a single difficult phrase, and further along the 
 same exercise repeated at intervals. They argue that if- it is necessary for 
 tin.' [11:1110 pupil to run through the fingering of scales and strains a hundred 
 times and more, and for the singer to do the same, in order to attain pro- 
 ficiency, it is just as important and necessary for him, or her, who expects to 
 reach the speed of the rapid tongue, with his fingers, to give them a corres- 
 ponding amount of practice. 
 
 7. Whether this thorough drill should be taken at first, as the pupil pro- 
 gresses, or only partially at first, and afterward the exercises be repeated, 
 depends somewhat on the patience of the pupil and the perseverance of the 
 teacher. One thing, however, is certain, and that is that a large amount of 
 practice in the writing of contracted words and phrases, is absolutely neces- 
 sary, in order to become a verbatim reporter; and if it is not done while a 
 pupil, it will have to be done under adverse circumstances, attended often 
 with regret and disgrace, in the unsatisfactory practice of his profession. 
 
 8. It is just as important that the pupil be able t> read readily and cor- 
 rectly all he writes, as that he be able to write fast. Knowledge of the prin- 
 ciples necessary to write words and phrases correctly, is not all that is requi- 
 site In constitute good readers. Practice is as necessary in reading as in 
 writing. Words, more than people, need to be seen often and called by 
 name, in order to know them at sight. Therefore, every thing a pupil writes 
 should be read by him before leaving it, and then again when picking it up 
 the next time. The last copy of an exercise, supposed to be the best, should 
 be the one read. 
 
 9. It would be better for the student to confine his practice in phono- 
 graphic writing to the exercises in his books until he has thoroughly mas- 
 tered the Principles of Phrasing, as well us the contracted forms of all 
 the words given in the list on pages 11 to 27 inclusive. The oftener one 
 writes a word or phrase incorrectly, the more difficult it is to learn to 
 write it as it should be written. The Phonographic Dictionary, giving the 
 forms of all the usual words in the language, should be on the table of 
 the phonographic student, for the purpose of referring to every word the 
 proper form of which is not remembered. But a small portion of the most 
 important words used in ordinary speech are written in phrase forms; 
 hence the study of the Dictionary is as important as the study of the 
 Reporter's Guide.
 
 32 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 EXERCISE ON SIMPLE PHRASES. 
 
 On the opposite page is a reading exercise, consisting of very simple 
 phrases, which the pupil should read, with the aid. if necessary, of the kt-y 
 below, and re-read until he can speak every one at sight. Then he should 
 write them from dictation, or by reading them from this page, until he 
 can write them as quickly as they are spoken. 
 
 1. You will; you will be; you will do: you will have: you will think ; 
 you are: you may; you must: you must be. 
 
 2. You can; you can be; you can do: you can have; you cannot; you 
 cannot be; you cannot do: you cannot have; you cannot say. 
 
 3. I hope you: I hope you may; I hope you will: I think: I think you 
 are; I think you may; I think you must: I shall; I shall be. 
 
 4. I can be: lean do so: lam; I am sure: I am now: I am sorry; I 
 may have; I may try; I may not be. 
 
 5. We have; we have had: we have said; we have seen; wo think; we 
 think you may; we think you are; we hope you will; we hope you can. 
 
 6. We shall ; we shall be ; we shall have ; we shall not have : we fear ; 
 we fear yon may ; we fear you are ; we fear you will be ; we fear you cannot. 
 
 7. I must; I must be ; I must have ; I must try ; I must not : I must not 
 be ; I must not have ; I must be sure ; I am glad. 
 
 8. I will; I will be; I will do; I will have; I will think; I will try; I re- 
 ceived; I resign; I rejoice. 
 
 9. By it; by which; by them; by our; by many; at which time; at that 
 time; if you; if you will; if we; if we are. 
 
 10. On which: on such; on that; in each: in that; when I am; when 
 they; when shall; one day. 
 
 11. It is not; does not; which is not; such is not; there is not; because it 
 is not; because there is not; it has been; there has been ; such 1ms been. 
 
 12. As much as: as far as; as far as yon can; as well as: as well as you' 
 can; as long as; as soon as; as much has been; as much as possible. 
 
 13. Of a; of it; of which; of their; of our: of iny; of many; of your; of 
 such; of some. 
 
 14. All my; all my time: all its; all which; all such; all are; all our; all 
 will; all their; all your. 
 
 15. To a; to be: tome; to give; to seem; but a; but my; but many; but 
 you may; but is not. 
 
 16. Should a: should be; should it: should not be; should think you; it 
 should be; should it be; should they; should know. 
 
 1~. He is; he can; he can be: he was; he shall be; he has been; h 
 said; he may have; he will be.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 33 
 
 SIMPLE PHBASES. 
 
 [See opposite page for Key.J 
 
 (l.)- 
 
 (2.)_Tt= n ^ 2=i <r> 1 2=2 fh=^ *-g "*? 
 
 (Q) v> v-> y^ __1 vv^ C^ w-t-. J? x 
 
 "-v t -i *-* "-9 
 
 (4.) A !j ^. 
 
 (5.) >>- ^ ^^ ***-S C Cry \ 
 
 (6.) =^_ . ^ ^L ^_ J^. 
 
 ^rr^^ 
 
 (7.) > V- _J A V^. ^N) ^ it " 
 
 (8.)_ 
 (9.) 
 
 (io.) _Z_ .2. L_J^L_ r=? C ~ xt ^" _L. 
 
 Q^. u^ r>^/ Q-^ O"L/^ 
 
 > > ) V 
 
 (ID- 
 
 yX"^ X f\ Q^Q Q^i) tf ^ tf^~^ 
 
 (12.) 6 ^o ^-^ / c/ 
 
 (13-)- 
 
 \ ; / ^ x ^^ 
 
 (15.) ^= ^ k^, h= Z1 !^_ 
 
 He. ) c. -\ , -") ^\ ^?^ k- 
 
 ^ X *0 \ 
 
 a?o- 6 % j% -^
 
 34 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 FORMATION OP PHRASES. 
 
 NOTE. The student must, from here on, make free use of his pen or pen- 
 ciT, and copy, or write, every phrase given in the text, as well as those espe- 
 cially given as exercises. 
 
 10. Phrases are of four kinds: 
 
 (1.) Such as are formed by the joining of two or more simple, on- 
 contracted words: as ^ it may, V by such, ^ there are, <r ^- 9 
 as many as, . A ""\ you may have. 
 
 (2.) Such as are formed by the joining of full word-forms with word 
 signs and contracted words; as, ^~^f among them, ^-~>o for a mo- 
 ment, ^^^ we have many, \ /-\ I fear you mil be. 
 
 (3.) Phrases that are formed by the use of contracted words alone, and 
 
 often requiring such modifications from the usual forms of words as almost 
 
 to destroy their identity, but the leading features of which are so suggestive 
 
 or peculiar as to render them distinctly legible: as ^~ at all times, 
 
 I at or about that time, " ^ by their own confession. 
 
 (4.) Many phrases can only be readily represented by the omission of 
 certain connective words that may safely be supplied in reading and tran- 
 scribing; as, .>-"!\ for (the) most part, ^ for (the) take (of), *~*** 
 
 more (or) less, <? one (of the) least, " as near as (I or you) can. 
 
 Greatest Brevity Sometimes Objectionable. 
 
 11. While brevity is an essential feature in phrases as in words, it is pos- 
 sible to construct raa.ny phrase-forms so brief as to render them not only 
 
 v *V\ 
 difficult to decipher, but difficult to form; thus: ^ on the part of our, 
 
 instead of _ ) ; ft but are not the, instead of _tdL_; <f but will not 
 be, instead of *\ The hindrance to speed in making short, irregular 
 strokes and many sudden turns, renders the longer forms in the above, 
 and other similar phrases, the more re&dily written; and because the words 
 are more fully* and uniformly represented they more promptly come to 
 mind in writing, and are read with less hesitation. 
 
 12. It is desirable, therefore, to preserve, as far as practicable, the usual 
 forms of words, in constructing phrases, instead of attempting to give tfc.3 
 shortest possible forms in all cases. Many of the best reporters in the coun- 
 try, who spent years in endeavoring to use the "extra-condensed and refined 
 style " of phonography, have published their testimony to the fact that it Is 
 impracticable, except perhaps to a few minds, and that they found great 
 relief in adopting simpler and longer forms.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 35 
 
 Variations from Standard Forms. 
 
 13. It is sometimes the case that a phrase-form which most persons can 
 write with the greatest freedom, is, on account of short or long fingers, or 
 muscular contraction, difficult of formation by others. When such is the 
 case, the pupil should modify the form, or divide it into two parts; thus: 
 
 a\ - you will be sure to be there, may be divided into "^A 2 ; 
 ^N ,"/f 3 
 
 and - rr? - where is your place o/ business, may be separated, 
 
 and written tH8s -- <^\ . 
 
 Double Phrase- Forms. 
 
 14. Usually a phrase-form is understood to mean a combination of signs 
 written together, without lifting the pen, for the representation of several 
 words; but it is sometimes necessary to write a phrase in two parts, so as 
 to distinguish the sense from another phrase of different meaning which 
 must almost necessarily be written with the same outline of signs; thus; 
 
 \^P be consistent must be distinguished from y be sustained; 
 "~^-^> on no account, from s ore any account; ^ -~ ^r-v /or 
 
 no other purpose, from ^ \ - /or any other purpose, and from 
 
 i 
 
 ^~- , -^ /or another purpose. The latter form, in each case, is given 
 
 the connected signs because of its more frequent occurrence. 
 
 A. few phrases are disjoined because they cannot be conveniently joined ; 
 as " day by day, ^ hour after hour, vV - from place to place. 
 
 Optional Phrase-Forms. 
 
 15. Although it is generally better to have but one form for either a 
 word or a phrase, yet sometimes not only is brevity gained but an incon- 
 venient descent below the line is obviated, by having duplicate modes of 
 writing certain words in phrases; thus, the form V- _ / have is neces- 
 sary in such phrases as v~> / have made, V^-N I have time, 
 
 ^V - 1 have presented, *s-. - I have placed, etc.; but by the use of 
 - 1 have we can write -V / have been, which it is true is no briefer 
 than vj i but !j^ I have been there is better than ^-\ ; and 
 
 ^"V I have seen them is better than >Q /- So, while ^^ were 
 
 is the best form for phrasing this very frequent word, as in - they 
 
 were, C they were not, \^^ they were there, ^~~^^ v when were 
 you, <^^ were there not, etc., yet in a few combinations it is not 
 convenient to join it, and __) - is used instead; as _2=. you were, 
 C those who were, -^ for such as were not, _A__wAicA were there.
 
 36 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Position of Phrase-Forms. 
 
 16. The rule of-position, as given in the Manuals of Phonography, in 
 regard to writing words in the positions indicated by their accented vowels, 
 applies to the first word only in phrases; as ^"-^ by his own account, 
 
 ^ may not have had, ^_^ about that time, ~^> in my mind; the 
 words following the first sometimes coming into position, but more fre- 
 quently not. 
 
 17. The exceptions to the rule are, in cases where the second word in a 
 phrase is the one whose position determines its meaning, the initial sign may 
 be raised or lowered so as to bring it into proper position: thus, I had 
 not, 3 1 do not, "$ I did not; _*_ young gentleman, ^y young gentlemen, 
 
 ~J vie shall, i_ we wish. 
 
 18. The signs for Mr., Mrs., and Miss may be written to accord with the 
 
 position of the name following; as, \T" Mr. Parker, <?> _ Mr. 
 
 Speaker; ' Mrs. Walker, ^O~> .jfrj. Smith, -~TJ\ Miss Brown. 
 
 19. The brief sign for he, ' when written by itself, must be placed be- 
 low the line, to distinguish it from _^ should; but, when joined to other 
 consonants, is movable, and takes the position of the following word; as 
 
 . / ^ > \ he might not be, \_ he may not have, <-v he should be. 
 
 The tick for o and an, when beginning a phrase, is written in the po- 
 sition to which the following- word is entitled; as. ^ a large part, 
 v> an able man, -* a little more. 
 
 The Balancing Movement. 
 
 20. The rapid phonographic writer finds himself in a position similar to 
 that of the swiftly flying skater or the rapidly running velocipedist; each 
 must keep himself well balanced or he will fall, and in order to do this he 
 must keep up an equable balance of right and left movement. It is because 
 the shorthand signs may be struck in nearly all directions, and because the 
 straight and curved strokes, the circles, hooks, etc., are so well adjusted to 
 each other, that the phonographer can balance the movements of his pen so 
 as to attain the greatest speed with the least effort. It is possible to form 
 phrases so that the awkward movements required will trip the pen, and 
 throw the writer out of his gracefully swift' motions; hence he must avoid 
 
 such forms as ^l for ' less than, ^ for ^ for sale, 
 
 * y^ 3 \ \ 
 
 for shorter than, _J for ) " was there no one 
 
 r there* 
 
 * See Munson's Phrase-Book.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 37 
 
 PHRASING PRINCIPLES. 
 
 21. As each of the simple signs of the phonographic alphabet is capable 
 of representing one or more words, and does represent them distinctly, there 
 is no reason why each hook, circle, loop, etc., may not perform the same 
 service, in addition to its primary use of representing an elementary part 
 of a word. These are, in fact, the principal sources from which the most 
 abbreviated phrases are derived. It should be observed, also, as an aid to 
 the memory, that the hooks, circles, etc., generally represent the same 
 words, in phrases, that their corresponding alphabetic signs represent. 
 
 This use of these signs will now be set forth, in detail, in the following 
 sections: 
 
 The L-Hook Principle. 
 
 22. The L-HOOK is used on most of the stems, and dash vowel word-signs, 
 
 \ P 
 
 to represent all and will; as, ^ by all, L_ at all, ^= for all, ^-S 
 
 C , 9 S 
 in all, on all, L was all, . -/ shall all, of all, 5 to all, 
 
 and all; ' it will, / which will, / such will, ' (hey will, 
 
 C 
 
 < who will give, T7~ 1 will give, _. I will proceed. 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 NOTE. If the learner finds any difficulty in writing these exercises, he 
 should refer to the "Complete List of Phrases,'' elsewhere in this book, 
 in which he will find, by the alphabetical arrangement, how each one 
 should be written. 
 
 At all times; at all events; at all their; by all his; by all means; by 
 all their; by almost every one; put all their; had all their; for all time; 
 for all purposes; for all it is worth; on all occasions; on all sides; on all 
 subjects; in all cases; in all probability; in all respects; they all said; 
 they all believed it; it was all; which was all; they shall all have; they shall 
 all be; of all the; of all its; of all your;' to all which; to all people; and all 
 this happened; and all for you; but all you can do; it will be said; it will 
 give me; much will be said; which will perhaps; which will no doubt; they 
 will try; they will probably; I will go there; I will refer. 
 
 The B-Hook Principle. 
 
 23. The R-HOOK is used, to a limited extent, to represent are, or, our, and 
 
 9 9 1 3 
 
 were; as _Z which are, _ such are, L they are: *~' at or near, 
 
 .Ssf in our circumstances, < *"" fv on our part, JL which were, 3 such 
 
 were, __| as it were ; also, in-re, as, ^~\ in respect to that. 
 
 Some writers apply this principle in phrasing to all the dash vowel word- 
 
 <x 
 signs, and write: of our, _J5> to our, _J but are, etc., instead of the
 
 38 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 simpler forms, ] of our, b^ to our, h^ but are. But while this 
 
 practice is in accordance with the principles applied to other stems, because 
 it conflicts with the half-length stems having R-hooks, and is not necessary 
 to secure good phrases, (it is necessary, however, in case of the L-hook, and 
 it is therefore used more freely,) its use is not recommended. What would 
 be gained in brevity would be lost in legibility. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 Which are now; which are ready; such are my; they are never; they are 
 sure to be there; at or about; at or near that time; on or about that date; 
 at our place of business; at our expense; on our side; on our account; on our 
 plan; in our behalf; in our house; in our possession; in our position; in our 
 condition: in regard to that; in reference to which. 
 
 The F-V-Hook Principle. 
 
 24. In the elementary style of phonography, there is no use for the large 
 
 final hook (shn) on the stems ( i , the syllables -dun, -tion, -sion, etc., 
 
 never following the sound of th in a wprd. In the reporting style advantage 
 is taken of this fact to use it as a V-hook, in phrases, for the representation of 
 have and o/. The F-V-Hook is also used on many of the straight stems, 
 
 and on the dash vowel word-signs to represent have, forth and of; as, 
 
 / P / / 
 
 which have, L said to have, _U they have had, IN-/ they have 
 
 nothing; _L( think of it; all have given, \ should have been, 
 
 4 
 
 |_ ought to have said, -Jaz but have not, I out of debt, I out 
 
 of the way, 4 which of us, att of my, ^ two of our, 
 
 . --^ are set forth. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 We do have; I hope to have; which have never been; which have not 
 had; they have given; they have not had; they have never been; think 
 of our; think of nothing; all have done; but have never; who have been; 
 ought to have shown; should have had; should have known; out of town; 
 out of sight; each of them; on the edge of his; inside of our; all of us; all of 
 our; it was set forth ; it may call forth; it was put forth. 
 
 The N-Hook Principle. 
 
 25. The N-HOOK is used to represent an, been, one, own, than, and not; as, 
 ~L- at an end, ^ we have been, _k> they have been, ^"^ some one, 
 
 rs? f /*) 
 your own, Vi better than, _i other than, rather than, 
 
 " had there been, ^ but not now, ^ ought not to be.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 39 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 At an hour; such an instance: we had an understanding; at an interview; 
 for an instant; there have been; many have been; there has never been; 
 can every one; no one can; another one; by our own; gives their own; 
 your own party: it is brighter than; much nicer than; a great deal sweeter 
 than; somewhat later than; but not having; but not at that time. 
 
 The N-Curl Principle. 
 
 26. The N-CUBL, initial, is used to represent in, when followed by 
 tm, si, spr, or str; as *" > in some cases. -TS~^\> in some respects, 
 
 3~> in sympathy, * in silence, \ in spirit, A in ex- 
 
 pressing, *- ^ in striving for. When final, in forms in which it is not 
 
 ^-e 
 needed for the syllables -dan, -sion, etc., it represents than; as, ' less 
 
 than, faster than. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 In some places; in some relations; in some instances; in as many as; in 
 similar cases; in his profession; in express terms; in his cross-examination; 
 in separate parts; in strict conformity; in solitude; in selling out; worse 
 than; much less than; somewhat faster than; more wise than; more careless 
 than. 
 
 The Thr-Hook Principle. 
 
 27. The THK-HOOK is used to represent there, their, they are, other; as, 
 _^ up there, _Jf by their, ^ tan there be, -*\ go their way, 
 
 .J .. each other, SL_ / believe they are, /^~^~^ are there many. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 Pay their way; I hope there is; be there on time; by their own admission; 
 by all their; at all their; at their own expense; do their utmost; had there not 
 been; of which there is; can there not be; are there not; where they are to be. 
 
 The S-Circle Principle. 
 
 28. The B-CIBCLE, in addition to representing is, as, his, hat, la used to 
 represent us, when it is more convenient than to write / ; as, v> to us, 
 
 _i= from us, -~^~J> many of us, _ let us, A bring tu; but 
 
 when the stem -2 can be readily written, it is better, because it dis- 
 tinguishes between is and ut; as, ^~ against us, t, before us, 
 
 tells us.
 
 4O THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 WRITING EXEKCISE. 
 
 It has been; there has never been; he has made; ho bns taken; he has 
 said so; by his awn; among his party; take his place; further his inter- 
 ests ;-- close about us; brought us into; follow us; next us; faced us; let us 
 go; received us; [with -1 _ stem,] around us; behind us; each of us; 
 towards us. 
 
 The S-S-Circle Principle. 
 
 29. The S-S-CIKCLE, besides representing in the first position, - as is, 
 as his, as has, Aas.as, or has his, and in the second position, _S^ is ac, is his, 
 his as, hit is, is also used to represent as or is, in connection with an initial 
 in a following word : as, ^-^ -- o seen, - as soon as, JL a* 
 eaid, _ A _ a Una been, jp it is said; it , is also used to represent 
 
 the last s in one word and the first in another, as, <T> - does seem, 
 fo this subject, _ =g - witness-stand. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 As is the case; as is well known; has as many as; has as much as; has 
 his own way; is as well as; is his mother; as set forth; as specified; as such; 
 as suggested; by his side; on his side; this city; this circumstance; be- 
 cause his duty. 
 
 The Looping Principle. 
 
 o 
 80. The ST-LOOP, written alone in the first position, represents __ as it; 
 
 & 
 
 in the third position, _ is it; as, -- as it is not, - &^> is it his in- 
 
 tention; though the simpler form - )_ is generally preferable, (see sec. 
 33); affixed to certain word -forms en-ling with the S-circle, it adds it; as, 
 
 I - ff <=_P 
 
 o does it, - because it is, _ when is it. 
 
 The STK-LOOP, alone, represents __ _ <is there and g is there; when 
 affixed to stems it represents there or tlieir, they are, store and stair; as, 
 
 D does there- "* against there, -^ raise their, _ because they 
 are, - because there is, _Cs^ - amongst their; \ book-store, 
 
 grocery-store, _ dry-goods store; _5i up-stairs, dmvn- 
 
 staira. When prefixed to stems, it represents as there, or has there; thus, 
 
 ,^ f\ \ 
 
 d* as there will be, __* a there was, 5 has there been.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 41 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 \ 
 
 Aff it is not said; as it is no longer; is it as; is it certain that; iior is 
 it; as there are; as there can be; as there may be; as there must be; abuse 
 their; goes there; runs there; drug-store; china-store; hardware-store; 
 went upstairs; ran down-stairs, as there may be; as there must be; as there 
 was not. 
 
 Tho Lengthening Principle. 
 
 81. The DOUBLE-LENGTH curved stems are used to represent the words 
 their, there, other, and they are, to which the hooks are added in accordance 
 with the rules given in the Manual; as, \_ for their, _\___/rom their, 
 
 ( have there been, <? no other one, _Z think they are. 
 
 When a single word is written with a double length curve, their or there 
 
 may be added by making the stem triple length; as, s. further their, 
 
 . whether there are. 
 
 82. Double-length straight stems, for the addition of their and there, are 
 used only to a limited extent; first, because they differ from the double- 
 length curves, which are not ^-r ff t !b^ w, C th, th, etc., while 
 
 \ is bb, and is kk, and they are liable to be read as such; 
 
 and second, because the Ther-hook supercedes the necessity for repre- 
 senting their and there in this way, except in a few common, phrases in 
 
 & * 
 which these words follow words that are written with an N-hook or 
 
 F-hook; as, -\_ upon their, I down their-, " - began their, 
 
 ^^ ran there, _~* gave ttieir, / each of their. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 For their safce; think there is; was their own; over their own: shall 
 
 " * V *. .- 
 
 there be; so they are; when they are; presume they are; many pthers; 
 some other one; murder their; nurture their; further their own; happen 
 there; haa been there; have done their; has gone there; has taken their; we 
 will join their; I ran there; such of their; judge of their. 
 
 The Halving Principle. 
 
 33. HALF-LENGTH stems, in phraseography, add the words had, it, ought, 
 would, and in combination with the N-hook, the word not; as / had 
 
 had, k-_ it had been, \. which had been, -i, she had not had, 
 
 * I > v. 
 
 I might have had; <^ V he had never been; at it, above it,
 
 42 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 -> 
 
 in Us, as it may be, M is it not so, -C which it is not, 
 
 "X, he may have it; ^ which ought to be, ^ it ought not to be, I 
 
 it would be, I there would be; _3_ I do not, 3 they are not, * inside 
 
 of it. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 He had had; she had said; such had been; he had not been; as it hap- 
 pened; as it appeared;. as it was; is it the; is it certain; is it his object; is it 
 sure; had it gone; be it said; -which, it was said; if it is not; think it might 
 not be; out of it; by the side of it; it ought to make; which ought not to 
 be; it would appear; which would appear; which would never be; they 
 would not be; they are not to be; cannot hope for it; may not be found. 
 
 The W-Hook Principle. 
 
 34. The W-HOOK is used to represent we and with, on the four stems to 
 
 which that hook is applied ; as, <^ we are, & we vritt, ^- we 
 
 may haw, ^"P we may as well, ^"V- we never, '^-^-y we know 
 nothing; (^/\. ^ft 'reference, to that, g " N with me, c ~ f ^?> -with my 
 permission. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 We are ready; we are not ready; we are certain; we are quite sure;- we 
 will be reader; we will try to have; we may be sure; we may not be; we 
 might have; we know there will be; we know no such thing; with respect 
 to which; with regard to that; with my means; with many such. 
 
 The Brief -W Principle. 
 
 35. BRIEF-W, besides representing vie, with, what and would, in their 
 proper positions, may in phraseography be written, when necessary, with 
 the open side facing either way, to represent we, way, away, and occasionally 
 would; as, 4 _ which we can, .X shall we not; , -^~ rear way, c 
 backwuy, __4. went tlvat way, *" go away, - ^""7 move away, 
 
 C this would be. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 Had we been; which we have; which we would not; shall we go; we can 
 do something; we can never expect; we could not say; some weeks ago; in 
 this way; in your way; come away; give away; that would show; many 
 would think; this would generally.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 43 
 
 The Brief -Y Principle. 
 
 36, BRIEF- Y for _ you, and u year, may each be inverted, when 
 
 more convenient to join with other words; as, ""' can you not, or 
 
 can't you; *~~" when you, ' ^- will you never, & which of you, 
 
 v * two years ago. 
 
 WRITING EXERCISE. 
 
 Are you now; are you aware; can you do so; when you know; will you 
 be there; as long as you can; which of you was there; some years ago; four 
 years ago. 
 
 EEVIEW 
 On Principles and Practice of Phrasing. 
 
 (Sec. 10.) How many kinds of phrases are there? Describe simple 
 phrases, and give examples. Describe and illustrate the 2d grade; the 3d; 
 the 4th. (11.) What is the objection to excessive brevity in phrasing? (12.) 
 What forms of words are desirable in constructing phrases? (13.) How may 
 .phrases be modified to suit the writer? 14.) When is it necessary to write 
 a phrase in two disjoined parts ? In the case of phrases that are alike ex- 
 cepting in the use of any and no, how are they distinguished ? In the case 
 of phrases containing another, any other, and no other, how are they distin- 
 
 fuished ? (15.) When must the F-stroke be used, in phrases beginning with 
 havef When the V-hook? (16.) How is the rule of position applied to 
 phrases? (17.) In what cases is the first word in a phrase written out of its 
 proper position? Give examples. (18.) How are the appellatives Mr., Mrs., 
 and Muts written with reference to the following word ? (19.) How is the 
 brief-ft written with reference to position ? How with the sign for a and ant 
 (Sec. 21.) In the formation of phrases, what relation do the hooks, cir- 
 cles, etc., bear to their corresponding alphabetic signs? (22.) What words 
 does theX-hook represent in phrases? Are these same words also repre- 
 sented by the L-stroke? Give illustrations of the use of the i-hook, 
 irt representing all; also, in representing will. (23.) What words does the 
 JB-hook represent in phrases, (the same as those represented by the JJ-stems?) 
 Give illustrations of the first two; of the second two. Why is it objection- 
 able to apply the JJ-hook to the dash-vowel word-signs? (24.) How are F 
 and V represented by a hook on the stems th, dhf What words do these 
 hooks represent? What words do the jF-F-hooks oh straight stems and- dash 
 vowels represent? Give illustrations? (25..) How many and what words 
 does the N-hook represent? Give an illustration of each. (26.) What word 
 does the initial W-curl represent? What word does the final JV-curl repre- 
 sent? (27.) What words does the TAr-hook represent, ithe same as the Thr- 
 stroke?) Give illustrations. (28.) What words does the S-circle represent ? 
 Which one is sometimes written with astern sign? Name a phrase of the 
 last description. (29.) What words does the Ses-cirole represent? How is it 
 used to represent parts of two words? (30.) What are the words represented 
 by.the St-ioop? How are the words aa and is added to these loops? What 
 words are represented by the Sir-loop. Give illustrations of the first three. 
 Of the second two. Give examples of writing the /Sir-loop to the initial end 
 of stems. (31.) What words are added by doubling the length of curved 
 stems ? (32.) In what combinations are straight strokes doubled for the ad- 
 dition of their or there? Illustrate by examples. (33.) What words are added 
 by the halving principle? 'Give illustrations of each. (34.) What are the 
 words represented by the JF-hook, and on what stems? (35.) How may the 
 brief-w; be written, when necessary, for the representation of we and would? 
 How may way and away be written in certain connections ?
 
 44 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 
 
 [Use first as a key to the opposite page, and then as a Writing Exercise.] 
 
 1. About as well as; about as many as; absolutely necessary; among his 
 papers; always wUl be; as early as possible. 
 
 2. As many as possible; another such time; any way you like; are there 
 as many as; anything else; any one else. 
 
 r>. By many such; by reason of that; best of my knowledge; best of my 
 recollection; by their admissions; by their own showing; by some other 
 means. 
 
 4. At the same time; at some other time; at onetime; it seems to me; 
 it seems likely; it is most important; do something else; do you mean to say. 
 
 f>. For a moment: for his own sake; for my own purl; for another pur- 
 pose; for there is nothing; if there is anything: another instance. 
 
 6. Very many people; very well known; have there not been: several 
 letters; receive their sanction; whenever there is: some other person. 
 
 7. My dear sir; my dear friend: many circumstances; many more than; 
 manner in which; in my judgment; on his own account. 
 
 8. In no other way; in his own benulf ; in his testimony; in such mai- 
 lers : in the early part of; in your own business. 
 
 9. I think there is; I think there has never been: I think you will lind; 
 1 may mention; I presume there is; I wonder if there is; I am sure there is; 
 I have never seen. 
 
 10. On this account; on their own account; on my own account; on one 
 occasion; on such occasions; on one side; on the other side. 
 
 11. Per minute; per month; per annum: personal knowledge; present 
 time; peculiar circumstances; quite likely; quite as well as. 
 
 TJ. Several times: several years ago; several thousand dollars: since 
 that time; since he was there; some time ago; something has been done; so 
 there is to be; so there will be. 
 
 13. There is another thing; there is no necessity; there is nothing more: 
 there is something else; there seems to be; there are several instances; they 
 are sure to be there; they almost always. 
 
 14. They have .not had: they have never been; only think of it; that is 
 not so; that is one instance; that is not necessary: it is one of the most. 
 
 15. In some cases; in some respects; in some other way; in his posses- 
 sion; in this respect; in reference to which. 
 
 16. Is it not best; is it not necessary; is there anything; is there nothing; 
 as it has never been; as there can not be; as there will be; as there must be. 
 
 17. We will therefore; we will think of it; we are aware that; we are not 
 ready; we may therefore; we may as well try; we never shall be; we know 
 there is not.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 45 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 
 
 [See opposite page for Key.| 
 
 (2.)- 
 
 V^. 
 
 J~~V~\ f~( ,gy> (T'^x " q 
 
 ~6 ) 
 
 (5.)- 
 (6.)- 
 (7.)- 
 (8.)- 
 
 (10.)- 
 (11.)- 
 (12.). 
 (13.)- 
 (14.)- 
 (15.)- 
 (16.)- 
 417.| 
 
 ^#- 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Cv 
 
 ^f 
 
 C7s--< (TOy 
 
 ^r 
 
 
 ., <T ^
 
 46 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 PHRASES IN SENTENCES. 
 
 The sentences below are intended to be used, first as a key to assist ::i 
 reading the shorthand exereise on the opposite page. After they have been 
 read, and eopied several times, and the last copy itself read, then t! 
 tences should be copied from this page; after which they should be read to 
 the learner, while he writes them, once or twice a day, until he can do so 
 correctly and rapidly. 
 
 1. It is not what we read, but what we remember, that makes us v 
 
 2. \Veshould be civil at all times, and on all occasions endeavor to re- 
 tain the respect of all people. 
 
 3. It will be seen, in all probability, that something must be done 
 promptly in our behalf. 
 
 4. For all I know he maybe well posted on all subjects worthy of our 
 consideration at this time. 
 
 5. Of all the professions which are now open for young men, this is no 
 ('onlit the most promising. 
 
 G. There is certainly money enough in our possession, for all those who 
 may be In need of it just now. 
 
 7. They will perhaps be ready on or about the time that you will arrive 
 at his place of business. 
 
 8. They have had many such offers as you mention in your letter ju.-t 
 
 received. 
 
 9. I have not had such an interview, at any time, as is said to have 
 transpired between us in reference to that matter. 
 
 10. I have never said T would rather be out of business and out of debt 
 than to be a millionare with such burdensome wealth. 
 
 11. My claims are set forth, in some respects, better than I could have 
 done .: myself, if I had attempted to do so. 
 
 12. By their own statements on the witness stand, it appears to me that 
 they are sure to be convicted of this crime. 
 
 13. As it is now there is no necessity for such an order, as there are no 
 more witnesses to be called. 
 
 14. Among their number was a representative from the bookstore, and 
 one from the shoestore. 
 
 15. It is said that they ran upstairs and downstairs, looking for each 
 other, when there was no danger at all. 
 
 1(5. There are many people who have been there that might as well have 
 remained at home, for all the good it did them. 
 
 17. With regard to that point we may as well admit, in the beginning, 
 that we are not quite sure we are in the right.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 47 
 
 PHBASES IN SENTENCES. 
 
 [See opposite page for Key.] 
 
 \ , * 
 
 (2.)- 
 
 ^T 
 
 (3.)- 
 
 *r 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^=v 
 
 .)- 
 
 J^ 
 
 ir 
 
 (5.)- 
 
 A^ 
 
 (6) C7 ^^_^ 
 
 (7.) Cy VI 
 
 v: 
 
 (8.) ^ 
 
 ^ 
 (9.) 
 
 C, 
 
 ^^ 
 
 T 
 
 LA 
 
 ao.)_ 
 (ii.)- 
 
 -M^ 
 
 " 
 
 6T 
 
 (12.) ^ 
 
 ^L- 
 
 (13.)- 
 
 -L=-i 
 
 ^ 
 
 =0 i 
 
 . 
 
 1 /A, 
 
 (15.)- 
 
 L r .. 
 
 (16.)- 
 
 (17.)-
 
 48 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 OMISSION OP WORDS. 
 
 37 Among the resources of Phonography for brevity, in phrase-writing, 
 not the least valuable are the provisions for omitting words, generally un- 
 important, that may be readily and accurately supplied by the reader in 
 transcribing hia notes. In the following paragraphs ore illustrated the more 
 important of these omissions. 
 
 (1.) A, fin, and, are omitted when it is not convenient to write the 
 tick; as, *^> at a glance, ^- "* for a long time, ." ? now and then, 
 
 *~a again and again. 
 
 (2.) After is omitted in a few phrases in which the same word is re- 
 peated, with only the word after between them ; as / generation after 
 
 generation, ^ hour after hour, *a year aftrr >jeur. 
 
 I 
 (3.) For is omitted in anumberof phrases; as_J]L_ take it for granted, 
 
 and '-^ take for example. 
 
 (4.) /, they, we, and you are omitted in several phrases where the proper 
 pronoun to be supplied is indicated in the preceding part of the sentence; 
 thus, ^*~ as near as can, Jf. ----- a well as can, ^ as far 
 as can, 
 
 (5.) Of the are always omitted, iu phrases, and also between other words 
 not separated by a pause, (except when there is not room to get the follow- 
 ing word in at the end of aline.) Iu the omission between words the omission 
 is clearly indicated by proximity to the preceding word; as in the case of 
 the syllables com, eon, cog: and even when both omissions, of the and com, 
 con, or cog, take place in the same connection, there is no uncertainty in 
 reading, the preceding context nearly always indicating the omission. The 
 following are illustrations of the principle: _ - "V many f>f the best, 
 L - state of the market, ^*-j value of the contents, ^\^,- re- 
 sponsibility of the company. 
 
 (6.) Of, alone, should rarely be indicated by proximity, as there are 
 many sentences in which it would be impossible to tell whether of or of the 
 should be supplied, and where there would be a nice difference in the 
 meaning; but it is freely omitted in phrases; as, "~7 some of them, 
 t^~ House of Ood, g~ <r ^ i n the course of lime. 
 
 (7.) Or is omitted in the following and a few other phrases: ^-A one or 
 two, J& two or three, <9 -^' sooner or later.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 49 
 
 (8.) To is omitted in the first word of many phrases, and its omission in- 
 dicated by beginning the next word in the to-position, or where the to, if 
 written, would end, immediately under the line; as in the common phrase, 
 
 . to be; thus, . to do, -. to show, __ to prove, to what date. 
 
 to my certain knowledge. When this method of representing to 
 would bring a first position word in conflict with a word of the second or 
 third position, it is better to write the to and following word separate. Thus, 
 
 < 4_ -( , 
 
 the expression _J iz would naturally be read, "I wanted 
 
 to care for them" while the speaker might have said, " I wanted to CBY 
 
 for them" The clause, N ^a to die for a friend, is positively 
 
 legible, while j 5i= is doubtful. When the next word after to 
 
 begins with an upward stroke, time is saved by writing the to, as, 
 vV^ to live, v^\ to reply, instead of ^T. ^^-^ , where the 
 omission makes it necessary to carry the pen twice as far, and below the 
 line, as would be required in writing the \ to the line only, and there 
 beginning the following word. 
 
 To is^also generally omitted in the middle of phrases; as, _!3 according 
 
 to that, rr-z do you mean to say, *~s~) it seems to me. Only when the 
 
 tick is needed in order to make facile joinings between words is it used ; as 
 in, ""^ in order to make, l^ so as to recover. 
 
 (9.) To the are in like manner often omitted, at the beginning of phrases, 
 
 and indicated by position: thus, to the contrary, ^ to the greatest 
 
 collectu 
 
 extent, >. O to the best of my recollection. 
 
 '(10.) As in the writing of words the N-hook is sometimes in the way, 
 
 and has to be omitted in order to obtain good outlines, (as in _e 
 
 postponement), so in phrasing this hook must be occasionally omitted in 
 
 order to secure facile phrases; thus, Lj depend upon you, s^_ it 
 
 . has been said. 
 
 Beview. 
 
 (Sec. 37.) When may a, an, and, be omitted in phrases? When is after 
 Emitted ? When may the pronouns 7, we, they, you be omitted ? Explain 
 the omission of of the. In what way is of omitted ? In what kind of phrases 
 is or omitted ? Explain the method of indicating the omission of to and to 
 the. When is it better to write the sign for tot In what combination may 
 the n-hook be dispensed with ?
 
 6O 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 WORDS VARIOUSLY WRITTEN. 
 
 38. Just as the shorthand signs for sounds are written differently in 
 various words, in order to blend most readily with each other, so words 
 are written differently in many phrases, for the purpose of securing 
 greater brevity and ease of combination. Thus, ^_^ for a time, and 
 at a time; L can it be, and t^ if il be, rather than 
 / have not had, rather than v-^ ; ) there 
 have^been, rather than ._2^ : __~ by their, L have their, 
 
 is their, '~~^\ improves their. In each of the last four illustra- 
 tions the words their and there are written differently, and can not be 
 written uniformly alike except with the last sign, which would make the 
 other three more difficult to write. 
 
 The more important variations referred to will be here described and 
 illustrated, to enable the leaner to understand and remember them. 
 
 30. A and an are written with either the horizontal or vertical tick, 
 according to which will make the best joining with the preceding or follow- 
 ing word; thus. _ by a, r - had a, ^ - have a, ' can a. 
 
 Initially it is better to write the horizontal form, leaving the vertical 
 sign at the beginning of phrases for 1; thus, - a man, instead of 
 V ^ a _ (which is the form for 7 mean;) -- a great many, instead 
 of . -- It is preferable to end a phrase with the tick, rather than to 
 begin the next with one; thus, ^~~ " - >-T? _ many a young man, 
 rather than ""^ ' - > *"* - * 
 
 40. And is written with the oblique tick, always struck upward, wheth- 
 
 er initially or medially; as, ^ - and by that means, ^/^ and on 
 
 -f -$ -/> 
 
 such occasions, _N_ and as if, -- i -- and as to that, T and such is 
 
 !r 
 
 the, 
 
 you and I, "~ v \ 
 
 sum and substance. In a few phrases and 
 is represented by the N-hook; as, ^_ - half and half, *U^ ,, er 
 and above; and in many cases the sign is omitted ; as, a ~~ f ~^ more and 
 more, \ (- - big and little. And is more frequently used in ordinary 
 discourse than any other word, excepting the, and it is therefore given this, 
 the most readily made tick, excepting the same sign, generally struck 
 downward, for the. 
 
 41. After, besides the word-sign - (ft,) is in a few instances repre- 
 sented by the F-hook, combined with the half-length stroke to which it is
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 81 
 
 written, signifying ft; thus, _J| day after day, \*^/ . . day after tomor- 
 row; /~y^ Monday afternoon; "*- ar . _ week after week, (For omis- 
 sions, see sec. 36.) 
 
 42. All, besides its usual word-sign _ , is frequently repiesented by 
 
 the L-hook, (see sec. 22); it is also occasionally represented by the stem 
 
 i 1; as; - after all their, \f^ about all, . V_. that is 
 
 about all there is, TV" _ give them all, /* that is all, *) 
 through all Us, V^*" through all their, l \^ T \ through all his 
 
 argument. 
 
 43. Are is represented by only the one stem ^^ r, the down- 
 ward stroke being reserved for other words; but, on account of its frequent 
 occurrence, it is also represented by the R-hook, (see sec. 23), by the Str-loop, 
 (see sec. 30), by the Thr-hook, (see sec. 27), and by the Double-length strokes, 
 (see sec. 81). Before .<m.. m and _Q you it would be more convenient to 
 join the downward !T> r, as L- - there are many,~\n _ are you sure; 
 
 r***S ^ 
 
 but, as these forms are needed for there were many, were you sure, we must 
 do the best we can with I' - and ^"""C? 
 
 44. As it, is it, primarily represented by the St-loop, are presented in 
 sec. 30. They are more frequently represented, however, by the half 
 length ?-) - in the first and third positions, on acnount of the difficulty of 
 joining many signs to the loop; thus, -^- as it appears, ^~* as it seems, 
 
 *\ as it should be: -^^ is it. important, . \ ._ is it possible, \ is it true, 
 > .^ is it not necessary. 
 
 45. Been has only a few exceptions to the regular form, \ ..... namely: 
 the N-hook on the stein ^- ; as, v^ _ liave been, \** ever been, 
 -7_^a_ never been, ^__ liave there been; and by a hook turned inside of 
 the Tr-hook and large V-hook: thus, ^ hud there been, ..Cf> they ha ve oeen 
 
 4G. Can and Cannot. fan was formerly written in full, ~~ > and can 
 not by the half-length 1^. : but as they both belong in the same position, and 
 the difference in length did not sufficiently distinguish words of directly 
 opposite meaning, the author of Phonography long since dropped the hook, 
 and writes - can. Besides rendering the two words distinct and reli- 
 able, Zir_ admits of the greatest amount of phrasing. The colloquial pro- 
 nunciation can't, is written the same as cannot, and the reporter must 
 exercise his judgment and memory as to how his notes shall be transcribed.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 In court reporting, attorneys and witnesses generally say, can't, couldn't, 
 didn't, hadn't, etc., and their words should be so transcribed. When de- 
 sirable to indicate the formal pronunciation it may be written _ 
 cannot. 
 
 47. Could not, Couldn't. It is found impracticable to write could not by 
 the same contraction as cannot, but iu the second or third position, because 
 in phrases, when out of position, they would conflict. Hence both could not 
 and couldn't are written with the full form -^ ; and the reporter must 
 exercise his judgment in transcribing these and all other colloquial forms. 
 
 48. Far is usually-written by the full form ^ , but in phrases it 
 
 may be shortened thus: f so far as, !Hl_ in so far. 
 
 49. First, in phrases, is contracted as follows: 
 
 .in tin first place, 
 
 I 
 
 . first and second, 
 
 . at first. 
 
 50. He is rarely written alone, and when it is so written the stem _^^ 
 is more easily and quickly formed than any other sign heretofore used for 
 h. It must also, necessarily, be used in phrasing where the brief por- 
 tion (struck downwards), will not conveniently join, which is rarely 
 
 the case. Brief h cannot be readily written where it forms an obtuse angle, 
 as \ \ I I ; hence we write *** he had, ^^"^ he did, 
 
 ''l he took, t ^\ he thought that. Btft the brief sign is readily 
 joined to most of the stem signs, and to ail initial hooks and circles; 
 
 thus, ^"V. he can have, ^ f he gives them, *-<r>_ he asks me, 
 
 I < he was never, > he shall not, f he argues that, 
 
 ^ he will tell you, _\ fee may not be, ^~( he knows that, _^ 
 
 he said that, _Se he believes that, y he tried to be, ^. he (old 
 
 me. (See Complete List of Phrases, p. 104.) 
 
 51. I being a word of most frequent occurrence, and having a com- 
 plex sign for its normal representation, must necessarily be variously writ- 
 ten in phrases in order to join readily with preceding or following stems: 
 
 (1.) In some connections it must be written with the full sign ; as 
 
 in \ 7 feel, \ I hope, _j I object, \ I vow, v ^~' I know, ^ I shall. 
 
 I suppose. It is possible to write _ i / think, J 7 do not, and 
 without conflicting with of, but the obtuse angle is not readily made, and 
 the full form is preferable.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 83 
 
 (2.) In combination with the horizontal stems 
 and preceding the initial hooks, and before I , 
 
 vertical tick may be used; as 7 can, 7 give, 
 
 I see, i 7 was, \ I remember, ^ 7 believe, *- I question, 7 want, 
 
 S 7 hear. This vertical tick may slant a little thus, N 7 agree, but 
 
 must not take the slant of h. which might in some cases be taken 
 
 for he. 
 
 (3.) After the circle as, the tick may be struck in either direction, 
 
 ^ f *" 1-^ *f g - oS 
 
 ; thus, ^ as 7 am, _J as 7 said, as I gave, *- as I expect, 
 
 as I have been, \ as 7 propose, \^ as I feel, c ^~ < as I knew. 
 
 (4.) At the end of a phrase the full sign must be used; as, Si *^ v nor I; 
 ^/ says 7. 
 
 52. I have, as primarily represented, J^ , is too long a form for 
 general use, but it is necessary in such phrases as, ^ w' 7 have many, 
 
 vts 7 have perhaps, y^^ 7 have their. Generally 7 have may be written 
 with the V-hook upon the vertical or inclined tick; thus, j 7 have had, 
 
 / 1 have just, \ I have been there, t I have given them, ,_ 7 
 
 have known, ^ 7 have spoken, ^~a 7 have several times. 
 
 53. Ing-a, an, or the. When a or an follows a word ending with ing, 
 to which the ing would be written with a dot, both the ing and a or an may 
 be represented by lengthening the dot to a tick, written at right angles to 
 
 the stem at the end of the word; thus, _L doing a or an, costing a or 
 
 an, 3 i beginning a or aw, 3 t covering a an; in like manner the may 
 be addfed, by writing the tick obliquely to the stem; thus, *- adding the, 
 
 .X,. remembering the, ^^^ mastering the. Sometimes the tick is joined. 
 
 54. Of, when not omitted in phrases, is of course generally represented 
 
 by its brief tick _^ ; but where it cannot be used, the V-hook may often be 
 
 employed; as, _L out of, .J judge of, A , which of us; and occasionally, 
 
 at the end of phrases, when followed by it, of may be represented by the 
 V-stem; thus, r^ sure of it, <r ~\- some of it. 
 
 55. One is generally written by the W-hook on the N-Stem; thus, 
 <s no one; = s . at one time; but frequently by the N-book; as 
 
 a""s some one, *> every one, _/_ each one. 
 
 56. Other. By the use of duplicate forms for thr -L 2-, we are en- 
 abled to distinguish between > other and ) their, which if written
 
 84 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 alike would conflict ; besides which, this word is occasionally represented 
 by the Thr-hook and double-length curve ; as, ^J each other < _ Vv/ <? - 
 
 somehow or other, N my other, " x no other. Or, when alone, is 
 
 written_ 
 
 57. Own, besides its primary form, "-^ , is frequently represented, 
 
 <\ 
 medially and finally, by the N-hook; as J^j our own, _i_ their own, 
 
 C your own, "^ on their own account. 
 
 i\ 
 
 58. Part may be nearly always written with a half-length , but 
 
 when it cannot, it may be written with the form for apart V ., as in the 
 phrases, ^-? /"* his part, V on his part. 
 
 59. Question, generally written c ~~^ Arum, must sometimes be re- 
 duced to 3 kn, in order to join with a preceding word ; as what is 
 
 the question, .LL foolish question, . ^^ usual question. 
 
 60. Should may be written either upward or downward, in phrases, 
 according to the joining necessary to be made with the preceding or suc- 
 ceeding words; as ^ should become, . i should never, 4 should have 
 
 been, f>/L A you should not be. 
 
 61. State, as usually written, with the St-loop on the T-stem ' , fs 
 the best form for this word, as the past tense may be readily formed by 
 
 making the sign half-length; thus, -i. stated, and it is also distinct from 
 
 other words written with _E ; but in some combinations it is impossible 
 to write the loop, and the circle and half-length have to be employed 
 instead; thus, 1 / will state, " x " v ~- f in many stales. In order to avoid 
 
 confounding state and city, the half-length . must be written .very short, 
 
 and the stem _1 full long; as, ^~f in this state, ~^~f in this eity. 
 
 Y> V 
 
 62. Take, Took, Taken. While it is impracticable to contract the out- 
 line of take, as a single word, to the simple _J , on account of the many 
 
 other words it must necessarily represent, yet in phrases it is very desirable, 
 
 and maybe often done, with safety to legibility: as < take care, _i 
 
 take into consideration, ^^ when it takes place. When the word it fol- 
 lows take, the full form must be used ; as -La. take it up, *-*? take it in 
 
 U\ 
 .~.~, take it for granted. 
 
 Took, in phrases, may be contracted the same as take, and written in 
 the third position; thus J took place, I took as much ti-me, _J 
 
 ^ VT '"A 
 
 mav. *i \ 
 
 took it up, _L took it away.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 53 
 
 Taken may generally be written with the contracted form, J (poet- 
 ical ta'en); as J taken up, la taken in hand, \> taken for granted; 
 but sometimes it is better to use the. full form: as ^-a- taken away, 
 I ; s taken home, ' ? taken place. 
 
 63. Than, primarily written ^ thn, may often be represented by the 
 N-hook ; as, C other than, -^^ rather than, c * 9 sooner than; and follow- 
 ing adjectives in the comparative degree it is always represented by the 
 N-hook or N-curl; thus, \^ > better than, \^ easier than, 
 tighter than, _Ti^__ harder than, "Y^X 7 sweeter than, / later than, 
 
 ^-* rougJier than, r less than, moister than. 
 
 64. The may nearly always be represented by the acute tick to the end 
 of the preceding word. In the beginning of a sentence, or phrase, however, 
 the dot must be used, except in the conjunction of the with other, which is 
 represented thus, / the other, I the other day, f on the other side. 
 
 65. Their and there, besides Jtheir stem sign _l_ Tare represented by 
 the Thr-hook, the Double- length curve, and the Str-loop; as, _Ls_. do their, 
 
 ~' -' go there, L liave their, _/._ show their, v) base their, 
 
 -^<^> refuse their, ^~~> . came there, V_ upon their, '"* gone there, 
 
 >-~ N saw me there. 
 
 66. Therefore, besides its regular form, is sometimes represented by 
 the aid of the Thr-hook. and by the lengthening principle; thus, \^ / 
 
 . vie are therefore, 
 
 . we may tlierefore, 
 
 hope therefore, _ 
 when therefore. 
 
 67. Time is one of the words of most frequent recurrence, and which 
 
 cannot always, i phrases, be written alike. The initial stem _! being 
 
 over-loaded with other words, and the ^_m making better joinings in the 
 greatest number of phrases, the latter sign is preferred for general use. Be- 
 ing horizontal instead of vertical, it preserves greater lineality in the 
 
 writing. Compare the use of HZL with that of , as employed by most 
 
 writers, in the following phrases: i^< with t. . at that time, _3 with 
 
 1 \ \ 
 
 4* , during that time, _ with _,/ by which time, / with /__ 
 
 ch arch-lime, $ with . y... about which time, 
 
 with /I at such times. 
 
 Occasionally, however, It is impossible to use the stem ^^ and the 
 may be employed instead, or the word written in full; thus, ? behind 
 
 timl. 
 
 your own time, 
 
 eight or ten times.
 
 86 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 68. Was it, may generally be written with the half-length in the 
 
 first position, the same as as it, with which it does not often conflict; 
 
 thus, was it as good as, was it likely, _j- was it done, 
 
 **&^ was it necessary, ^*-~. was it not for the purpose, was it 
 
 right. The sign for is it _A_ musFbe written in the third position, through 
 
 the base line, to prevent conflict with was it; as in the phrases, y^ is it 
 
 likely, ^ is it not possible. To avoid the possibility of conflict, some 
 
 reporters always write was it in full, thus, _2 , which interferes with 
 fluent phrasing. 
 
 69. Was not, wns'iit, ^ is the best form for this phrase, unless in 
 adding other words they run below the line, in which case it may be 
 shortened to ; as, __ was not done, _|_ toas'nt it, 1 -. it was not 
 
 necessary, j he was not at home. 
 
 70. We, as primarily represented by the brief-w , may be joined to 
 
 all stems except -ZH k, HL. g, ^ r, ^_ r, _L I, ^~\ m, >^ n, v ^-' ng, 
 t^ and A. It is not needed in connection with the latter two, and in con- 
 nection with the preceding five it is represented by the W-hook; thus, 
 
 we are certain, (in the tec-position, to distinguish it from were}, 
 
 *~~*\ 
 
 we will never, V we may expect, <: -\ we know that. 
 
 When we precedes words beginning with ~ k or """" g, it may be repre- 
 sented by the stem _J w, or by the brief -w _Z ; thus, ^i or 
 
 * 1 we can do something ,^=^ or v we cannot be certain. If 
 brief-ta is used thus for we, it must be written low in the second position, to 
 distinguish it from what, in the first position; as ^"\ what can be, 
 
 V-v we can be; though generally the rest of the phrase indicates whether 
 the first word is we or what. Brief-w "* is also used for we in sach phrases 
 aa, V^i what we have said, ~" what we know, in preference to the usual 
 sign !_; also, in ^^ shall we not, / which we see. 
 
 n. Well is generally written with the combination <5" w j, to distin- 
 guish it from '. will; but when it is impracticable to write the hook, the 
 stem J_ alone is used; as, ^"6"" may as well, /^""^ it is well 
 known. Some writers prefer to write the ' downward when following 
 .?-Js- 6.-L and especially when it is followed by.'i= a t_or > ~ / ; thus, 
 
 ^4 it M well known. A. just as well as, /Q , juat as willing; but if the 
 
 y . y_^
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 87 
 
 __ be written nearly vertical, the outline 
 carries the pen forward instead of backward. 
 
 is preferable, as it 
 
 72. "Were is one of the frequently recurring words, which in the Eclec- 
 tic style of Phonography is written, generally, with a distinctive sign that 
 admits of all the modifications and combinations necessary in phrasing; 
 thus, CX" were, ^ were it, t^*-* -were it not, C^ 7 were not, 
 
 C^^ were there, (^^*- 
 many as, P-"" 7 we were not, 
 
 were there not, 
 
 for we were there, 
 
 were there as 
 *~>^\ 
 
 when we were ready. In a few combinations, however, this outline cannot 
 
 -\ ^ 
 
 be employed, and the downward r is used instead; as, -^ there were, 
 
 what were you, y those who were, - * many who were, 
 
 if you were. In a few phrases like the following, the r-hook rep- 
 resents were; as, 2. which were, J such were, 9 as it were. 
 
 73. Will, though generally represented by the up-stroke ' I, may 
 also be written with the down-stroke, in such combinations as the follow- 
 ing; as, .Jte this will, fi- this will not do, - your own will, 
 
 doeth his will. 
 
 74. Word, -ward, are generally written with the half-length > , wrd: 
 
 as in e ^- word of God, ^) a few words, ^o kind words, _rrSV_. take my 
 
 word, *)r\-o words of my text, * *\ homeward bound, __^___ went 
 
 backwards; but in other combinations the ^ wrd is more readily written; 
 as, <-2- ' word-sign, ^^^ went forward, e '^\. inward feeling. 
 
 75. Would, primarily represented by its proper form of brief-w ^ , 
 may also, when necessary, be written with the reverse sign, c ; as, 
 
 V this would be, N that would be, ^ we would be. It is also 
 
 represented by the halving principle; as, I it would be, f such would 
 be, !L. there would be, *^\ he would not be, v ""^ never would be. 
 
 76.' Year and years, when necessary, may be written with the usual 
 sign inverted, thus, ^ about a year ago, *> two years ago. 
 
 77. Yon, like we, may generally be represented by its proper sign, 
 _Q ; but when it will not join well with preceding or succeeding signs, it 
 
 may be inverted; thus, H you do not know, -^ you shall not, * "^ 
 
 when you find, (^ if you say. On account of the frequency of a few 
 phrases, custom has established the use of _o in certain connections
 
 58 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 where it does not make the proper joining; as, ^ ^ do you know, 
 you have been. 
 
 78. Your is almost uniformity written with its alphabetic word-sign; 
 
 
 but on account of the frequent recurrence, in the court-room and elsewhere, 
 
 of such questions as the following, it is desirable to employ the down-stroke 
 ' r in such cases; as, ^^ what is your business, ' v what is 
 your name, *> 3 what is your question, fT\ . what is your objection, 
 V is it your, ^ inns it your. When the pronoun is in the feminine 
 gender, the sign ^ must be disjoined, or the vowel e inserted, if there is 
 
 any danger of ambiguity, which is rarely the case; thus, y^ what is 
 
 her objection, ^\^~^ what is her reason. 
 
 Intersections are ft mode of contraction obtained by striking the first 
 
 letter of a word through the last sign of a previous word, thus: Defendant 
 
 . ~^- /f- 9 
 
 Company _L_ , military company _^__, Railroad Co. _<^__, 7ns. Co.i=__, 
 
 Agricultural Society < "" g r7~-. , Temperance Society ^K , 
 
 REVIEW. 
 
 (Sec. 88.) Why are words written differently in different phrases ? (39., 
 How are the articles a or an written ? Is it better to attatch this tick to a pre- 
 ceding or following word? (40.) In Avhat direction is the tick anrf always 
 written? How else is it represented? (41.) How is after occasionally repre- 
 sented, in addition to its usual word-sign? (42.) How many ways are there 
 of representing all, and what are they ? Give illustrations. (43.) In addition 
 to its alphabetic word-sign, how is are represented? (44.) How many, and 
 what are the modes of representing as it and is itf (45.) What are the irregu- 
 lar modes of representing beenf (48.) How and in what connection is far 
 contracted ? (49.) How is the word first contracted in phrases ? (50. ) How is 
 he generally represented in phrases ? In what connection can brief-A not be 
 used, and how is he then represented? (51.) In what connections must the 
 full sign for / be written ? On what signs may the vertical tick be used, and 
 before what hooks ? A fter the circle for as, in what direction may the tick 
 for / be struck? At the end of a phrase, how is I written? (52.) How are 
 I have, as the beginning of phrases, generally written? When must the 
 V-stem for have be emploved? (53.1 How are the words a or an, and the, 
 written to words ending with the dot ing? (54.) What is the exceptional way 
 of representing off (55.) How may one be written briefly? (56.) In wha't 
 ways is other represented? (57.) What is the brief mode of writing own? 
 (58.) ^yhat is the exceptional way of writing port ? (61.) What are the modes 
 of writing ftate, slated, etc ? (62.) How are take and took contracted ? How 
 about taken? (03.) How is than represented in phrases? (64.) "What is the 
 unusual mode of representing the f (65. ) What are the three modes, besides 
 the usual sign of representing their and there f (66.) How is therefore oc- 
 casionally written ? (67.) What are the modes of writing time ? (68.) How 
 may was it be written in brief? (69.) What are the two forms for was notf 
 (70.) To what alphabetic signs can the word-sign we not be joined? How 
 may this word be represented in connection with them? (72.) Howis were 
 represented, beside by the usual sign ? (73 ) When is will written downward 
 in phrases? (75.) What are the modes o representing would 1 (76.) What 
 is the irregular mode of writing year and years ? (77.) How .may you be 
 written besides with its proper sign? (78. t What is the exceptional way 
 of writing your ?
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 89 
 
 CATCHING-UP, AND BESTING. 
 
 79. There will be times, occasionally, when even the skillful reporter 
 will find himself falling a little behind the speaker, aad something must be 
 done to catch up. The omission of of the, to, and to the, will not always be 
 sufficient, and additional aid must be obtained from other devices, the 
 principal of which will be here mentioned. 
 
 80. Omission of clauses. A speaker very often emphasises a portion of 
 his remarks by repeating a clause, or part of a sentence, several times; thus, 
 " I will not say the man is dishonest; I will not say he is a thief; I will not 
 say he is a burglar; but I will say," etc. At such a time the reporter may 
 catch up, rest a moment, and take a fresh start, by making a couple of ditto 
 marks in place of the repeated clause, thus: " I " thief, " burglar." 
 
 81. By the omission of an answer. In reporting testimony, when a wit- 
 ness starts off with an answer In the exact words of the attorney, as 
 witnesses often do, the reporter may ditto as above, either for the whole 
 answer or until he begins to vary from the question, when he must promptly 
 resume his notes. 
 
 82. By reference to quotations. When a speaker quotes from books or 
 papers, which the reporter is sure he can obtain readily and promptly, from 
 which to copy, he may note the title, page, etc., and first words of an extract, 
 skip a space, and then rest until the last words of the quotation are iitfc-red. 
 which should also be noted. In this way a reporter may obtain rest at 
 times when greatly needed; besides which he may get some one to copy 
 the extracts for him. and thus give them literally correct, which it is almost 
 impossible to do in reporting from rapid reading. 
 
 88. The preliminary questions to a witness are generally formal, and 
 some attorneys utter them very rapidly. In order to keep up with them 
 comfortably, some such questions arc much abbreviated by the omission of 
 words that may readily be supplied by th" transcriber. Thus, 
 
 instead of -JJ O n-luU is your namef 
 
 instead of Cs'h^i where do you reside t 
 
 9-\ 
 
 instead of 1 rr-i what is your occupation f 
 
 instead of ^v^t hoio long have you known him?
 
 6O THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 EXCEPTIONAL PHRASES. 
 
 [Use first as a key to the opposite page, and then as a Writing Exercise.] 
 
 1. As well as can; as far as can; so far as know; as near as can 
 remember; as near as can fix it; you may do as please; I will do as 
 please. 
 
 2. Two or three; six or seven; sooner or later; one or the other; either 
 one or the other; it has been said; which has been said; devolve upon you; 
 I will depend upon you. 
 
 3. There are many; there were many; those who are: those who were; 
 such as were; are you positive; are you aware; are you ready; are you sure 
 of it. 
 
 4. As it appears to me: as it seems to me; as it was necessary; as it 
 might not be; is it possible that; is it expected; is it important that; is it 
 necessary that; is it reasonable. 
 
 5. Was it right; was it not known; was it not for the purpose; was it not 
 necessary; was it his intention; nor was it necessary; wasn't that; wasn't it 
 true; there wasn't anything. 
 
 6. He didn't know that; he thought they were; he had never seen; he 
 cannot have known; he was not to have; he shall not be; he might not 
 have; he promises to be. 
 
 7. I am very certain: I am sure of it; I remember that time; I believe 
 there was; I only know that; I have not been there; I have never known; I 
 have seen them. 
 
 8. As I am responsible; as I can't be sure; as I will try to prove; as I in- 
 tend to be; as I happen to know; as I have never been; as I have just seen. 
 
 9. One day after date; day after tomorrow; Wednesday afternoon; week 
 after week; after all that; about all his; throughout all time; that is about 
 all there is to say. 
 
 10. We can do something: we can not be certain; we can only say. we 
 cannot go; we gave it up; which we were; which we hope to have; shall 
 we go. 
 
 11. We would be willing; they would much rather; there would be some- 
 thing; it would be well to have] two years ago; two or three years ago; do 
 you think; do you know that. 
 
 12. Wealth of the nation; education of the people; transgression of the 
 law; guilt of the prisoner; terms of the contract; head of the concern; 
 responsibility of the company. 
 
 13. I propose to prove; I want to show; honor to the brave- I drove to 
 the city; up to what time: much to our surprise; I am inclined to question. 
 
 14. Remembering the trouble; stating the a-mount: casting the blame; 
 doing a great deal; out of business; danger of that; take care of it; enough 
 of it. 
 
 15. The party of the first part being taken separate and apart from the 
 party of the second part, agreed to the transaction. 
 
 16. No city in this state can be compared with many cities of the state of 
 Massachusetts in point of wealth. 
 
 17. You must take into consideration what took place, and when it took 
 place, so as to have the matter taken in hand at the earliest moment.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 61 
 
 EXCEPTIONAL PHBASES. 
 
 [See opposite page lor Key.] 
 
 ) 
 
 (2.)- 
 (4.)- 
 
 (6.)- 
 (7.)- 
 (8.)- 
 (9.)- 
 (10.)- 
 (11.)- 
 (12.)- 
 (13.)- 
 (14.). 
 
 ^>- 
 
 f I < 
 
 T T 
 ^r 
 
 4. 
 
 ^\ 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 V>^ ^ 
 
 8-~ ' 
 
 ^V 
 
 v\ v 
 
 \ j ^> =/_ i 
 v <^ /-^ -j=* I-SY 
 
 > 
 
 (15.)-^- 
 
 -v 
 
 ae.)- 
 
 (17.)- 
 
 f "7 
 
 I
 
 62 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 EXERCISE ITST SPEECH-REPORTING. 
 
 [This exercise is given for the purpose, especially, of training the learner 
 in the omission of repeated clauses. After reading the shorthand version 
 on the opposite page, this printed copy should be read to him as fast as he 
 can write it, omitting the italicized words.] 
 
 " Fellow-citizens, what is this country ? Is it the soil on which we tread? 
 Is it the gathering of familiar faces ? 7s it our luxury, and pomp, and pride ? 
 Nay, more than these, is it power, and might, and majesty alone ? No, our 
 country is more, far more than all these. The country which demands our 
 love, our courage, our devotion, our heart's blood, is more than all these. 
 Our country is the history of our fathers our country is the tradition of our 
 mothers our country is past renown our country is present pride and 
 power our country is future hope and destiny our country is greatness, glory, 
 truth, constitutional liberty above all, freedom forever." BAKER. (116) 
 
 [For a similar exercise on omissions, see Philipians 4, viii.] 
 
 " We are called upon to act. There is no time for hesitation or inde- 
 cisionno time for haste or excitement. It is a time when the people should 
 rise in the majesty of their might, stretch forth their strong arm and silence 
 the angry waves of tumult. It is time the people should command peace. 
 It is a question between union and anarchy between law and disorder. All 
 politics for the time being are and should be committed to the resurrection 
 of the grave. The question should be, " Our country, our whole country, 
 and nothing but the country/' WEBSTER. (98) 
 
 "I have not allowed myself, sir, to look beyond the union, to see what 
 might lie hidden in the dark recess behind. I have not coolly weighed the 
 chances of preserving liberty, when the bonds that unite us together shall 
 be broken asunder. I have not accustomed myself to hang over the 
 precipice of disunion, to see whether, with my short sight, I can fathom the 
 depth of the abyss below; nor could I regard him as a safe counsellor in the 
 affairs of this government, whose thoughts should be mainly bent on con- 
 sidering, not how the union should be preserved, but how tolerable might 
 be the condition of the people, when it shall be broken up and destroyed." 
 WEBSTER. (Hit-total 333 words) 
 
 -.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 63 
 
 Exercise in Speech-Reporting. 
 
 _ ( x > * _V_ 1 >. . 
 * * 
 
 V 
 
 ^s 
 
 e 
 
 (116 words.) 
 
 3 _ I 
 
 r ! 
 
 d-^ X 
 
 ^ S^ ^ ^ ^\ o^e 
 
 ^c ^ 
 
 v^ 
 
 <98 words.) 
 
 ^ 
 
 v ^ 
 
 
 -^ ^ ,x^ ^ \ 
 _ 
 
 V 1 A V; 
 
 ^=^ 5X ' 
 
 v 
 
 ^^H
 
 64 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 LIABILITY FOB LOSS OP BAGGAGE. 
 
 [This selection is admirably adapted as an exercise on the omission of 
 of the, to, and to the, and the representation of com, con, etc., by proximity. It 
 should be written, from dictation, every day or two, for a month, or until it 
 can be written without hesitation.] 
 
 In the case of Haines vs. Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis and Omaha 
 Railway Company, in the Supreme Court of Minnesota, the following de- 
 cision was rendered May 30, 1882: 
 
 Plaintiff purchased of defendant company a ticket from Minneapolis to 
 St. Paul, and received a check for his valise. The only agreement between 
 plaintiff and defendant regarding the valise, was simply the usual implied 
 contract between carrier and passenger to carry the ordinary personal bag- 
 gage of the passenger. Under the implied contract defendant received the 
 valise as the ordinary baggage of plaintiff for transportation, as such, and 
 not otherwise. The only consideration was the amount paid for the passage 
 ticket. The valise and contents were lost, without fault on the part of de- 
 fendant. The description of the property in the complaint, showed that 
 the contents of the valise were not personal baggage of the plaintiff, and it 
 Was not alleged or admitted that the defendant company had any notice 
 that they were not personal baggage. (163) 
 
 Held: That a carrier of passengers for hire is only bound to carry 
 their personal baggage, and if a passenger delivers to a carrier, as baggage, 
 
 a trunk or valise containing property not his personal baggage, and the 
 
 
 carrier has no notice of the fact, he is not responsible, as carrier'or insurer, 
 
 for its loss. The reason is that as to such property the carrier has made no 
 contract. Doubtless, if the carrier had actual notice of the nature of the 
 property, and still received it as baggage, he would be liable. But he is not 
 bound to inquire as to the contents of a trunk or valise delivered as baggage 
 by a passenger. He has a right to assume that it contains nothing but per- 
 sonal baggage. Therefore, at least in the absence of negligence, a]> 
 ger, in order to recover from a carrier for property not his personal bun- 
 gage, which he has delivered to the carrier as baggage without payment of 
 other consideration than the price for his passage ticket, must prove that 
 the carrier had notice of the property, and the burden of proving this 
 notice rests upon the passenger. (193-total 356.)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 63 
 
 Liability for Loss of Baggage. 
 
 3 0**: 
 
 4=- 
 
 / 
 
 / \ 
 
 (163) 
 
 v> 
 
 1 / o 
 
 
 - 
 
 \. . 
 
 'I 
 
 
 
 (366)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 THE STUDY OF PHRASE-FORMS. 
 
 If the learner has thoroughly studied the "Single Stem Word-Forms," 
 the "List of Contracted Words,' and the "Principles of Phrasing," he has 
 obtained a fair theoretical knowledge of the Reporting Style of Phonography. 
 In addition he ought to have attained such a practical use of it, if he has 
 written as frequently as he has been enjoined to do, all the words, phrases 
 and exercises that have been given thus far, as will enable him to write 
 correctly in that style, and at a moderate rate of speed. 
 
 But now a wider field opens before him, and he must prepare for gen- 
 eral work. His vocabulary of words and phrases is still limited, and he 
 must greatly enlarge them in order to be prepared for writing the usual 
 variety of discourse. The following "General List of Phrases," though far 
 from being exhaustive, is the most extensive ever before published, and 
 contains more than any' reporter will ever need to use. But, as the 
 lamented Garfield said, (see page 202), every man needs a "surplus power," 
 and especially so does the reporter. Therefore a thorough practice in the 
 writing of the following extended list is earnestly recommended to the 
 student. The manual dexterity, in the writing of phrase forms, that will 
 thus be obtained, even if not more than half of them are remembered or 
 used, will well pay for the time spent. 
 
 If the learner is desirous of beginning practical work in reporting testi- 
 mony, or taking depositions, he might first turn to the " Legal Testimony 
 Phrases," page 213, and master them, before going on with the general list. 
 In connection with them, he should write and re-write many times, the 
 court testimony given as an exercise on pages 220-222. 
 
 If the learner is preparing for amanuensis work, as Correspondence 
 Clerk, for a railroad office, Insurance Company, Manufacturing or Mercan- 
 tile firm, he might first study the list of "Railroad and Commercial 
 Phrases," given on page 232, and in connection with them practice writing 
 the sample letters given, and all others he can find. In doing this he should 
 refer to the lists of Geographical and Personal Names, in the American 
 Phonographic Dictionary, for the best forms for the names of towns, cities, 
 states, and persons. 
 
 It is a good plan, when the student selects an article, or speech, on which 
 to practice writing, to read through it and with his pencil underscore the 
 words that should be contracted, and also mark hyphens between the words 
 that should be written as phrases. This will enable him to write his exer- 
 cises correctly in these respects.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 67 
 
 GENERAL LIST OF PHRASES. 
 
 For exercises on phrases 
 beginning with A, all, and, 
 etc., see page 193. 
 
 A BETTER way 
 
 a few years ago 
 
 a fortiori 
 
 a. general thing 
 
 a good deal of time y^~^ 
 
 a good many u^-\_x 
 
 a good many times i "^"a 
 
 a good while ago_bt 
 
 a great deal 
 
 -e-f 
 
 a great extent _ 
 
 a great many -e "^^ 
 a great number 
 
 a great while ago 
 
 a large amount * 
 
 a large number 
 
 a large part 
 a little 
 
 a little more than . 
 a little while 
 
 a peculiar thing 
 a peculiar circum- 
 
 a posteriori 
 a priori 
 
 stance^ \ p 
 a 
 
 a remarkable cir- ~t -< : ~ > *P 
 cumstance J a 
 
 a-^__ 
 
 a short time ago 
 
 . 
 
 ABLE to account 
 
 able to avoid it N 
 
 able to- be 
 able to be there 
 able to do 
 able to have 
 
 able to have it 
 able to make it 
 
 able to prove 
 
 able to realize 
 
 able to reply 
 
 I 
 able to speak 
 
 able to state 
 
 q 
 
 able to supply 
 
 able to think 
 
 able to work 
 
 ABOUT a, or an : 
 
 about a matter of) 
 importance j T 
 
 about as many as jy 
 about as much as _ 
 about certain things 
 about each one 
 about each other 
 about every 
 about every other 
 about every thing 
 about him^_^. do. 
 about h: 
 about how many 
 
 about matters of > 
 importance j 
 
 about right
 
 , 
 
 B8 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 about several things - 
 about something ^ N _ y 
 about some other > 
 about such things ^ 
 
 vjl 
 
 about that time s^_- 
 
 about that which he ) 
 or the J-V 
 
 about the matter .\ 
 about the way V 
 about their own v* 
 about themselves 
 about this time rv, 
 about where was it -V~r-\ 
 about which \ do. it .^ 
 about which it has been_v 
 
 about which it is not v 
 
 about which there > 
 or they are ( ~T 
 
 about which there is__\__ 
 about which you are ^ 
 
 about which you were_j^__ 
 
 about which you ) ' 
 may be} -7 
 *v> 
 about you y. 
 
 about your own v 
 ABOVE a Ac 
 above hisAj do. us \ 
 above it \i 
 above me or my \S"^ 
 above the V" 
 above their \ 
 
 absolutely necessary _E_ 
 
 absolutely perfect _ X\^ - 
 ACCORDING to) <r* 
 
 
 after ho was i 
 
 U, 
 
 after his own ,. 
 
 agreement) 
 according to his) c "*^ 
 
 after such a ^i 
 after that 2 
 
 understanding) 
 according to my > c-^~r 
 
 recollection j 
 according to my ) cr ^~>f 
 
 after that time i^i 
 after their 2 
 after the other 
 after them or they C 
 after these or this f 
 after they had L 
 after this time fe"^ 
 after we do. had J 
 after wo were there fc,^? 
 
 after which he or the _Z 
 & 
 
 after which it / 
 
 after which it may be *"** 
 L 
 
 understanding! 
 f-r 
 
 according to the best>^~\_2 
 of my recollection ( 
 
 according to the bestj 17 "^ 
 of your recollection i (^3 
 
 according to your ^ 
 
 according to your) T^ 
 recollection) l 
 
 AHTnf f!nngrHa 
 
 ants of f!ongrsii 
 
 firt Of in<"nrp"''a*f"n \ 
 
 "V 
 
 ac.t nf P^rlip.mnf. 
 
 ad arbitrium * v^~\ 
 nd caplandum ^- i 
 
 .id infinitum V^^^ 
 nd inqKirfiulum ( '^^^ 
 
 after which there is / 
 
 after which you <~*n 7 
 ^^ 
 
 aftp.r ynii ar 
 
 ad interim 
 
 |/-v^ 
 
 ad valorem v 
 AFTER a, or an 
 
 after you become \__ 
 
 ^^ 
 nftcr you were there_i___ 
 
 after your own (t 
 AftAIN and agnin ' -> 
 
 after a good deal ~ J ~\s 
 <__ 
 after a great deal y^ 
 
 after a moment ^> 
 
 against bin fey do. im ?> 
 against the J* 
 
 after all that 
 
 after business hours_X__ 
 
 tf-v 
 
 <> P 
 
 against t.hir x ~'' 
 
 \> 
 
 absolutely impossibles^"* 
 
 ALTj are 
 
 

 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 69 
 
 all arc aware 
 all are not 
 all are ready 
 
 ill are supposed to be \? 
 
 all believe 
 all change 
 all charges 
 all circumstances . 
 
 all conditionn 
 
 all consideration* 
 all danger of that 
 all directions V 
 all generations 
 
 all have been 
 
 1 
 all have seen 
 
 all have their 
 
 > 
 
 all bis or is _ 
 
 aH bis influence . 
 
 all his timeTH-an Hs_Jz_ 
 
 all its bearings . 
 
 all itH most important 
 
 all mankind 
 
 all matters 
 
 i. of import'ce . 
 all may be 
 
 V- 
 
 all may be considered L 
 
 sill may be right 
 
 all may not be 
 
 all may not have 
 
 all may not have had * 
 
 all may not have 
 
 all men of means 
 
 all might have been Va 
 
 do. not be able to 
 all my brethren . 
 all my fellow citizens -^ 
 
 all my friends 
 
 v^^ 
 all my reasons 
 
 v-^ A 
 
 
 
 do. responsibiliti 
 
 N^ 
 
 all iny time 
 
 all my trouble 
 all my work 
 
 all of all of my 
 
 X \r 
 
 all of our J nil of the 
 
 all of them_k_ all of us_Z_ 
 
 all such as are _ _ 
 
 all such as could "* 
 
 all Kiie'i as do not y 
 
 all snch as have 
 
 all such as were 
 
 all such as would -j 
 
 all such cases / o 
 
 all such considerations *) 
 
 b 
 
 
 
 all such matters, 
 all snch things 
 
 all suggestions 
 all thai 
 
 all that he or the 
 all that is done 
 all that is said 
 all that is said t 
 all that it is 
 all that may 
 
 all that may be so. 
 all that might 
 all that must be 
 all that really is. 
 all that they 
 all that time 
 all that you 
 do. are able 
 
 all that you can 
 
 all that yon have 
 
 ill that you may ) ^~"~> 
 be able j *- 
 
 do. may have ^
 
 7O 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 all the_ 
 
 all the time. 
 
 all the other/ do. way 
 
 rv xv 
 
 all their_2_ do. own tL. 
 
 all their interests 
 
 all think ( do. it i 
 
 all think so 
 
 all think there is 
 
 all thisJb-allthisissai 
 
 all this time 
 
 all this took place 
 
 all those who 
 
 all those who are fe^- 
 
 all those who were. 
 
 all those who woul 
 
 -V 
 
 IdJ^, 
 
 all were, or all we are Cs^ 
 all were not C 
 
 all were there 
 
 all which L. 
 
 all which are 
 
 all which are not 
 
 all which are to have 6 
 
 all which can be 
 
 all which can have_ 
 
 all which is 
 
 all which may be 
 
 all will not be 
 
 all will try to have 
 
 all your f do. time ^"~N 
 
 ALMIGHTY Father. 
 
 Almighty God _ 
 
 ALMOST always 
 
 almost there 
 
 ALONG a 
 
 along about that 
 
 along after you 
 
 alongside of 
 
 along side of their 
 
 along there, or their 
 
 along their path. 
 
 ALTHOUGH he, or the 
 
 although it V, 
 
 although it has not, ) f 
 or is not | ~T 
 
 although it has uotj f 
 
 beent tT~~ 
 
 although it is not) ^ * 
 necessary ) ~r~ ~~, 
 
 although there is 
 do. nothing 
 
 although there may beZ 
 
 > V^ 
 
 although this case _i 
 
 although this is the C 
 
 7b 
 
 although you can notVha__ 
 do. may think "> 
 
 do. might not v*-^-r 
 
 ALWAYS are 
 
 always ba 
 
 always ready 
 
 always there 
 
 always was 
 
 always will be 
 
 amende honorable 
 
 ametisa et thoro 
 
 among other \ 
 things 
 
 among our own 
 among the best 
 among us 
 amongst his 
 amongst their 
 AN able_X_an advan 
 an advantage 
 
 an honorable msui_ 
 
 an important matter 
 an opportunity "
 
 THE 
 
 REPORTER'S Gt 
 
 JIDE 71 
 
 an nndwfftfnidjng u 
 
 -p 
 
 and as the, or h9 
 
 and forthepnrposo of ^-i 
 
 / 
 
 ANP , AT Ml 4 ft" , , 
 
 and lui there 
 
 7 *> 
 
 and generally Sfc 
 
 and according . . . 
 
 *y*" 
 
 and as there are * 
 
 and had he, or the 
 
 -1 
 and aft*r h, <r^ th" 
 
 f) 
 nnd anthpr^hAji, nr In j 
 
 
 and aftfr mi^h . *__ 
 
 and as there has been ^^ 
 
 o 
 
 and had thpy J 
 
 and after that time Vr> .. 
 
 j>- 
 and np , <" an 
 
 and as there has \ t?~V^ 
 never been) ~ 
 
 and as there hasJ ^\ 
 
 and have been Vj 
 and have you Vj> 
 
 --o 
 and aa a consequence 
 
 A_x 
 and as ivny, AT "n 
 
 ^ ' 
 and aa there is no one_r_ 
 
 & 
 
 and have their, or there .L^ 
 
 and as can be . , , , \ 
 
 and as there is \ "^~( 
 
 and he can 
 
 and as compared . Vy 
 
 nothing! ' 
 
 J? "^ 
 and as to do. that 
 
 -i 
 and he has, or (a . 
 
 nnd iw wild b \ 
 
 -J 
 
 E.nd a to tb 
 
 and he may 
 
 and aa for that Nr 
 
 -f 
 
 and as we have ^- 
 and an we think k , 
 
 and he might not be ^*"\ 
 
 *v t- A 
 
 and T . and T am 
 
 A> 
 a n<) ff T 
 
 (ind frt Wi"> time a v^^\ 
 
 *1^s 
 and I am not 
 
 and aa I amj *"*' 
 
 -} 
 
 and ftt th wunn timp t<^^~\ 
 
 and I urn anr Js 
 
 certain I 
 and as I believe \ 
 - 
 
 and at that time C-^ 
 and *>y his adDii<">' V 
 
 and I am therefore v^- 
 
 and I nan 
 
 -e_ 
 
 and by reference V"^ 
 
 and I do ' da, not 'J 
 
 A < 
 
 MM!M I know th*t 
 
 A 
 
 and by that mean a C""S 
 
 -V 
 and I fear you V 
 
 and aa T look at '* 
 
 and by that time CD 
 
 1v^ 
 and I have been \ 
 
 *l 
 
 
 and I haveuot l^eeo 
 
 and aa I w&a J ~. / 
 
 *r 
 
 and as T will 
 
 and could they _^ 
 \ 
 
 and I may say ^ 
 <mrt T never v. 
 
 and as if there ..A. 
 Jt-^> 
 
 and do you mean) \-~^ 
 to say { ^ 
 
 and ever must be ^-~fr. 
 
 and I shall ^ 
 
 !t ,idl think it < T - ^ 
 
 -o 
 
 and as it, or has it 
 
 -* 
 and as it is, eras it has 
 
 and as it is not, j -*" 
 or as it has not i " 
 
 and ever shall l> -^ 
 and ever will be V/T. > 
 and for tlmt time ^^- 
 
 I r 
 said I think there is i 
 
 s- ^ 
 
 and I will and if -ZL 
 and if each one t 
 
 --
 
 72 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 and if he, or the L 
 
 and if it be 2 
 
 and if it be certain ISL_ 
 and if it be not 
 and if it were not 
 and if it win _ 
 and if no one 
 
 wejL_ do. are'L _ 
 and if we were 
 
 and if you are 
 
 and if yon should not 
 
 and in case ^--^ 
 
 and in case there is ^-s-f^ 
 
 and in consequence 
 
 and in the second) 
 place! 
 
 and is a 
 
 and if) he, or the. 
 
 and is it t> and is i 
 and is it not 
 und is not that 
 and is there any 
 and is there not 
 and is there nothin 
 
 and is this TO. 
 
 .nd is this the 
 
 way yon W 
 * 
 
 and it has not. or is not 
 nd it has been 
 
 and it might not be ^-A 
 
 and it should be 
 
 and just as soon as_ 
 
 and just then 
 
 and only such 
 
 and only then 
 
 and only those who 
 and so forth 
 and such only 
 
 and such other 
 
 and such was the 
 and that has, or is 
 and that has been 
 
 and that baa not been 
 
 and that has nothing) *( 
 do. is nothing j ^~ 
 
 and that he, or the 
 
 and that there has been_i_ 
 a.nd that there may 1* i-^ 
 
 <v 
 
 and that there should be.JL_ 
 and that there will baTA 
 and the 
 and tbe-other 
 
 and ihen it happened 
 and then it was . 
 
 V 
 
 and there are 
 and there is 
 and there may be 
 and there shall be 
 
 and therefore 
 
 and therefore there is _ 
 
 and there must be 
 und there they 
 and there was 
 and this has been 
 and this is not _ 
 
 and this is the time y^ 
 and this time 
 
 and though there 
 
 and under the cir- 
 cumstances 
 
 and unless there is 
 
 and very much 
 
 <. 
 and we and we are 
 
 and we are able 
 and we are aware 
 and we are ready 
 
 and we are sure _ 
 
 and we are therefore 
 and we did 
 and we did not 
 and we do 
 and we do not 
 
 and we do not fear 
 and we generally 
 and we had little, 
 and we had not 
 and we have 
 
 and we have not been
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 73 
 
 and we have therefore V. 
 
 ^ V- 
 and we may , 
 
 f-c 
 
 and wo Piny wt w" .. , 
 
 Cl 
 
 and we will try to have 
 
 and were -X 
 and were it not 'gx*' 
 and were there </ ' 
 and were there not 'Cs+-' 
 and were we ~^^~ 
 and were yon "&^ 
 and when .1 
 
 and whenever) V^/v/ 
 
 aud wherever) "tlx^V 
 there is | "V^ 
 
 and wherever | i/C-^--^ 
 you arel ^t^"^ 
 
 and which are / *"" ^ 
 and which are not " Or> 
 
 -* 
 
 and we may bo certain 
 
 -f?"fc_3 
 
 ffo, fjrtinrfiTif. *~^ 
 
 do. justified ^ 
 and wa may not be ^_ 
 
 and we mean to bo !\ 
 f~*> 
 
 and wo mnat. 
 
 and which are not ) 3 , 'i, 
 
 tobe;-\ 'A 
 and which are ) ~ 
 to have } 
 
 and which had been S, 
 2* 
 and which had many ^^~ 
 
 mid when >IB, or tli , , 
 
 and we must) "^~~ t \ n 
 .be sure j 37 
 
 and we really believe^^J^. 
 and we recollect_S^ 
 and we rejoice ^-^ o 
 and we repeat ~&^ 
 
 and when he has been ^^ 
 and when he was ) 
 
 and when bin 
 
 and which had to be ^ 
 and which has, or in o 
 
 and which have been JL_ 
 
 /* 
 
 and which have had _^ 
 
 and which have no < / 
 
 and which have) _^ 
 iiothingj ^ 
 
 and which he, or the / 
 and whic'li is considered ^_ 
 
 -< r 
 
 and whfin it henam V -S~\ 
 
 and we reply "C^\ 
 and we suppose V> 
 
 and we think V 
 
 and when it is decided |[ 
 
 and when it is de- > xt f 
 terminedj - 
 
 XCJB^/ 
 nii when H f not .. , 
 
 and we think there is_L__ 
 and we think you may Cv . 
 and wo think yon will C/ 
 
 and we very much ^y 
 
 tx 
 
 and we want, or went 
 
 and when it was____jL__- 
 
 and when it was ) ' < ^ < ^X 
 necessary J 
 
 and when that is done T 
 and when the other IZ 
 and when ther* 'n 
 
 1 
 
 and which is likely ,<?\. 
 
 and which ig not g- 
 
 4 
 
 and which it in 
 
 and which it is) is_c>X' 
 
 2-^ 
 and which it may 
 
 Z, 
 and which it might . 
 
 and which it might) ~\ 
 not bej \ 
 
 and which ought not 
 
 and we were t-x^V 
 and we worn not . . f^/ 7 
 
 and when therefore S. 
 
 and when there \' < ~~^\J 
 I'R not Kitfficicntl 
 
 and when there > "* a -~^ 
 i nothing) ~ 
 
 nntl when they ^ 
 
 and we were thereforet^Lc 
 T ^ 
 
 and wo will 
 
 and which ought) 7 
 not to be| ^ 
 
 and which ought > ^ 
 oot to have ) ^ 
 
 and which ought to be_^_ 
 
 and which ought to ) " 
 have J 
 
 "L 
 
 and we will have 
 
 and whn vo?i 
 
 i 
 
 
 and we willf C ^- 
 
 and wlienever) -^ J 
 there i f ~ vii 

 
 74 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 A- 
 
 and which ought) 
 to have been | 
 
 ami which ought to; <j 
 have bad j r- 
 
 and which probably 
 
 and which some 
 and which som 
 and which were 
 
 l^L 
 
 and which 
 to be c 
 
 were not) / 
 onsidered j ^- 
 Xl 
 
 and which were to iie 
 
 and which wonldj 
 have been j 
 
 and which yon may) 
 be assured i 
 
 and which you 1 
 may perhaps/ 
 
 and which you wer 
 and which you will 
 
 and whichever <> 
 
 and while thatf CT!O 
 is the case) 
 
 and will be 
 
 ** 
 
 -nd will never _. 
 
 and will not return 
 and will therefore 
 and will try to be 
 
 and who have bsen _ 
 and who have not been ^t 
 and who is 
 and who were 
 and who will be 
 
 and who wonld not 
 
 and who wonld 
 not be willing! 
 
 and whoever 
 
 and whoever attempts _2 
 
 and whoever did ^ 
 and whoever given "t 
 
 and with a 3 
 
 and with his ^ 
 
 and with many 
 
 and with my | 
 own hands) 
 
 and with respect to 
 
 and with such a, or an 
 
 and with such ex-( 
 > amplest 
 
 and with the 
 
 and with this, or these | 
 
 and with those who 
 havo 
 
 and with which . 
 and with which ' 
 
 X. 
 
 and will try to have 
 and who are >* = -9 
 and who can not be .'> 
 and who expect *t 
 
 ith which \ 
 it is not f 
 
 and with which ^ 
 it ciay be ) 
 
 and with which ) 
 some one / 
 
 and with which \ 
 you are / 
 
 &nd with which ) 
 you are supposed / 
 
 and with which 1 
 you may be / - 
 
 and with whom 
 
 and with whom ) 
 you must be/ 
 
 anil yet lam told 
 and yet I believa 
 and yet it is possible 
 and yet nobody 
 
 and yet yon think V 
 
 and yon are ~ 
 
 and you don't a 
 
 '"*! 
 
 and you have ^- 
 
 and yon may as well 
 and yon knowi 
 nd you kn< 
 and yon say, or see. 
 and you were 
 ind you will 
 
 and you will) 
 probably j 
 
 and yonr 
 
 an^l your answer _ 
 
 ANOTHER affair 
 
 another circum- ) 
 stance ) 
 
 another day _ 
 another fact _ 
 another instance 
 iher matter . _ 
 
 another point
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. "TS 
 
 another principle V 
 
 any other tinio 
 
 
 another qnpfltirm 
 
 any part 
 
 nre there nnt / *"^ 
 
 another thing 
 
 any part nf 
 
 are therefore ^ \ 
 are they -^^C 
 are they careluJ *^^v 3 
 
 nn"thr ti n "> 
 
 ' \ 
 any party > 
 
 
 any person ^ ' 
 
 
 any statement . . ^ 
 
 are they curtain ^-^V>^ 
 are they guilty ^^^ 
 
 are they not ^ ** 
 
 are they supposed ( ^'L. 
 tobej 3 t- 
 
 am WB ^^ ^ 
 
 
 any mil'jnrt ". X 
 
 
 any thing nhoijt __5 
 
 any body else there _ ^p 
 any body's business __jL_ 
 any business there__>5/2_ 
 
 any circumstance __sz__ 
 V -A 
 
 any hnpn of *J 
 
 any thing done 7j 
 
 any thing further \^ 
 
 ^s-T^ 
 
 any thi"(j l<"> than 
 
 nre we at liberty -^ if 
 are we not ^"^~^ 
 are you ^"^ 
 RV you acquainted '^^^ 
 
 any thing posaible ^>q . 
 any thing 1 ^-^v *^\ 
 
 
 any interest I 
 
 reasonable J 
 any thing said _J 
 any thing that is done j. 
 anv way you lik a. 
 
 ftr? yOU nwara -ff , t^ 
 
 /u^ 
 
 ir yon '"Ttnip -^ 
 
 V ^o 
 
 are you clear -^L J 
 are yon just as -^Q 
 
 '^ 
 
 any where else \-^(a 
 
 ARE all ^"" A 
 */\ 
 
 any of them L 
 
 liny of which ' 
 ~_v, 
 
 are you positive ^^^a 
 arc you quite sure___^Z 
 are you ready r 
 are you BUM J). 
 are you willing -"-""T 
 AROUND it ^ 
 around them ^4 
 around us ^ 
 around you "fc. 
 AS B tnvt ^^ 
 
 u> 
 
 nr a an (j'tod n" < 
 
 
 
 "-. w^J 
 
 am as ninny nn ^_! 
 
 '*-*-? 
 
 
 any one else there Q--- 
 
 / 
 
 
 any one there. 1 " < " 
 
 
 or wonder j 
 
 V, ^V 
 
 uny other person 
 Any other subject A_ 
 
 S> S> 
 
 nre the .. ._. are there / 
 
 arc there as muny <L- 

 
 76 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 as a gentleman _ 
 
 aa a matter of fact ^ *- 
 
 as a rale 
 as each one 
 
 as early aa 
 
 as early as possible r\o 
 
 as far aa :^j 
 
 as far as I am 1 g^, 
 concerned j ^" 
 
 p 
 as far as la ^-O 
 
 as far as may be \_L- 
 o\ 
 as far aa possible ^ 
 
 p 
 as far as there ta__^_ 
 
 P 
 as far as they y 
 
 as far as was 
 
 as far as yon are) 
 concerned j 
 
 as good as the other. 
 
 as great as ever . 
 as great as they . 
 
 as has, as his, or as is_ 
 
 as has been 
 as he, or as the 
 as ho can be 
 as ho could not be 
 as he has been 
 as he has never 
 as he has nothing 
 at; he may be _ 
 
 as he might not be ^"\ 
 as he was 
 
 as I am quite sure 
 
 as I am responsible " a 
 
 as I appear to have V' 
 
 as I apprehend A 
 
 as I at first 
 as I at laat 
 as I at once 
 aa I believe 
 aa I can not be 
 
 as I consider 
 as I contemplate. 
 
 as I did not know 
 
 as I do not donbt "3 
 
 as I do not understand $P 
 
 as I endeavored 
 
 as I entertain 
 
 aa I explained 
 
 as I expected 
 
 as I expressed 
 
 as I fear you will 
 
 as I firmly believe 
 
 as I fully believe 
 
 as I fully expected 
 
 aa I generally 
 
 as I had little 
 
 as I had not 
 
 as I happen to know ^ - 
 
 as I have been 
 as I have just 
 as 1 have no doubt 
 as I have obuervi 
 as I have shown, 
 as I learn 
 aa I imagine 
 as I intend to be.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 fi I know there 
 has been 
 
 as I may be abla 
 
 as I may be) 
 required! 
 
 as I may not be 
 
 as I may not bol 
 able to j 
 
 us I mean to be 
 as I mean to show 
 at) I mentioned 
 
 as I must try 
 
 as I need not 
 
 as I need nut 
 point out 
 
 as I need not sa.y 
 HP I ne^er 
 as I only desire 
 as I perceive 
 
 a I Khali lie Hiiro 
 as I uhall have 
 
 as I shall not <^ 
 
 as I Kiipposi- 
 
 an I Mippuso it ia N> 
 
 **L 
 
 as I siip|x*r they are _a 
 
 as I suppose you are 
 
 as I Hiippose yn( 
 are aware) 
 
 _ \S 
 
 as I suppose you will.. 
 
 as I surely shall 
 
 as I think 
 
 as I think it liki-ly 
 
 as I think it probable ^v 
 
 as I think there in / 
 
 as I think you may L^-^, 
 
 as I understand <f 
 
 as I understood ____!___ 
 as I value my 
 as I value their 
 as I venture 
 
 as I will try to prove. 
 
 as I was 
 
 as I was influenced 
 
 as I was not aware ) s 
 
 KB I Wish J 
 
 as if lin. or (ho f 
 
 HS if it had been 
 
 as if it wore 
 
 as if it were not . 
 
 as if it werej 
 your own | 
 
 as if there 
 
 rj if ilicre had boon 
 
 as If there were I 
 
 P^^ 
 a if there were not\ 
 
 as if they had 
 
 [At it is written in the 
 first position, tint t(,.) in 
 the second, and is t'f.y in the 
 third.] 
 
 & 
 as it is, or has or 
 
 as it appeared 
 
 \ - 
 
 as it appeared to me 
 
 as it cannot be 
 
 as it could be 
 
 as it could have been _ 
 
 &H it could never 
 
 an it could not be 
 
 as it could only be 
 
 as it had been 
 
 as it had not been 
 
 as it happened
 
 78 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 as it has again 
 
 as it has again been " "^ 
 
 as it has been 
 
 3i 
 
 an it has happened _ 
 
 I 
 
 as it has many times 
 
 as it has usually been 
 as it is always _ 
 as it is expected _ 
 
 as it is important 
 
 as it is important 
 that we 
 
 as it is impossible . 
 as it is likely _J 
 as it is no longer 
 88 it is probable 
 as it if> supposed 
 us it is time 
 
 as it is usual 
 
 )_^ 
 as it may be ^^ 
 
 as it may bei '""VJI 
 
 necessary j 
 
 as it may never 
 aa it may not be. 
 
 it might not be 
 as it might seem. 
 
 as it must 
 
 as it must ) 
 always bej 
 
 as it must not 
 as it must seem 
 as it rests 
 
 w^ 
 y^ 
 
 as it seemed impossible 
 
 as it seems to me _ 
 
 as it should be 
 
 as it should? 
 have been { 
 
 as it sometimes ) 
 happens / 
 
 as it surely will 
 as it was not 
 as it were 
 as it will appear. 
 
 -4- 
 
 as it will perhaps 
 
 * = 
 
 as it would 
 
 as it would appear. 
 
 as it would be 
 
 as it would have been 
 
 as it would have had 
 
 as it would not be. 
 
 it would not have f 
 as it would rarely 
 aa just as 
 as largo as 
 as large as necessary c_ry" 
 
 as lately as 
 
 as little as 
 
 as little as possible, 
 as long ago as 
 
 as long as 
 
 as long as it .1 
 
 as long as it is o 
 
 as long as it may be 
 
 as long as it may) 
 be necessary j 
 
 as long as it seemed i 
 
 as long as 
 
 as long as that 
 
 as long as the 
 
 as long as the other ^T 
 
 as long aa there are ^^ 
 
 as long as these, thin, > W* 
 or those/ **- 
 
 as long as you .. 
 
 as long as you ) ^~ V 
 have been j 
 
 as long as your own (j 
 
 as many as 
 
 as many an are ) f~ 
 necessary ) 
 
 a'B many as can 
 
 as many as could 
 as many as had 
 as many as knew 
 
 as many as possible 
 as many as they 
 as many us were 
 
 as many more as 
 
 as many others )*"" ^ 
 
 have done J ~ ~ ^~ 
 
 as many such 
 
 as many sus-f 
 
 pec ted} 
 
 as many were 
 
 as matters are
 
 "THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 79 
 
 as matters seemed, 
 aa matters were . 
 as may be recognize 
 as may be seen 
 as may not be 
 an might be 
 as might not 
 
 as might probably 
 as might seem 
 as much as 
 as much as another 
 us much as necessary 
 as much as possible 
 as much as wns 
 
 as much more . 
 
 as much more as 
 
 possible 
 
 > 
 
 <****> 
 
 A- 
 
 aa near as (I) canj 
 remember { 
 
 [In this case, and others 
 like it, the pronoun may be 
 omitted, and the proper one 
 supplied in transcribing.] 
 
 as near as possible 
 
 as near as (you) ' 
 can fix it j 
 
 as near aa (you) 
 can remember 
 
 as near as (you) 
 can 
 
 as shall seem 
 
 as shall seem best 
 
 a so many f 
 
 Q-J> 
 
 as soon as can be ^ p ~\ 
 
 as soon as it; Q 
 
 can baj ^.ZT~ 
 
 as soon as it ) Q n ^ 
 
 could be / T 
 
 as soon as It may be **-f 
 as soon as it was 
 
 as soon as possible 
 as soon as there i 
 
 as soon aa they 
 
 as soon an they \ 
 discover-ed) 
 
 as soon as you 
 aa soon as your 
 as such 
 
 as such circumstances 4! 
 
 as such is the case 
 as such matters 
 
 as such was the CUft_L__ 
 p /. c 
 
 as that a, or an 
 
 as that he, or the 
 
 as that lift is 
 
 as that be was 
 
 as that may be 
 
 as the as the best 
 
 as the other 
 
 as the time 
 
 o o 
 
 as there___ as there are 
 
 s*~y 
 as there cannot be ^ 
 
 as there has, or is 
 
 as there has been . ^^ 
 
 as there has not, J (* 
 
 or in not) 
 
 as there is another, | 0- ' 
 
 or neither { 
 
 as there is nothing 
 as there may be 
 as there was 
 as there will be 
 as they may be 
 
 as they may not be. 
 
 as they may not haTe C-? 
 
 as this has not been Q 
 
 as this isJ(2_do. done fe_ 
 
 as this is not done 
 as this is not the 
 as those who 
 as those who are 
 as those who have 
 as those who were 
 
 as those who would-- ip 
 
 as though it 
 as though it mean 
 as though it were 
 as though there 
 as though there w 
 as though they
 
 80 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. ' 
 
 as though they were not^ 
 S ^ 
 
 as yon received ^^ 
 
 v~ 
 
 at last ' at leaiit \^ 
 
 c 
 
 as yniirs 
 
 at length 
 
 
 ASK him ^^~> , 
 
 U 1-, 
 nt moat t my 
 
 
 ask me 
 
 
 ? s 
 
 SB to that * """ to t.h 
 
 ask them Laslr your /" 
 
 )-^ 
 nntnniKh-fld mp 
 
 at my mother's house j 
 at no time 1 
 at once 
 
 as to this to 
 as to your \ 
 as usual -Z 
 as was paid <r ! 
 us we ar 
 
 AT a 
 
 | 
 'at a certain place v> 
 
 ^ 
 
 at a rprtaiu time " 
 
 j_ 
 at one time N 
 
 l^ 1 
 at or about V 
 
 at or about thatj {^ 
 
 at a given tima 
 
 as we ITU i^pf"!! i "fill . 5 
 
 I 
 
 at a great sacrifice VP 
 
 i 1 ^ Y^ 
 
 at or near _ or c|_y 
 
 as we are never |j^_ ^"- 
 
 at a time ^ 
 
 at or near his place < ==-^ 
 at or near that time cJ . 
 
 ^V-N 
 
 '] 
 
 as we are not 
 
 r r 
 
 at all ' at nil eventn bfi 
 
 as we are very ^- 
 
 f 
 
 at all hazards k 
 
 as we have J^ 
 
 f^ 
 at all the 
 
 at owner's risk v P^ 
 at present 1\^ 
 at sender's risk ^ &' 
 
 at sight E 
 
 ) ' 
 at some place \ 
 
 ]-A 
 
 as we were Lx' 
 
 P 
 at all their ^ 
 
 C* 
 as well as 
 
 P 
 at all times '""& 
 
 ad well as can he 
 
 I 
 
 at an end 
 
 as well as (I or) 6 
 
 at another place ~\ 
 at another time ^^> 
 
 as well as possible " 
 
 {=> 
 
 as well as their 
 
 at any rato *^ 
 
 at aome time orj f-v^s^ 
 
 as would be 3 
 
 v 
 
 a yet ue.you " 
 
 ( 
 at any tima " x 
 
 other) 
 
 at any time) I ^ 
 
 
 an you are iv-^ 
 as you ar> aware B^l 
 
 at certain places ^o 
 
 i 
 
 at aacli a moment /* M 
 
 r 
 
 at such a time j~ 
 at that date C 
 
 at that intervijv; ll 
 j~X 
 at that place C 
 
 1 ^ L 
 
 at that time^^^ at the v 
 
 as you have been "\ 
 as you have said \ 
 as you may >""> _ _ 
 
 at his at bin own ^^ 
 
 at hifi own timp * x 
 
 
 as yon may be pure vsn 
 
 i t 
 
 at it at its 
 

 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 81 
 
 at the conclusion 
 at the first 
 at the last session 
 at the momeut 
 at the present day 
 at the present timo 
 
 at their own time 
 
 t them ( at this L 
 
 at this moment 
 
 at this place 
 
 at this point 
 
 at this time 
 
 at which yon roay. 
 
 at which time 
 
 Attorney General 
 
 an fail 
 
 ayes and nays 
 
 For exercises on phrases 
 beginning with be, because, 
 but, by t etc., see p. 193. 
 
 BACK and forth ^~~V_ 
 
 back again 
 
 back part 
 
 back way 
 
 backward andj 
 forward) 
 
 V 
 
 \~ 
 
 consistent \ " 
 
 [See " be sustained."] 
 
 be correct N 
 
 be determined 
 
 be done ^> be glad 
 
 be considered 
 
 be examined 
 
 bo expected 
 
 be good enough 
 
 be good enough to ) \*~^ 
 
 state | "\~ 
 
 \ 
 be governed > 3 
 
 be it said 
 
 be it remembered 
 
 be it resolved 
 
 ^ 
 
 be sure to be t
 
 82 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 be surprised 
 
 be sustained 
 
 be that 
 
 be that as it may 
 
 t.ofhn V h the fac 
 
 bo there, or their 
 
 be this 
 
 be this as it may 
 
 be thought that 
 
 be told that 
 
 be very careful 
 
 be willing to have 
 
 Bear in mind , 
 
 bearing date 
 
 "bearing in mind 
 
 bearing interest 
 
 Became ) 
 acquainted) 
 
 became aware ' 
 
 BECAUSE a man 
 
 because he, or the 
 
 because be has been 
 because he has no 
 because he was 
 because he will be 
 
 because he would be 
 
 because he would 1 
 be sure j 
 
 because his 
 
 because I am 
 
 because I am ) 
 certain that j 
 
 because I am sure, 
 because I believe 
 because I cannot 
 because I mean _ 
 because -I do not_ 
 because I fear 
 because I feel 
 because I know 
 
 because I may as well 
 because I think 
 because I was 
 because I must 
 
 because it has been 
 
 ~f 
 
 because it is k_or. 
 
 because it is against 
 because it is believed <P 
 
 because it is \ ^f^ 
 most likely J 
 
 because it is my > ~J--x 
 
 opinion ] ~~^~ 
 
 because it is not ^ 
 
 because it is 
 objectionable 
 
 because it is so 
 because it is the 
 because it may 
 
 because it must be. 
 'beeause it should be 
 because it was 
 because of their 
 
 because of your 
 
 because they are) 
 acknowledged) 
 
 because they are) 
 certain! 
 
 because the 
 exp 
 
 because tboy are) 
 
 interested ) 
 because they are) 
 
 sometimes ) 
 
 because they are) 
 unable) 
 
 because they under- 
 stand 
 
 because they were \s 
 
 because they will he V/\ 
 because they will not _vZ_,_ 
 because this ^> 
 
 because this has been v 
 because this is not 
 because this is your 
 
 because those who. 
 
 because those wboj 7 
 
 are not 1 fe
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 83 
 
 1 C 
 
 / - fc=^ 
 
 because those who 
 can 
 
 because those who) 
 can expect) 
 
 liecause those 
 ha 
 
 because those who 
 may be 
 
 because those who j 
 were) 
 
 because we are 
 
 because we are) 
 certain) 
 
 because we are) 
 determined) 
 
 because we are) 
 generally) ' 
 
 because we are not 
 
 because we are) 
 prepared) 
 
 because we are \ 
 
 ready f 
 
 because we are; . C^T 
 satisfied i 
 
 because we hav 
 
 because we kr.ow 
 
 because we may be 
 because we must be 
 
 ~3 
 ~t 
 
 because we were not 
 
 when it is 
 
 because when there is 
 
 because you arej 
 aware) 
 
 because you are/ 
 interested) 
 
 because you do not 
 
 because yon may 
 as well 
 
 because you ma; 
 be 8i 
 
 because you may / 
 be sure then; is) 
 
 because you 
 must be a ware 
 
 because you were 
 
 1 
 " 
 
 -vA 
 
 because you will be 
 
 because you will ) 0* 
 be certain/- 
 
 because you will \~ 
 bear in mind j 
 
 because you will 1 " 
 become J - 
 
 because your 
 
 ' 
 
 Become acquainted 
 become of him 
 become of interest 
 become of that 
 become of their 
 become of them 
 become of this 
 
 become of your 
 
 f 
 
 become their witness ' -j 
 
 become them to say v 
 
 becomes them 
 
 becomes yon 
 
 becoming a 
 
 becoming the 
 
 Been . ^ been the ^ 
 
 been their, or tham - \ 
 
 Before a. or an k 
 
 before and after fa, 
 
 before and behind *^ 
 he, or the L 
 
 before he could 
 before he had 
 before he knew 
 befoi'e him 
 
 before that took place 
 
 before the country l> *Na 
 
 before the nation 
 before the next 
 before the time 
 before the world 
 before them 
 
 before there, or their . 
 before there can be 
 
 before there has beet 
 
 before there ; 
 another) 
 
 before this time 
 
 before we 
 
 before we are able 
 
 before we are aware 
 
 before we can 
 
 before we can do tha 
 
 before we have 
 
 before "we know 
 
 before you are 
 
 before ydn are able ' I _X- 
 
 before yon are aware_h^k__ 
 
 /I 
 
 before yon are ready _h__ 
 
 before you can h
 
 84 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 before you can do that fc- I 
 before yon come to that h 
 before you could be **v 
 before yon give them " r 
 before yon go on 
 before you have . 
 
 before you make 
 before you mention 
 before yon referred 
 before, your own. 
 beg your pardon 
 Begin again 
 beginning a 
 beginning the 
 Being determined 
 being satisfied 
 being their, or there, 
 being very well 
 Behind- him 
 behind it 
 behind them 
 behind us 
 behind you 
 Believe a man 
 believe he or the. 
 believe he may or him \ 
 believe his utatement \Q 
 believe his story \Q ^ 
 
 believe me that . \ ^ 
 
 believe that you can _^_ 
 
 best of my judgment JQ 
 
 ^^ A 
 
 knowledge ; 
 
 best of my 1 
 
 best of my j 
 recollection! 
 
 best of your j 
 recollection i 
 
 best plan 
 
 best recollection. 
 
 best thing to do 
 best time 
 best way 
 Better acquainted 
 
 between tnat 
 time and this 
 
 between themselves 
 
 between there, 
 or their 
 
 between these 
 between you 
 between you and me 
 between your 
 
 between yourse 
 
 "*""% 
 
 Beyond my ability _ 
 
 beyond my com- 
 prehension 
 
 beyond our 
 "beyond their 
 beyond us 
 beyond yon 
 Beware of him 
 beware of them
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 83 
 
 Bill of exchange- 
 bill of divorce 
 bill of fare 
 bill of lading 
 bill of rights 
 bill of particular* 
 bill of sale 
 bills payable 
 bills receivable 
 Doha fide 
 book account 
 bound to become. 
 
 burden of proof 
 business in ban 
 business interests 
 But a, or an . . 
 but as, or is 
 
 but little..jf but lately 
 but must you 
 but not at that time 
 but not having 
 but not now 
 but not so 
 butonceiua whil 
 but one such 
 
 but one way 
 
 but only now) 
 and then j 
 
 but xhould not be 
 
 bat some may say. 
 but some one 
 but something el 
 but such as 
 but such as are 
 but such as may be k 
 but such as were 
 but sure-ly 
 
 but surely there is 
 
 but surely there) 
 must be) 
 
 but that 
 
 but that has not, ) 
 or is not } 
 
 but that has never 
 
 but tha 
 
 >li UUB BVTW f j 
 
 been f <L 
 
 .tints nothing, / j >> 
 or is nothing! 4_^ 
 
 but there are 
 but there has bee 
 but there is as muc 
 but there is little 
 but there is much 
 but there is such 
 bat there may be 
 but they may J 
 
 V 
 
 but they might not be 
 
 but this is 
 
 but was 
 
 but we do not know 4 
 
 but we shall 
 
 but we think 
 
 but were it not
 
 86 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 but were it possible 
 but were there not 
 but were you 
 but when a 
 but when 'I 
 
 but when it became it 
 
 but when it is known 4s 2_ 
 but when one S~=>* d- 
 
 but when there is . 
 
 but when will ^ 
 there be J 
 
 but whenever c! < 
 
 but whenever/ 
 there is j 
 
 would it not be _i - 
 would it not) t 
 
 have been 
 
 but yon are 
 
 but you are certain 
 
 but you are de- ) 
 
 termined J " 
 
 but you are rath 
 
 bnt you are; 
 required ( 
 
 but you can be 
 
 but you have been H 
 
 but you may as v;cll 
 
 but you may be sure 
 
 but you may ) , 
 bavobeeni ' 
 
 but yon might| k-*_* 
 
 not be J ~ -^^ 
 
 bnt you must) 
 not think j 
 
 but yon should 
 
 but you will be sure 
 
 but you will not be t/3 
 
 but yon will not have *v7 
 
 BY all considerations / 
 
 by all his 
 
 by all its 
 
 by all other 
 
 by all means 
 
 by all people 
 
 by almost ev 
 
 by almost every om___^_. 
 
 by all their ^ 
 
 by all there is 
 
 by and by 
 by any means 
 
 [See " by no means."] 
 
 Jr-XJ> 
 
 by certain things 
 
 by each one 
 by each other 
 
 by every circuin-) 
 stance) 
 
 by every means 
 by him 
 by bis own 
 
 by bis own ) ^*-H 
 admission j \~-~ ^ 
 
 by his own con-) v>_ j 
 
 fessiou | krj 
 
 by its own 
 by itself 
 
 by little 
 
 by many, or by{ 
 my own \ 
 
 by many other 
 by many such 
 by means of 
 
 by most everybody 
 i 
 
 by most every <>ne_ 
 by no means 
 by one of his 
 by one of them 
 
 by one of your 
 
 by other me, 
 by cither puople 
 by our 
 by reason of his 
 
 \ ' 
 
 ans \ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ \ _______ 
 
 by reason of that 
 by reason of their . 
 
 n of your 
 
 by reason of yo 
 by seeming to be. 
 by some little . 
 by some means 
 
 SrV
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 87 
 
 by some means) 
 or other! 
 
 by some men 
 by some of 'them_ 
 
 by some of you 
 by some one 
 byeome one els 
 
 by some other 
 
 by Borne other) 
 means! 
 
 by Borne persons. 
 
 by sometbicg 1 
 more than J 
 
 by snch a course. 
 
 jy cncli J 
 
 arrangement ( 
 
 V 
 
 by the other 
 
 by the same means V-v-a 
 
 by the way 
 by their 
 
 > 
 
 by their admission_La__ 
 
 \ T J 
 
 by their own) *J. 
 confession! v - 
 
 by their own showing ^-^ 
 by them f 
 
 by themselves r 
 by this account 
 by this means 
 by this time 
 by those who are 
 by those who were 
 by those who can 
 
 by virtue 
 
 by way of illus- 
 tration , , 
 
 by which he, or the ^ 
 by which it is 
 
 by which it has been oE 
 
 by which it has not ^ 
 
 by which it may be ^-~\ 
 
 by which it > 
 must be j 
 
 by which it mustf 
 not be) 
 
 by which it was 
 
 by which it would) 
 have been! 
 
 >y which there in 
 
 >y which you could / 
 
 \*~" 
 
 y whom 
 
 y whose 
 
 y yon by yonr. 
 
 y your own 
 
 [Set p. 193 for exercise* on 
 'intxe* beginning with B.] 
 
 c 
 
 [For exercises on phrase 
 beginning with call, can 
 come, etc., see page 193 
 
 c 
 
 CALL for, do forth 
 
 called for th ) 
 defendant )' 
 
 called for the) 
 plaintiffj
 
 88 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 can be expect 
 
 can it not have been . 
 
 can make it 
 
 can never 
 
 can only be 
 can remember 
 
 can jOn expect 
 can you find 
 can you not 
 
 can you understand 
 
 CANNOT account 
 
 cannot answer _ 
 
 cannot be considered if| 
 cannot be done ^S 
 cannot be found 
 cannot be made 
 cannot be said to have, 
 cannot be sure 
 cannot be there 
 
 cannot be told 
 
 cannot be won- 
 dered at j 
 
 cannot become 
 cannot come 
 cannot expect 
 cannot give 
 
 cannot have been _ 
 cannot have their 
 cannot I (can't I) . 
 
 cannot I get 
 cannot I have 
 cannot I make 
 
 cannot understand H 
 
 cannot you 
 CARE for them . 
 care for their 
 
 Catholic church 
 Catholic priest 
 cauae and effect 
 cause of action 
 certain extent 
 change of time 
 changing the 
 Charge d' Affairs 
 charging the 
 chef d' ouvre 
 Chief Justice 
 child of God 
 children of God 
 
 i- 
 
 childreu of Israel 
 children of men 
 
 Christian brethren 
 
 tc 
 Christian character 
 
 c 
 Christian Church 
 
 J 
 
 Christian religion 
 Christian society 
 Christian world 
 
 
 Church and state 
 Church history 
 Church member 
 Church of Christ 
 Church of Qod 
 
 Church of Borne. 
 
 Circuit Court 
 
 circumstances of) Gr~ 
 the case)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 89 
 
 circumstantial ^ 
 evidence > 
 
 come to understand 
 come under it 
 comes down 
 comes to ba 
 commanding officer 
 commercial business 
 COMMON carrier 
 common council 
 common law 
 Common Pleas 
 common sense 
 
 compound interest Vp 
 concerning another O ^ 
 
 concerning him -^1^ 
 
 concerning which 7^- 
 
 concerning you 
 
 confidential com- 
 munication 
 
 conservative party 
 
 Constitution of the U. S. 
 
 constitutional ) 
 amendment! 
 
 constitutional 
 government 
 
 contending parti 
 
 contested election 
 
 contrary to com- 
 mon sense 
 
 contrary to directions 
 contrary to experience_k_c 
 contrary to fact 
 
 contrary to nature \f 
 contrary to iirinciple_k_\_ 
 contrary to that 
 
 contrary to trnth ^ I 
 
 'Lsf 
 
 contrary to your ^ * 
 
 corpus dUecti 
 
 Correct it 
 
 correct my 
 
 correct their 
 
 correct your 
 
 COULD be 
 
 could be seeu 
 
 could be there 
 
 could do eo 
 
 could exist 
 
 could expect 
 
 could have been . 
 
 could ba,ve seei 
 could have shown 
 could have suggested 
 
 could have their - 
 
 could he expect i 
 
 could he have been _ 
 
 could he have had 
 
 could he not ^ 
 
 could he say , ~ 
 
 could I be ~ 
 
 could I do that I 
 
 could I have been _r 
 coaid 1 have known; 
 
 could I know 
 
 could I make it 1 
 appear / 
 
 could it bo 
 
 could it have been 
 
 could it not be ; 
 
 could it not have been 
 could make it appear, 
 could never 
 could not be 
 could not come 
 
 ^r 
 
 could not discover. 
 could not do 
 could not do anything 
 could not for; 
 
 could not have b 
 
 could not have 
 known
 
 9O 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 could not have) 
 mentioned j 
 
 could not have) 
 understood j 
 
 couldn't lie 
 
 couldn't ho have been 
 could n't he have had * 
 
 couldn't he IIMTO) ^ 
 
 shown J ^ 
 
 could n't I do it 
 could n't I co 
 could n't I see 
 could n't it be 
 
 ceuldn't it have been TM._ 
 
 could not judge. 
 
 could not know 
 
 could not learn 
 
 could not say 
 
 could not send 
 
 could not thow 
 
 could not such 
 
 could n't they _ 
 
 could not mi- j 
 
 dcTfitund) 
 
 could not un-| 
 
 dertakej 
 
 could stand it _ 
 could eustaiu _: 
 could there bo _ 
 could there not be. 
 could they not be . 
 could understand . 
 
 could we be 
 
 could we do 
 
 could wo lia^e 
 could we know 
 could we make 
 conld we not be 
 could we think 
 could we wonder 
 conld yon be 
 could you be there 
 could you come 
 
 could you expect ^ 
 
 \_ 
 
 could you have known 'A 
 could yon have seen *\ 
 could you help it cf 
 
 could you mention -3 
 could yon name ^ --~ 
 could yon not ">-> 
 
 could you not now j 
 could you say 
 
 could you stale 
 
 could you nn-) 
 dcrstandj 
 
 Counter affidavit 
 counter claim 
 counting room 
 country seat 
 country precinct 
 ounty court 
 
 course of business _SHi 
 Court martial '^^ 
 
 court of appeals. 
 
 court of bankruptcy 
 court of chancery 
 
 court of claims 
 
 court of common { cr*- 1 
 picas) ' - \, 
 
 court of equity 
 
 court of general 
 sessions 
 
 court of justice 
 court of record 
 
 court of sessions 
 
 court of 
 
 sessions j 
 
 court record 
 
 P 
 
 courts of justice 
 
 criminal act 
 
 criminal conduct 
 
 criminal juris- J c <^~^ 
 prudence j gr 
 
 criminal suit 
 
 i-roes-exanime- 
 ed-atiou 
 
 custom-houso 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be- 
 ginning with C, see p. 194.] 
 
 DANGEB of 
 
 danger of having 
 danger of that 
 dangerous disease 
 dangerous man 
 dangerous place. 
 
 dangerous weapo 
 
 DARK not 
 dare not be
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 91 
 
 dare not do it 
 
 dare not give ! 
 
 dare not go there 
 
 dare not havo 
 
 dare not say ! 
 
 dare to be ! 
 
 dare to express ! 
 
 dare to say s 
 
 DAY after day 
 
 day after date 
 
 day after to-morrow, 
 day by day 
 day of tlie week 
 day or two 
 day time 
 days after that 
 days afterward 
 days intervened y^ 
 
 decline to answer 
 decline to be 
 deed of land 
 deem(ed) to be 
 deeper and deeper 
 deeper than 
 defacto 
 
 defendant's counsel 
 degree of cold * 
 dejure 
 
 Delegate from Alabama 
 delegate from Arizona 
 delegate from Arkansas _L 
 
 do 
 
 legate from \ 
 Connecticut \ 1 
 
 delegate from Illinois J 
 
 delegate from Indiana U 
 
 delegate from 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 delegate-fro m \ 
 New York \ 
 
 delinquent taxes 
 Deliver his, or us 
 deliver me 
 deliver their 
 
 deliver np 
 
 Democratic form.ofj't ^ 
 
 government J V^ ... 
 
 democratic ) 
 orgauization f 
 
 democratic party 
 democratic principles ^*\ 
 
 Depend upon them 
 depend upon their, 
 depended-ing upon 
 depend upon it 
 depend upon you 
 deputy marshal 
 deputy sheriff 
 derive any benefit 
 derive the most 
 deserve to be 
 designed to be 
 designing men 
 desire to be 
 DID he, ffr did the. 
 did he believe it I 
 did he expect \ 
 
 did he have \. 
 
 did ho j:ot 1^ 
 
 did he not say ^^^ 
 
 did he say i 
 
 did he tell you [^ 
 
 did it_|-L_didit have_(Ji_ 
 
 did it not have 
 
 did not, or didn't 
 
 did not do 
 
 did not do it. 
 
 did not entertain 
 
 did not find 
 
 did not finish
 
 92 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 did not have d. 
 
 did not be, or didn't he ^J_ 
 
 didn't he say 
 did'rtl 
 didn't I have 
 didn't I say 
 didn't I tell you 
 did not intend 
 did not interfere. 
 
 did not know that 
 
 did not know I 
 there was) 
 
 did not my J dn. see__J_ 
 
 didn't they ^_ 
 
 did not understand A_ 
 
 did not undertake \ 
 
 did not, or didn't yon . 
 did not you expect j 
 uid not you know that ; 
 
 did not you say A, 
 
 i 
 did such a L 
 
 ~ 
 did they not say 
 
 did this happen . 
 
 did we admit 
 
 1 
 did we believe J 
 
 did we claim A 
 
 did we do , 
 
 did we have < 
 
 did yon 
 
 did you accomplish 
 
 did you ack . 
 
 did you examine 
 
 did you expect 
 
 flid you get 
 did you give, or go. 
 
 did you go there 
 
 did you have 
 
 did you know 
 
 did you mention 
 
 did yon not know . 
 
 did you not say 
 
 did you observe 
 
 did yon proceed 
 
 did you receive 
 did you recognize . 
 did you refer _ 
 
 did you regard 
 
 did you remain 
 
 did you remember 
 did you request _| 
 did you say so 
 did you see him 
 
 did you see him there L_ 
 
 did you see me 
 
 did you see me there 
 
 did yon suppose. 
 
 did you understand t 
 did you write i - 
 
 differ a good deal |^ 
 
 dignity of labor 
 dignity of soul 
 
 direct evidence *-i 
 
 direct examination 
 disbursing agent 
 disbursing officer 
 
 distinguished citizens L n 
 
 distinguished honor J 
 
 distinguished men. 
 
 district attorney 
 
 Divine Being 
 
 divine judgments 
 
 divinfl worship 
 
 DO as I say 
 
 do as I tell you 
 
 do us much 
 
 do as well f 
 
 do as well as (yon) cau-1 
 
 do as yon think 
 
 do not be alarme 
 
 do not become 
 
 don't do it 
 
 don't do so 
 
 don't have their 
 
 don't they 
 
 do not think it is ( or ^ 
 
 do not think that _ A 
 
 do not think there < /* 
 do something
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 93 
 
 do you know ) 
 whether or not I 
 
 do you maintain _ 
 
 do yon mean to say _ 
 
 do yon perceive 
 
 do you promise __n\___- 
 
 do you respect 
 
 do you say 
 
 do you suppose that 
 
 do you think 
 
 do you understand vj> 
 
 do you undertake 
 
 DOES a, or an 
 
 does as he pleases 
 
 does as much 
 
 does he, or the 
 
 does he expect 
 
 does he not kno 
 
 does he not 1 
 understand j 
 
 does he suppose that_jZX_ 
 doep he think 
 does hie duty 
 doegitE 
 does it not 
 
 doe it not generally bj 
 
 does it not often 
 happen 
 
 does not 
 does uot appear 
 does not believe 
 does not generally 
 
 doesn't he 
 
 doesn't he believe 
 
 does not intend 
 
 does not know that ^- t 
 
 does not know their Q-* ' 
 
 does not question _ 
 does not really think 
 does not remember_ 
 does not sanction J 
 does no^ay_S-4_ 
 does not think thai 
 <!oes not wonder_5= 
 
 does something C 
 
 does such a thing _ 
 does that which ho 
 f'oes there_ 
 
 does there not) 
 often come j 
 
 Tnnnr /<>
 
 94 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 during your time 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be- 
 ginning with D, see p. 194] 
 
 drag-store 
 duces tecum 
 Duo conaideratio 
 due notice 
 due time 
 
 During hid 
 
 during most of the } 
 time/ 
 
 during iny time 
 
 during part of the timejl___ 
 
 during our 
 
 during that time 
 
 during the 
 
 during the latter \ 
 part of the time) 
 
 during the month 
 during the time 
 during this year 
 
 either you are 
 
 either one 
 
 either one or the othe 
 
 End of it 
 
 end of the world 
 
 end of this thing 
 end of your 
 end the matter 
 endeavor to be 
 endeavor to do 
 enough of his \O 
 
 enough of such y 
 
 nough of which ^y, 
 
 ^ i 
 enough of your x 
 
 enter his servica ^ 
 
 enter(-ed) into / ^ 
 
 enter(-ed) upon 
 
 enter(-ed) upon their 
 
 English habits N~-^ 
 
 \: 
 English language 5=^ 
 
 English nation **-4 
 
 English people v ~--^ 
 
 ^\j 
 entire congregation;;^ 
 
 entire country 
 utire year 
 
 Entitled him, me, ) 
 or my j 
 
 entitled them 
 entitled to a verdic 
 ntitled to hare
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 95 
 
 entitled to respect 
 
 entitled to something . 
 
 ^_ 
 entitled us 
 
 > 
 entitled you 
 
 Kpiseopal church 
 equal degree 
 
 equal laws _ 
 
 equality before ) 
 the law j 
 
 ever since 
 
 every moment 
 
 every moment 
 of time 
 
 every one 
 
 every one else 
 
 every one said 
 
 every one though 
 
 every opportunity 
 
 every other one 
 
 every part 
 
 every particular, 
 
 every person 
 
 every thing else 
 
 every time 
 
 every way 
 
 every where else ^*- ^ 
 
 evidence in 
 
 -4- 
 
 (L/ 1 
 
 Every human l>eihg _S^fc=a express 
 
 every little while 
 
 or exercise on phrases be- 
 giiiniiig with E, ttoe p. 1< 
 
 express purpose 
 express terms 
 words 
 
 ! extra session 
 
 Father in heaven 
 
 father ofliiscountry\_____. 
 
 fear of God 
 
 fear yon may 
 
 fear you will 
 
 federal constitution 
 
 federal government 
 
 federal officer 
 
 Fellow citizens 
 
 fellow creatures 
 
 fellow men 
 
 fellow soldier _^ 
 
 fellow working-men 
 
 Ma He $e
 
 96 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 few circumstances 
 
 few instances 
 
 few things are 
 
 financial affairs 
 
 financial committee 
 
 financial matters 
 
 first rate _ 
 
 first time 
 
 five or six 
 
 five or six times 
 
 Follow him 
 
 follow his example 
 
 follow their course 
 
 follow their lives 
 
 follow them 
 
 follow your course 
 
 follow your own way S 
 
 followed by 
 
 followed by that 
 
 ^ 
 
 followed him 
 following the 
 
 FOB a good while 
 
 for a great distance ^"1 _ 
 for a little while^ w 
 
 for a long time 
 for a long while . 
 for a time 
 for a year or two- 
 for all his 
 
 for all it is worth ^-^ t, 
 for all matters ^ b 
 for all places 
 for all purposes 
 for all seasons 
 for all that 
 
 for all their 
 
 
 for all there is _x. 
 
 for all time 
 
 for a moment 
 
 for another purpose 
 
 [See " for no other purpose." 
 
 for any length j 
 of timej 
 
 for any other) 
 purpose) 
 
 for any purpose 
 
 for any time 
 
 for as he said 
 
 far as I said 
 
 for as much as 
 
 for certain purposes 
 
 for Christ's sa.V 
 
 for ever and ever 
 
 for everybody >r 
 
 for every one 
 
 for every purpose . 
 
 for example 
 
 for had it not been. 
 
 for he can 
 
 for he has, or is . 
 
 1'or lie may, or him 
 for he says 
 for he was 
 for he will 
 for his own 
 for his own benefit, 
 for his own interest ^ft *~i> 
 for his own part 
 tor his own sake, 
 for his own use 
 for I am certain 
 ofor I believe 
 for I can not 
 for I claim 
 
 for I do not V*. 
 
 for I have been ^-y 
 
 for I have had -^fr 
 
 for I have not . S? 
 
 CA^ , 
 
 for I know thftt__b=*i_ 
 for I learn .V^ 5 
 
 for I may have been " 
 
 for I may not be 
 
 for I must say ._ 
 for I tell you 
 for I think 
 for I will not 
 for I would not 
 for instance 
 for it has l>een
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 97 
 
 for it is entirely 
 for it is generally 
 for it is known _ 
 
 for it is not 
 
 for it is said to have ...^ 
 
 for it is understood 
 for it is wei 
 
 for it may be 
 
 for it must be 
 considered 
 
 for it must net be 
 for it never will 
 for it will not 
 for its own sake 
 for less than 
 for many othe 
 for many years 
 for more than _ 
 for most of us 
 for uiy o\vu part 
 for my own sake 
 for my part 
 for 11 IY sake 
 
 for one thing is i *s. _. 
 
 certain ( *"^*** 
 
 for several years 
 
 for something else . 
 for such a - 
 
 for such as are 
 
 for such as could . 
 
 for such fts wore 
 
 for such as will 
 
 for such as would 
 for such purpose 
 for such was the. 
 for that ia not 
 
 for the benefit _ 
 
 for the express) 
 purpose) 
 
 for the first time 
 for the last time_b 
 for the most part 
 
 for the other 
 
 for the purpose 
 for the sake 
 
 for the satisfaction 
 for the second time 
 for the support _ 
 for the time being_ 
 
 for the world 
 
 for their credit 1^. 
 for their honor \ 
 for their own sake \ 
 for their sake _L_ 
 
 for their satisfaction 
 for themselves 
 
 for there has been 
 
 for there has) 
 never been 1 
 
 for there has) 
 oot been I 
 
 for there is no om 
 for there is not 
 for there is nothing 
 for there is to be. 
 for the third time 
 
 for whenever) 
 there is) 
 
 for when it beconn 
 
 for which he, or the ^t 
 
 for which it is no
 
 98 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 for which their, 1 
 or they are J 
 
 for which you are 
 for which you ean 
 for which you may 
 for while it is 
 for while there 
 
 for whoever thinks 
 for you are aware : 
 for you are certain 
 for you are generally ^ 
 for you are not Wv'? 
 for you are quite, 
 for you may thin 
 
 for yon must be 
 
 for yon must) 
 be a ware) 
 
 for yon must) 
 remember) 
 
 for you must try 
 
 for you say 
 
 for you surely know 
 
 for you will be sure 2flC_3l 
 
 for your 
 
 for your honor 
 
 for*your own 
 
 for your own benefit 
 
 for your own sake 
 
 forming a 
 
 forming the 
 
 form of words 
 
 four or five 
 
 Freedon of action 
 freedom of electiono 
 freedom of opinion ^~V 
 freedom of speech 
 freedom of thought 
 freedom of the press 
 free trade 
 
 FROM among 
 his, or us 
 
 from among their 
 from amongst us 
 
 from another 
 
 from another 
 point of view 
 
 from certain 
 information 
 
 from certain) 
 remarks) 
 
 from certain) 
 things) 
 
 from day to day 
 from every one 
 
 from every other 
 
 from generation 
 to generation 
 
 from hia own ) 
 admission J 
 
 from hour to hour 
 
 from house to house 
 
 % 
 
 from its 
 
 from many 
 
 from many 
 circumstances 
 
 from many parties 
 from many thin, 
 from many who 
 
 from 
 
 v^~s 
 
 frntn my 
 
 from my knowledge 
 
 from othei 
 
 from other 
 circumstances \ 
 
 from other 
 information 
 
 from other eources_ 
 from place to placo 
 from some of them_ 
 from that day 
 from that place 
 
 from that time . 
 
 from that time) 
 to this) 
 
 from the time . 
 
 from their, or there . 
 
 from their 1 
 admissions J "~ 
 
 from their 
 confessions^ 
 
 from their own j 
 confessions) 
 
 from their letters 
 
 from their stand point_L 
 
 V 
 
 from this day v 
 
 from this time 
 
 from those who are ^y 
 
 from those who were. 
 
 from time to time 
 
 from to day 
 
 from town to town 
 
 from which 
 
 from which it can be
 
 LAWYER 
 EALiA g . TFX 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 99 
 
 from which it may be ^T^ 
 from which it wi 
 from which it will 
 
 from which there is '- 
 
 from which time, 
 from which you can 
 
 from which you may 
 
 from which you ) C 
 will perceive/ < fr-" 
 
 from year to year >JJ 
 
 from yesterday 
 
 from you >** 
 
 from your honor 
 
 from your own ) ' 
 knowledge j ~ 
 
 FULL as well 
 
 full compensation _ 
 
 full extent 
 
 full of it 
 
 full of life 
 
 full supply 
 
 full time 
 
 fully aware of \ 
 the fact ( 
 
 fully believing 
 fully completed 
 fully persuaded . 
 fully sustained . 
 Further along 
 further notice 
 further say 
 further testimony . 
 
 further than he 
 
 further their 
 
 further their j 
 interests j 
 
 Future course 
 future course of life 
 future condition 
 
 .future day 
 
 future* meeting 
 future state 
 future time 
 future world 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be 
 ginning with F, see p. 195.] 
 
 generation after \ 
 generation j - 
 
 gentlemen of thejury tf 
 
 get his, or get u 
 get the best 
 
 get themselves into 
 GIVE a cent _: 
 give a dime 
 give a dollar 
 give every one 
 give him the 
 
 give hia, or give ue 
 
 give it away ^ 
 
 give ma ^ give my 
 
 give me your opinion rrO_ 
 
 give "t -I give them 7. 
 
 give their 
 
 give their attention 
 
 give their time 
 
 give them their 
 
 give themselves 
 
 give themselves up 
 
 give us a 
 
 give us his 
 
 give us liberty _r 
 give us our rights 
 give us permlgBlon. 6V_.^ 
 give us sufficient : 
 
 give us the 
 
 give us their 
 give us time
 
 1OO 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 glad they are 
 glad to be told 
 
 go on and state . 
 
 go on and state) 
 to the juryj 
 
 gone into it 
 gone under 
 gone up 
 GOOD and bad 
 good as ever 
 good as now 
 
 good evening ~ 
 
 good for nothing, 
 good many times 
 good many of them 
 good morning 
 good or bad 
 good while ago -*- 
 GOT a_ _got the 
 
 got along - (, 
 
 JO 
 got his __ got their. 
 
 got the best 
 got themselves 
 got us into 
 Great advantage 
 great applause 
 Great Britain 
 
 Great Britain \ e- r V 
 and Ireland f - 
 
 great change 
 
 great consideration 
 great danger 
 great deal more e-i 
 great deal of time < ~~\ / ^~ 
 great difference c"*! 
 
 great difficulty g " c 
 great extent e ~f 
 
 great injustice _ 
 
 great majority) 
 of cases ( 
 
 great mauy casea 
 
 great many men ' 
 
 great many) < 
 occasions! ~ 
 
 great many of our 5 
 
 great many) 
 of them { 
 
 great many of us 
 great many of your 
 
 great many people. 
 
 great many ) 
 persons} 
 
 great many > 
 questions J 
 
 great many thin 
 
 great many times 
 
 great many ) 
 years ago} 
 
 great number 
 
 great number 1 
 of times j 
 
 great part of 
 great people 
 great portion 
 great principle 
 great proportion, 
 great truth 
 great value 
 great while ago 
 
 greater than _ 
 
 greater than c'd), 
 be expected}
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 101 
 
 greater than ever 
 
 greater than t 
 has been) 
 
 greater than he _ 
 
 greater than I can g**r 
 
 greatest amount__55 
 
 greatest danger g "Q 
 
 greatest difference ^T 
 
 greatest injustice 
 greatest number, 
 greatest people 
 greatest time 
 
 greatest value 
 (See page 195.) 
 
 H 
 
 Habeas corpus 
 HAD a, or an 
 had another 
 bad as much 
 had become 
 had been d< 
 had been there 
 had believed 
 had better not 
 h$d come there 
 had ever been 
 had given their 
 had gone there 
 hadb 
 
 bad he, or the 
 had he been 
 
 one j^= J_ 
 
 I I 
 ad_p_ do. it 
 
 [ 
 
 had he expected 
 
 had it been ; 
 attempted! 
 
 had its had knowt 
 
 had never been 
 had no hesitation 
 had no other 
 had no time 
 
 had not, or had'n 
 had not been 
 had not done 
 had not done it 
 had not bad 
 had not happened 
 had not I _ 
 
 had not I given _ 
 
 had not I told yon. 
 had not intended 
 had not known _ 
 
 bad not observed 
 had not shown 
 
 had not thought V. 
 
 had not understood y 
 
 had not yon better V^ 
 
 had nothing more 
 
 had only been 
 
 had only said 
 
 had said that 
 
 had seen him 
 
 had spoken about 
 
 had time 
 
 had time to make 
 
 had their attention 
 had there 
 had there not bee: 
 had therefore 
 had we been 
 had we known 
 had we never 
 had you asked 
 had yon gone there
 
 1O2 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 has been made . 
 lias been paid 
 has been said 
 has been shown 
 has been there 
 has been tried 
 
 has been understood__ip_ 
 
 f f 
 
 has done it ~ 
 
 f 
 
 has done so__a has h 
 
 has had little 
 has had much 
 
 has had nothing, 
 has he been 
 has he been there 
 has he considered 
 has he given 
 has he had 
 has he made 
 has he not had 
 has he not said 
 has he said 
 has he shown 
 has be told us 
 has he told you 
 
 has it not occur-/ 
 red to you! 
 
 has it not often 
 has just been 
 has just happened 
 has known _ 
 has lately had 
 
 has many more) 
 thanj 
 
 hae not been there., 
 
 has not done 
 
 i 
 has not found 
 
 i 
 has not given 
 
 has not he been . 
 lias not sufficient 
 has not taken _ 
 has said 
 
 has sometimes . 
 has thought the 
 has there 
 has there been 
 has there not beei 
 
 CTV-b 
 
 
 
 9 4_ 
 
 has therefore "V or / 
 
 I >w 
 
 has this been
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 1O3 
 
 1_ 
 
 has to be dono 
 Las to do 
 has to learn 
 has to make 
 has to take 
 has to tell 
 has to use 
 has used 
 HAVE a, or an 
 have a great deal 
 have another 
 have been 
 
 have been arranged VSN 
 
 hare been entered AA-__^_. 
 into J ~ 
 
 j have been given 
 
 have been interested V^-P 
 
 / 
 have been known 
 
 have been put 
 
 have been there 
 
 n > 
 
 tcod J 
 
 have been 
 unders 
 
 have called for 
 have done it 
 have ever been 
 have generally _ 
 
 have granted _ 
 
 have had, or ) 
 have it j 
 
 have bad its 
 have had many 
 
 have had several 
 
 n ^M " J 
 
 have not understood 1 
 
 have shown that 
 
 have there been 
 have there e^ 
 
 have therefore 
 have they not 
 have thought that. 
 
 ^V 
 
 have you men- > 
 tioned J- 
 
 have you not been. 
 
 have yon not seen . 
 
 have you under- j 
 taken) 
 
 "^ 
 
 c^->
 
 1O4 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 he called on them 
 
 he called upon 
 his, or us 
 
 he came there 
 
 he can not i 
 have known | 
 
 he can not bare) 
 understood / 
 
 he did not dare _: 
 he did not do _, 
 he did not find _< 
 he did not have _ 
 
 be did not intend 
 
 be did not know) 
 tbatj 
 
 he did not object 
 
 he did not say, / v 
 or seel 
 
 he did not take 
 
 he did not un-f 
 derstandi 
 
 he does a, or an 
 be does not 
 he does not feel 
 he doea not find 
 
 he doea not know i 
 
 he doea not object 
 
 he does not< ^ 
 suspect 
 
 he does not un- ' 
 derst 
 
 he don't 
 
 it un- > 
 stand f 
 
 [Same phrases as " did not "] 
 
 he expects lS\j> * U> 
 
 \ 
 
 he expresses V> 
 
 [See " he supposes."] 
 
 he had been t/\ 
 
 3 
 
 he had not been f^~\ 
 3 
 
 he had not ] 
 
 ad not ) 
 found ) 
 
 he bad not' 
 known 
 
 he had not taken 
 
 be had said 
 he had to have 
 
 be has a, or an 
 he has another 
 ho has attempted 
 he has been 
 
 be has been doing 
 
 he has beeu having P 
 
 he ban been there \ 
 
 be has come 
 
 he has come to be \ 
 he has done t^A - J 
 be has given 
 he has given me
 
 THB REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 103 
 
 he has made 
 
 he has never been 
 lie has never done 
 he has never seen 
 he has no other 
 he has not been 
 he has not come 
 he has not done 
 he has not found 
 he has not had . 
 
 he has not known. 
 
 he has not questioned 
 he has not said 
 he has not shown 
 he has not suspecte 
 he has not taken, 
 he has said 
 he has to be 
 he has used 
 
 he intended that. 
 he in tended to be. 
 he intended to give 
 he intended to have 
 he Intended to make 
 
 he intended to; 
 say, or see! 
 
 10 is in their ) 
 confidence ) 
 
 lie is nut inclined 
 he is not interested 
 he is not satisfied 
 
 he is not therefore &~S\ 
 
 he is not to be 
 he is not to have 
 
 he is not to un- v 
 derstand j 
 
 he is not very 
 
 he is not willing. 
 
 he is not willing to be ^ 
 
 he is not worth 
 
 he is thinking 
 
 he is worse than 
 
 he is worthy 
 
 he knows that 
 
 he made me 
 
 he mentioned _ 
 
 he must be 
 
 he must have been '. \ 
 
 he must know that 
 
 he must not be 
 
 he never has had 
 
 he values it 
 e wants to be 
 
 went away 
 he went into 
 
 went upon the 
 who would _
 
 1O6 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 /A 
 
 ^ 
 
 he who would be 
 
 he who would not be. 
 
 he who will do 
 
 he will be 
 
 he will find 
 
 he will have 
 
 he will have their 
 
 he will know 
 
 he will learn 
 
 he will not be 
 
 he will not have 
 
 he will say that 
 
 he will tell you 
 
 he will try to have 
 
 x-M> 
 he will understand . 
 
 he will use 
 
 he will want 
 
 he will wonder 
 
 he wishes to be 
 
 he wonders 
 
 he wonders at their ^ -P 
 
 lie would be 
 
 he would be their 
 
 he would find. 
 
 he would have 
 
 he would not be ) 
 without J 
 
 he would not ) 
 have done it j 
 
 be would not) 
 have said) 
 
 he would say, | 
 or seej 
 
 His as, iis is, 
 or his has 
 
 his Honor 
 
 his Honor the judge . 
 his own opinion, 
 hither and thither _ 
 Holy Ghost 
 Holy Sabbath 
 
 Holy Scriptures _i__ 
 
 Honorable Gentle- j ^-tf 
 men-man j 
 
 honorable intentio: 
 honorable member 
 honorable position ^""V 
 
 honorable senator . 
 
 hope they may be 
 hope you will _ 
 
 House of Commons 
 house of God 
 
 house of lords 
 
 house of parliament 
 
 house of prayer 
 house of rep:
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 107 
 
 ow have th y 
 ow have yon been 
 
 ow he could . 
 
 io he could think 
 low he has, or is 
 how he has been 
 
 how many of 1 
 bis, or us ) 
 
 how many euch 
 
 how many of them 
 
 how many of their.^~^ ^ 
 
 how much 
 
 how will yon be 
 how would 
 how would he 
 how would yon 
 
 However it may b 
 
 however it may \ 
 have bee 
 
 however that 
 may bej 
 
 however we 
 
 however we may 
 think 
 
 however you 
 
 Human being 
 innian body 
 Iranian government . 
 
 liuman interests 
 
 tinman knowledge.. 
 
 bninan life 
 
 liurnaii nature 
 
 liuman race 
 
 human rights 
 
 human soul 
 
 hitman under- ( 
 
 human wisdom 
 
 husband and wife *\, 
 
 (See page 195.) 
 
 I 
 
 [" I " begins more phrases 
 than any other word ; hence 
 its shorthand sign is brought 
 into more combinations than 
 any other, and therefore it 
 has to be represented not 
 
 only by , but by the 
 
 various modifications 
 
 See p. 62. J 
 
 I acknowledge 
 
 I admit 
 
 I agree that 
 
 A or tn.
 
 1O8 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I am aware) 
 there are) 
 
 I am certain that. 
 
 I am compelled 
 
 I am concerned 
 I am confident 
 
 I am content-ed_ 
 
 I am convinced \ 
 that/ 
 
 I am endeavoring 
 I am glad that 
 
 I am. inclined 
 
 I am Inclined/ 
 to think 
 
 I am inclined 
 totuiukiti 
 
 I am inclined to 
 think there i 
 
 I am informed 
 I am neverthpIesH 
 I am no more 
 
 I am not 
 
 I am not accns- ) 
 tomed \ 
 
 I am not inclined 
 
 I am net in. the) 
 habit i 
 
 I am not positive 
 
 I am not understood__^_ 
 
 I am now 
 
 I am persuaded 
 
 I am pleased 
 
 I am quite clear. 
 
 I am quite sure . 
 
 I am quite rare) 
 there are) 
 
 I am rather in-j 
 clined to think} 
 
 I am responsible 
 I am satisfied 
 I am sorry that 
 I am sure of it 
 
 I am sure of that 
 
 I inn mire there 
 has been 
 
 ( am sure there 
 is not 
 
 I am sure you are 
 I am surprised 
 I am therefore 
 I am told 
 I am very certain 
 I am very glad 
 I am very happy_ 
 I am very sorry 
 I am very s 
 
 I am very well 
 . aware 
 
 mre of it CQ 
 *" **" 
 
 I am well aware. 
 I am willing 
 
 I am willing to be 
 
 I am willing to have_ 
 I and yon 
 
 I apprehend that 
 I ascertained that. 
 I ask you 
 I assume that 
 I attended to that 
 I beg leave to say 
 beg to assure you 
 
 I beg (your) pardon_J=V 
 I began to be ^ 
 
 I begin to think ^V 
 I believe he, or the ^ 
 
 I believe it will be V\ 
 
 I be! 
 
 I believe so 
 
 I believe that their 
 
 1 believe that we 
 
 I believe that you 
 
 1 believe there 
 
 I believe there is 
 
 I believe there was 
 
 I believe wa 
 
 I believe you are 
 
 I belong to the uhurc 
 
 I beseech you
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 109 
 
 I can therefore 
 
 1 cuunot answer. 
 
 I cannot be certain 
 
 I cannot be ) "-a 
 mistaken j 
 
 I cannot be re- { "-? 
 spousible) ~ 
 
 I cannot be sure 2 
 
 I caunot do that 
 
 I cannot say | 
 about that | 
 
 I cannot say) 
 anything) 
 
 I cannot say) 
 
 I cannot say) 
 how often I ~ 
 
 I cannot say, sir 
 
 I cannot tell _ 
 
 I cannot under-) 
 stand j 
 
 I cannot under-) 
 take 
 
 I could not 
 
 I could not answer 
 
 I could not) 
 have said { 
 
 I could not say __ 
 
 I 
 I dare not 
 
 I dare say you are_ 
 I depend upon it 
 I depend upon you 
 
 I determined 
 
 I did ^ I did not ^ 
 
 [See "I do not" and "I 
 had not," also g 17.] 
 
 I did not anticipate ^_p 
 I did not fear . .*1 
 
 I did not feel 
 
 I did not intend 
 
 I did nut know) 
 that) 
 
 I did not Ray, 
 or tieu 
 
 I did not under- 
 
 nder- > 
 stand) 
 
 I do I I do believe_J_ 
 I do not 
 
 I do not think 
 I do not say 
 I do so 
 
 I do think that 
 I doubt whether 
 I enter-ed upon 
 I expect that 
 I expect them 
 I expect you will 
 I expressed 
 
 1 fear there fere 
 I fear there may bo 
 I fear you are 
 I fear you may be 
 I fear you will bo 
 
 I fear you will 
 
 I feel as much 
 
 I feel aa much 
 concern 
 
 I fuel ft to be 
 
 I feel my respon- 
 sibility i 
 
 I fuel that there is 
 
 I had 1 had been 
 
 I had been there 
 I had believed 
 I had expected 
 I had gi veu. him
 
 110 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I had not been 
 
 I had not thought. 
 
 I had nothing 
 
 I had occasion !-2_ 
 
 I had rather 
 
 I had some other/ 
 reason 
 
 I had suspected . 
 I hfcve a ^*-( or_ 
 
 I have acknowledged 
 I have added 
 
 L 
 
 I have another 
 
 i 
 I have asked 
 
 I have been 
 1 have been there 
 I have been told 
 I have continued 
 I have demanded 
 I have determined 
 [ have done 
 I have done it 
 
 I have just as) 
 
 many j 
 
 I have just as) 
 much) 
 
 J have just been 
 I have just done 
 I have just received 
 I have just such a 
 I have known 
 
 I have lit tin | 
 confidence! 
 
 I have long been 
 I have long since 
 I have made 
 
 I have many times 
 
 I have mentioned ^^ -2 
 
 I have never been 
 
 I have never done 
 
 I have never felt 
 
 I have never had 
 
 I have never know 
 
 I have never made N^ 
 
 T have never said Vo 
 
 I have never served \*~e/ 
 
 I have never) ^j, 
 
 supposed j 
 
 I have no doubt 
 
 I have no fear 
 
 I have uo idea 
 
 I have no in-) 
 
 tuutiuu} -- 
 
 I have uo objection ^^ 
 
 I have no occasion _ _ 
 
 I have no suspicion 
 
 I have no time 
 
 I have not 
 
 I have not been 
 
 I have not dune 
 
 I have not had 
 
 I have not known 
 
 I have not made _ 
 
 I have not now _ 
 
 I have not only _ 
 
 I have not put 
 
 I have not questioned 
 
 have not said 
 I have not seen 
 
 I have not taken 
 
 I have not ventured 
 
 i 
 
 I have not wanted 
 
 
 I have not yet . 
 
 I have noticed 
 
 I have now 
 
 I have observed 
 
 h. 
 
 I have often
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Ill 
 
 \ 
 
 I have promised -i=v 
 I have put ^> or _i 
 Ih 
 
 ave reason ) 
 to believe/ 
 
 I have reason ) 
 to think | 
 
 I have received 
 
 "* \ 
 
 I have said nothing 
 I have said so 
 I hove said that 
 I have seen 
 
 I have seen their- 
 
 .itneB V- & 
 
 I have several t. 
 
 I have shown s=: 
 
 4 
 
 I have spoken 
 
 I have suggested i 
 
 I have taken 
 
 I have testified 
 
 \ 
 
 I have their V 
 
 v< 
 
 I have their own \ 
 
 I have their ) ^t 
 sanction} Vo 
 \i 
 
 I have therefore V 
 
 I tinar 1 T hear tha 
 
 I hear there are 
 
 I hear you are ^.X" 
 
 I heard i I heard that 
 
 I held, or hold 1 
 
 1 hope 1 I hopeh.ecan_^L_ 
 
 I hope he niay 
 
 I hope it has bee. 
 I hope it has done. 
 I hope it may 
 I hope it will 
 
 I hope it will be 
 
 I- hope it will) 
 not bej 
 
 I hope it will \ 
 therefore j 
 
 I hope that 
 
 I hope that he may 
 
 I hope that you will (/" - 
 
 I hope they may 
 
 I hope they wil 
 
 I hope their 
 
 I hope there was 
 
 I hope there 
 
 i will be 'V'V 
 
 I hope to be able to _V 
 
 \J 
 
 I hope tc have 
 I hope we have 
 I hope we may be 
 
 I hope you can 
 I hope you have. 
 I hope you may be 
 
 I hope you will 
 
 I hope yon will) \/^\ 
 dosoj ~ \ 
 
 I hope you will 
 never 
 
 I hope you will) 
 not be| 
 
 I hope you will ) 
 remember J 
 
 I hope you will try 
 to havo 
 
 I hoped he 
 I hoped that 
 
 < 
 
 I hoped that they . 
 
 I hoped you j 
 would be 
 
 I hoped you would) ^L 
 
 not. bei V" 
 
 I intend-od 
 
 V^-A ^ 
 
 I intend that there !^. 
 
 I intend that you * 
 
 I intend to be 
 I intend to do so_ 
 I intend to have_ 
 I intend to make 
 
 I intend to pay, 
 or put 
 
 I intend to say, 
 or see 
 
 I intend to take. 
 I intended to have 
 
 I intended to say \ 
 
 v f 
 
 I know that i 
 
 1 know that it < ^~\ 
 
 I know that they *~t 
 
 f know that you) " ' ^~ 
 will) 
 
 I know there is,)
 
 112 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I may be inclined 
 I may "be satisfied 
 I may be sure 
 I may be told 
 I may be there 
 I may call 
 
 I may have been >>= 
 I may have said Vo 
 
 I may not be 
 
 I may not be) 
 considered} 
 
 I may not come 
 I may not do it 
 I may not do so 
 I may not find 
 I may not have 
 I may not return 
 
 I may not under- ) t ^o 
 
 stand j -^ 
 
 I may notwith-j 
 bt.iu'-lingf 
 
 I may say 
 I may try it 
 I may very w 
 
 I may venture; ^*^Q 
 
 to say j 
 
 I may want 
 
 [" I meau " and " I meant' 
 muet be written low in the 
 second position, to distin- 
 guish them from "I may 
 not."] 
 
 I mean to be 
 T mean to do so 
 I mean to have 
 I mean to have it 
 I mean to say 
 
 I meant to be there 
 
 I meant to have 
 their 
 
 I meant to say 
 
 I merely remark 
 
 I might ^ I might betl\_ 
 
 I might find _ 
 
 I might have been 
 
 I might have done ^-i- 
 
 I might have found 
 
 ". 
 I might have had v ' 
 
 I might have known^sa^ja 
 I might have learned *^f 
 I might mention 
 
 1 
 
 I might not find. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 I might not give 
 
 I might not have 
 
 I might not have) '~--t 
 
 done it) ^"3- 
 
 I might not have) *^^V 
 
 liadl 
 
 I might not observe 
 I might not want _ 
 
 I might sty 
 
 *-> 
 I must 1 must be 
 
 I must acknowledge____7_ 
 
 "-8K 
 I must ask * 
 
 I must assume 
 I must be there 
 
 I must come 
 
 L- ^l 
 
 I must consider \ 
 
 T must do it _L 
 
 I must do so 
 I must find 
 I must give 
 I must go there 
 
 I must have been Vj 
 I must have had ^- 
 I must learn 
 I must mention . 
 
 I must nevertheless 
 
 I must not ) 
 anticipate) 
 
 I must not be 
 
 I must not give, 
 or go 
 
 I must now 
 I must observe 
 I must question
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 113 
 
 I must refer 
 I must remark 
 
 I must remember 
 I must render _ 
 I must rest 
 
 I must say, or see _^ 
 
 I must try to have L. 
 
 w^* 
 I need not be * 
 
 I need not delay ____L_ 
 I need not dwell___L__ 
 I need uot have been v* 
 I need not observe t> 
 
 I need not point out___i_ 
 
 I need not point/ VX ^%_ 
 out their) jj 
 
 I need not remark 
 
 I need not say 
 
 I need not tell you ^n 
 
 I never can be 
 
 I never do 
 
 I never have 
 
 I never have had ^* 
 
 ^ 
 I never knew 
 
 I never said so 
 I never shall 
 
 I never understood ^-^p 
 
 I never was ^L 
 
 I never will 
 I never yet 
 I nevertheless 
 
 I now think 
 I nowhere find 
 I object 
 I object to that 
 
 I observe 
 
 I observe that) 
 you are! 
 
 I ought never 
 
 A 
 
 I ought not to do 
 I ought not to have 
 I ought not to say 
 
 I ought not to think _C 
 
 I ought to ! 
 
 I ought to be 
 
 I ought to have . 
 
 I ought to have | 
 done it j 
 
 I ought to have had 
 
 I ought to have) 
 known \ 
 
 I ought to know. 
 I ought to make. 
 
 I ought to observe 
 
 I ought to say, j 
 or ueej 
 
 I ought to try 
 
 T perceive that 
 
 I perhaps \ I prmit__tv 
 
 I probably will 
 
 I proceed to say 
 
 I promixe you 
 
 I really 
 
 I really believe 
 
 I really do not know 
 
 I really think 
 
 I received your 
 
 I said everytbin
 
 114 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I said BO 
 I said that 
 
 1 eaid there was 
 
 I said you might 
 
 I satisfied myself 
 I satisfied them 
 
 I satisfied you 
 
 1 saw 1 saw him __L 
 
 ['' I saw," " I say," " I 
 see," and the phrases follow 
 ing, must be carefully writ 
 ten in the 1st, 2d, and 3c 
 positions. 
 
 1 saw it 
 I saw that 
 L saw there was . 
 t saw you 
 
 I say it is so si. 
 
 I say so _i I say that_Z 
 
 j 
 
 I say that it is 
 
 I say that you may 
 
 I say that your . 
 
 I say there are 
 
 I say therefore 
 
 I say there has beer 
 
 I say there is to be 
 
 I say this is 
 
 I say to all 
 
 I say. to him 
 
 I say to them 
 
 I say to you 
 
 I say you are 
 
 I eay you are not . 
 [ say you were 
 
 I say you will 
 
 I say you would 1 
 
 not ;- 
 
 I see it has not been ^> 
 
 4 
 I see it is to be ^j. 
 
 ! see that you J 
 
 ! see there are _\ 
 
 I see there is 
 
 I see therefore 
 
 I see you are 
 
 I see you are about Jx\ 
 
 I see you are not 
 
 I see you are to be 
 
 I see you have been 
 
 I see you were not 
 
 I seem to be 
 
 I eeem to have 
 
 I seem to hare had 
 
 I seemed to have 
 
 [ shall be certain 
 T shall bo glad 
 
 [ shall bo sure 
 
 I shall be there 
 
 shall come 
 
 I shall depend J 
 upon it) 
 
 shall do so
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I ehall ever have. 
 
 I shall expect 
 
 I shall feel, or follow Q^ 
 
 I shall give, or go 
 
 I shall go there ^--3 
 
 I shall have had 
 
 I shall have their . 
 I shall hope to have 
 I shall know there <^ __ ? 
 I shall most likely -A* 
 I shall never be 
 
 I shall never want 
 
 I shall nevertheless ^i* 
 
 I shall not accept 
 
 I shall not bo 
 
 I shall not be) 
 able j 
 
 I shall uot come. 
 
 I shall not expect <J? __ 
 
 I shall not give up -^> v _ 
 
 I shall not have 
 
 I shall not know 
 
 I shall uot question <-r ^ 
 
 [ shall not say, 
 or see 
 
 I shall not speak 
 
 I shall not take . 
 
 I shall not think. 
 
 I shall no tun-) 
 
 dertakei 
 
 I shall not with- ) 
 standing > ' 
 
 I shall now 
 
 I shall often 
 
 I shall perhaps 
 I shall point out_ 
 I shall proceed 
 I shall recommend 
 
 I shall regard , 
 
 \ 
 I shall regret 
 
 I shall say nothing 
 
 I shall say some- ) 
 thing}' 
 
 V4* 
 
 I shall speak q/ 
 
 I shall surely 
 
 I shall therefore 
 I shall try to have 
 
 I shali undertake 
 
 [" I should,"__hL- _ Is a 
 phrase that should be rarely 
 used, on account of the dan- 
 ger of mistaking it for only 
 
 ^4s 
 
 I should have seen 
 
 I should never think Vp- 
 
 I should not bo _ A _ 
 
 I should not wonder 
 
 I should question 
 
 \S vS 
 
 I speak ^.1 spoke of \> 
 
 I .state-ed ' 
 
 S> 
 I state-ed that > 
 
 ve \ 
 
 I support- ed \s = \s 
 
 I suppose he V - V 
 
 I suppose so 
 
 I suppose that 
 
 I suppose there are 
 
 I suppose we shall. 
 
 I suppose you will irr 
 
 A 
 I suppose you were ffv^ 
 
 I suspect-cd 
 
 "P 
 M 
 
 I suspect you are 
 I suspect you will. 
 I sustain the 
 
 I take bis t-O 
 
 M 
 I take his word ' > 
 
 I take it for granted L^ 
 
 I take it that 
 
 1 take it that ( 
 there are ) 
 
 I take their
 
 116 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I think he, or the ^ 
 
 I think I can S 
 
 I think I have been (> 
 
 I think I may \ 
 
 I think I know _Sv . ' 
 
 I think 1 shall 
 
 I think I will 
 
 I think it <s or 
 
 [" I think it," _X_ must 
 be written on the line, to 
 keep from conflicting with 
 " I thought "___. 
 
 I think it has been 
 
 I think it has that 
 
 T think it is better ) > 
 
 than f -V* 
 I think it is im- ) 
 possible j 
 
 I think it is nee- 
 eesa 
 
 iC '\ 
 
 ryj 
 
 I think it is not 
 
 I think it lsun-1 
 
 dcrstood J ~ 
 
 I think it is un-) T^.Q/' 
 necessary! ^=^ J ** 
 
 I think it may bo -x 
 
 I think it may/ 
 prove* - 
 
 I think it likeiv. 
 
 I think it probable J 
 
 I think it was 
 
 I think it will be 
 
 I think it will not &* 
 
 I think it would he L^L 
 
 r\ ^ 
 
 I think perhaps 
 
 I think so . . A 
 
 T think that the 
 
 I think there has, 1 
 or is J 
 
 I think there has) 
 been! 
 
 I think there has) 
 not been) 
 
 I think there) / 
 
 will be( ~ty=y 
 
 I think there will/ 
 
 not be 
 
 I think they are 
 I think they are not 
 I think they have _ 
 I think they may 
 I think they might 
 I think they m 
 I think they were 
 I think they 
 I think we _ 
 I think we are not L 
 I think we have. 
 T think we have had. 
 t think we know. 
 I think we may 
 
 ! think we may find V~N 
 
 1 think we may) 
 speak j 
 
 I think wemust_ 
 
 I think we must 
 go, or give 
 
 I think we were 
 
 I think you 
 
 I think you are; 
 aware! 
 
 I think you are not 
 I think you are right ' 
 
 ^<v-> - 
 
 I think you are) (n^^ 
 wrong ! 
 
 I think you can 
 I think you have 
 
 I think you make . 
 
 I think you may ) 
 be right j 
 
 I think you I 
 might be J 
 
 I think you might) U,_ 
 
 find j Voi" 
 
 T think you might \ ^_j 
 
 have known j (~ 
 
 I think you might ) 
 tell/ 
 
 I think you might ) 
 try/ 
 
 I think you might ^ 
 venture J 
 
 I think you must be 
 
 I think you mnetj 
 
 havei >> _ 
 
 I think you must i ^ ^, 
 know f 
 
 I think you must ) 
 remember/ 
 
 I think you recom-j 
 mend-edj 
 
 V^-TV 
 
 I think you refer-red ^^ 
 
 I think you remember_JC!^.. 
 
 I think you repre-l 
 eent-ed! 
 
 1 think you un 
 
 derstaud j 
 
 I think you were 
 
 T think you) 
 were not} 
 
 I think yon will be Nv V 
 
 I think you will have v* V 
 
 I think you will \ 
 not be ) 
 
 I thought ho 
 
 I thought he 1 
 could notj 
 
 z-^ 
 
 I thought he knew ^~ *- 
 I thought he never ^~V^
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 117 
 
 I thought he said 
 
 I thought he nn- 1 p 
 derstood itj T 
 
 I thought he was S 
 
 I thought he would . _2 
 
 I thought I toldyon__ 
 
 I thought I went ^ 
 
 I thought it J 
 
 I thought it appeared j 
 
 *\ 
 
 I thought it could/ 
 not be) 
 
 I thonghtit likely 
 I thought it was 
 
 I thought it was not 
 
 I thought it ) 
 would be j 
 
 I thought it/ 
 would uoti 
 
 I thought not 
 
 I thought perhaps_ 
 
 I thought that _ 
 
 I thought we 
 
 
 
 I thought we had 
 
 I thought we might 
 ha 
 
 1 thought we said 
 I thought we were 
 I thought you coul 
 I thought you meant 
 
 I thought you un-J 
 derstood ( 
 
 I thought you were 
 
 I understand it ) 
 to be j 
 
 V\J 
 
 1 understand that _ it __ 
 
 I understand you j 
 have | 
 
 I understood him 
 
 I understood that you 7 
 
 I understood yo 
 to sa 
 
 u ) ** 
 y j j -- 
 
 **"t 
 I undertake <- 
 
 I used tn have 
 
 c. ^ 
 
 I valno I valued 
 
 I value their 
 
 I venture-ed 
 
 I venture to KHJ >* / 
 
 I verily believe 
 
 I view the matter 
 I want a man- 
 
 I want to be 
 
 I want to call at- 
 tention 
 
 I want to call your 
 I want to know 
 I was a 
 
 I was about to say 
 I was coming 
 
 I was not sure 
 I was probably 
 I was rather 
 I was said to have. 
 I was sometimes. 
 I wan there 
 I was therefore
 
 118 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 1 was to have been 
 
 I was to have had 
 
 I was told that 
 
 I went about 
 
 I went along 
 
 I went down 
 
 1 went down stairs ~J> 
 
 I went down there 
 
 I went into it 
 
 I went to him 
 
 I went up there 
 
 I went up stairr 
 
 I will admit 
 
 I will also 
 
 I will answer 
 
 I will ascertain 
 
 ^ ' 
 
 I will assure you 
 
 I will be 
 
 I will be told 
 
 /A 
 
 r 
 
 I will begin 
 I will believe 
 [ will consider 
 I will consider it 
 I will determine 
 [ will do so 
 I will endeavor 
 ' will examine 
 I will exchange 
 will extend 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 V - ^ 
 
 v"~I 
 I will forgive you ^ n 
 
 I will have been. 
 
 ^ 
 
 I will have it known 
 I will inform you 
 I will leave it 
 I will necessarily 
 I will never _ 
 I will not 
 
 I will not anticipate 
 
 1 will not be certain O 
 
 I will not be sure > 
 
 J?- 
 I will not refer *"*" 
 
 I will not regret it 
 
 I will now proceed, 
 I will observe 
 I will probably 
 I will refer 
 
 
 I will say tha 
 
 I will show you . 
 
 ,^2_ 
 
 will submit jL_^d. 
 uj-gest _ / 
 
 I will suggi 
 
 I will suppose 
 
 I will take it for) V Lr-s 
 
 granted i 
 
 graue .-, 
 
 I will therefore ' 
 
 I will tell you . 
 I will try to be . 
 I will undertake. 
 
 I will venture to say 
 I will want 
 
 I wish I wish it 
 
 I wish I could 
 I wish I was 
 
 I wish I were 
 
 I wish it under- 
 stood 
 
 I wish it would 
 
 I wish there could be *} 
 
 V) \ 
 
 I wish there was 
 I wish to be 
 
 I wish to have it 
 
 I wish to have it 
 understood 
 
 I wiwh to satisfy you y 
 
 A ^, h 
 I wonder be 
 
 ot^ft 
 
 I wonder if 
 
 I wonder if it IB 
 to be 
 
 I wonder if there is 
 I wouder that you ^ 
 I won' 
 
 [Compare with " / want lo 
 be."} 
 
 I won't be certain 
 I won't say so 
 
 would b i would ask_2___ 
 I would give 
 
 I would have been__2 
 
 V> 
 
 I would have done it 
 
 I would have given - 
 
 I would have known 
 I would infer
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 119 
 
 I would inform them 
 
 I would mention 
 
 I would never be 
 
 I would nevertheless <-^ 
 
 I would not be _ 
 
 I would not give 
 
 I would not have) ^, 
 
 done) ^s 
 
 I would not have) ' 
 mentioned / 
 
 I would not have said *-* . 
 
 T 
 
 I would not have) ' 
 taken I 
 
 I would not pay, 
 or put 1 
 
 I would not question ~2==a 
 
 I would not say, I 
 or seel 
 
 I would not u n- ) 
 dertake / 
 
 I would not wonder 
 I would observe 
 I would rather be 
 I would refer _ 
 I would regard _ 
 I would respectfully 
 I would request 
 
 I would say to you 
 
 I would submit 
 
 I would venture 
 to say 
 
 IF a, or an 
 
 if a person 
 
 if alii 
 so 
 
 if ajl men 
 if all of them 
 
 [Compare with " If no one." 
 if he can t 
 
 [//may precede most phra 
 ses beginning with Be can 
 He cannot, He could, etc.] 
 
 if he conies 
 
 etorniilmtionV 
 
 if he would not 
 
 if his. -L__if his is 
 
 if bis decision 
 
 ifhisde 
 
 if his intention it* 
 
 if his objection is 
 
 if biH subject 
 
 if his success 
 
 if his suggestion 
 
 if his understanding 
 
 if I may be 
 
 if I may beat-) 
 lowed the) 
 
 if I must say so _J
 
 12O 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 if I only knew 
 if (I) please 
 
 [When it is inconvenient 
 to write either of the pro- 
 nouns between i/and the fol- 
 lowing word in a phrase, it 
 may be omitted, and in tran- 
 scribing tho proper word 
 supplied.] 
 
 if (I) remember 
 
 if it has never 
 
 if it has not, or) 
 is not! 
 
 if it were possible 
 
 if it were under- j 
 stood) 
 
 if it would be _ 
 if no one 
 if only one 
 
 if she ia I 
 
 lfeo_ 
 
 if iomebody _ 
 
 if some one _ 
 
 if such are _ 
 if such be 
 
 if finch has been_ 
 
 if such were the) 
 facti 
 
 if that has been 
 
 if that is notj 
 
 sufficient) 
 
 if the time 
 
 if there f if there arel 
 
 *-. VX 
 
 if there ire not 
 
 if there be, or by 
 if there had been 
 if there has been ( 
 
 if there is anything 1 
 
 if there is anybody ( 
 
 if there is any) J 
 more than \ ~\z~ 
 
 if there ig nobody L_ 
 
 if there is no) / 
 more than} -\^ 
 
 if there is nothing_I 
 
 if there is to be L 
 
 if there must be ( 
 
 if there wae 
 
 if there were 
 
 if there were not _( 
 
 if there will not be 
 
 if therefore L 
 
 if they are not ( 
 if they do not
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 121 
 
 if they have been 
 if this is done 
 If this is the 
 if this is your 
 if we_l^___ if we an 
 if we are to be _L. 
 
 [And all phrases under 
 " we are."] 
 
 if we find 
 
 if we nevertheless 
 
 if we notwithstanding!- 
 
 if we now 
 
 if (we) observe 
 
 if (we) please [ 
 
 if we say _ 
 
 if we show _ 
 if we suggest _ 
 if (we) suppose _ 
 if we understand 
 if we undertake _ 
 if we were no _ 
 if we were lhere_ 
 if we will do so _ 
 if we will have _ 
 
 if we would not ( : 
 
 if you are 
 
 if you be not 
 
 if you cannot I 
 
 if you come 
 
 if you did 
 
 if you did notj 
 or do noti 
 
 if you ever f ; 
 
 ^ 
 
 if you expect . (^ 
 
 if you find _X 
 
 if you give, or go 4 
 if you have been _ 
 if you have had ( 
 if you have not ( 
 if you have not beet 
 if you know _L 
 if you may be _L_ 
 if you must { 
 
 if you never were ' 
 
 twith-j , " 
 ndingl V^^ 
 
 if you observed L^ 
 
 if (you) please L_ 
 
 >o 
 if you question ( 
 
 if you refer ( ? 
 
 if you remember_ 
 
 ^V 
 
 if you render C-x 
 
 if you require " C \/^~~ 
 if -you say so 
 if you should 
 
 if yon notwith-j 
 star 
 
 if you should not ) 
 think / 
 
 if you take 
 
 if you understand 
 
 if you were 
 
 if you will 
 
 if you will try) 
 to have J 
 
 if you would be 
 
 if your honor 
 
 if your opinion 
 
 Important advantage / 
 
 important changes 
 
 important im-j 
 provements 
 
 important matters 
 important principles 
 important questions 
 important reasons 
 
 In a, or " 
 
 in an able manner 
 
 in an argument 
 
 in a body 
 
 in a case of this kin 
 
 in a certain sense 
 
 in a circle 
 
 ID a clear light 
 
 in a considerable_ir^) 
 
 in a court of justice 
 in an examination. 
 
 in an extraordin- 
 ary manne 
 
 in a familiar way 
 
 ".}^fc
 
 122 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 in a few instances 
 in a general way 
 
 in a good many 
 
 in a great many) % 
 cases j 
 
 in a little while 
 
 in a manner 
 
 in a matter of 
 importance 
 
 in a matter of ) 
 this kind) 
 
 in a moment 
 
 in a most extraor- 
 dinary manner 
 
 in a multitude of/ 
 cases ) 
 
 ia au order 
 in an ordinary 
 
 in a similar manner 
 in a somewhat 
 in (a) spirit _T 
 
 in a state of 
 
 in a surprising) 
 manner! 
 
 in acknowledgment 
 in addition to that 
 in addition 
 in addition to which 
 in addition to your 
 in advance 
 
 [See " no difference. "] 
 
 r C r- 
 
 in all V X in all raaftH ' ' 
 
 in all Christendom 
 
 in all Christian 
 
 countries 
 
 in all circumstances 
 in all common cai 
 in all conditions 
 
 in all countries 
 
 in all courts off 
 justice 
 
 n all denominations ^~-^L 
 
 in all his actions 
 
 in all I have done 
 
 in all I have said 
 
 _CxU__ 
 
 [And all phrases under " I 
 have."] 
 
 in all I may say 
 in all I said 
 in all I say 
 in all I state 
 in all its 
 n all justice 
 in all haiV.3 
 in all motions 
 i 
 
 in all of hia 
 in all of its 
 in all of my 
 in all of our 
 in all of their 
 in all of which 
 in all of you: 
 in all other 
 
 n all my experience < ~^ S\ 
 CL-^o 
 
 in all other places 
 in all other respects 
 in all our experience 
 
 in all particulars 
 
 in all parts of the) 
 city 1 , 
 
 In all parts of the | 
 country j
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 123 
 
 in nil parts of the) 
 state) 
 
 in all parts of the) 
 Union) 
 
 in all parts of the) 
 U. S.j 
 
 in all parts of the) 
 world) 
 
 in all places 
 in all probability 
 in all public matte 
 in all quarters 
 in all questions 
 in all relations 
 in all respects 
 in all seasons 
 in all situations 
 in all stations 
 in all such cases 
 
 re^-A in 
 
 in all such matters . 
 in all such places 
 
 in all such times i= 
 
 in all systems of) < 
 education) 
 
 in all systems of) Qj 
 gov't) ^3 
 
 in all systems of; ( 
 medicine) - 
 
 in all that ^ 
 
 in all that he may_< 
 
 in all that time S 
 
 in all the other _ 
 
 in all their L 
 
 in all their glory C, 
 in all these respects ' 
 in all you have said 
 
 in all you say 
 in all your 
 
 in almost 
 
 in almost every) 
 case) 
 
 in almost every way 
 in ancient times, 
 in another ^ 
 in another case 
 
 in another point) 
 of view) 
 
 in another respect 
 in answer to that 
 in answer to your 
 in anticipation 
 in any business 
 [See " in 110 business 
 in any case v *> 
 in any degree 
 in any event 
 in any instance 
 
 in any other i= 
 
 inanyotherbusi^j 
 
 ness) 
 
 in any other ) ^ 
 manner / 
 
 in any other way 
 in any quarter 
 in any respect 
 in anything that 
 in any way 
 
 in appearance 
 
 i 
 in argument 
 
 ' etc.] 
 
 in as efficient a way 
 
 in as many 
 
 in as many more. 
 
 in as many states 
 in as many ways, 
 in as public a 
 in a sober condition 
 inasmuch as 
 inasmuch as his 
 inasmuch as it is 
 inasmuch as there is 
 
 in attendance ; 
 
 in attestation ^ 
 
 in bank ^ 
 
 in business v_ 
 
 in business hours ^ 
 in business there S 
 
 in charge of h= 
 
 in company with) 
 them) 
 
 in comparison) > 
 
 with which ) 
 
 in consequence) 
 
 of that) 
 
 in consideration { 
 of his) 
 
 in consideration) 
 of which | 
 
 in consideration) 
 of your) 
 
 in considering H V j 
 in considering their V- s 
 in contradistinctioi 
 in conversation 
 
 in correspondence) 
 (with)/
 
 124 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 iu cross-examining 
 
 in cross-questioning 
 
 in danger of 
 
 in day time 
 
 in decomposition 
 
 in disconnecting 
 
 in discriminating 
 
 in dispensing 
 
 in due time 
 
 in each caso 
 
 in each other 
 
 is effect 
 
 in either cast) 
 
 in his announce-) 
 ment 
 
 in his appearance 
 in his application _i 
 in his argument 
 
 in his associations 
 in his behalf 
 in his behavior 
 in his bereavement 
 in his breast 
 in his business 
 
 in extraorinary) 
 cases! 
 
 in Lis case 
 
 in his commun- 1 
 i cation! 
 
 in his defense 
 in his department 
 in his deposition 
 in his description 
 in his determinatio 
 in his disappointm 
 in his discomfiture 
 in his 
 in his discretion 
 
 in hie district 
 
 in his 'domestic) 
 affairs ( 
 
 in liifi dress 
 
 in his endeavor 
 
 in his familiar | 
 man Mr) 
 
 in his habits ^ ^ 
 
 in his hands 
 in his head 
 in his heart 
 in his house 
 in his judgment 
 in his lecture 
 
 in extreme cases 
 
 ii 1*** * in fashion 
 
 in financial afTairs 
 
 in his misfortune 
 in his mouth 
 in his office 
 in his operations 
 in his opinion
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 n his own affairs 
 n bis own name 
 
 n his party 
 
 n hid peculiar \ 
 mannur J 
 
 u bis possession 
 .n bin position 
 rn his power 
 iii his praise 
 in liis present 
 ia Iiia pride 
 in his profession 
 in his proof 
 in his proposition 
 in bis speech 
 in his testimony 
 in his undertake 
 in his view 
 in his way 
 in his youth 
 in honor of his 
 in honor of them. 
 
 in honor of your. 
 
 iu hundreds of j 
 cases \ 
 
 in imagination -""^ 
 
 in it ^ in ita --P 
 in its adjustment 
 in its being 
 
 in its bes 
 
 t condition ^^i 
 
 in its common ac- 
 ceptation 
 
 n its decompositioz 
 in its development 
 in its infancy 
 in its tendency . 
 in Jesns Christ . 
 in just such 
 in justification . 
 in juxtaposition. 
 
 in many cases 
 
 ib many circum- K 
 stances j 
 
 in many instances^ 
 
 in many moreK 
 
 t-iaii 
 
 in many of his, j 
 or us I 
 
 in many of its J 
 in many of their J 
 
 in many of your^: 
 
 in many other j 
 cases J 
 
 in many other/ 
 instances ( 
 
 in many partic-) 
 ularej 
 
 in many parts of I 
 the country) 
 
 in many parts of) 
 tho U. S.i 
 
 in many parts of J < 
 the world) 
 
 in many ways **- 
 
 in misrepresenting'' 
 in more than 
 
 [See " no more than/'] 
 
 in more than a ) 
 dozen / 
 
 in more than a \ 
 thousand f 
 
 in moiw thanj 
 one case) 
 
 in more than one) 
 of them) 
 
 in most coses 
 
 in most condition 
 in most every way 
 in most importan 
 in most instances 
 in most of his 
 in most of our 
 
 in most particulars Sl , 
 
 in most quarters N (0 
 
 in most roapar ts,^ TT\3 
 
 in most ways 
 in mvch danger 
 in much haste 
 in my appearanca- 
 
 in my argument v 
 
 in my cwa _' 
 
 iu my circumstances 
 n my defense 
 
 ,tion 
 
 in my experience 
 in my family 
 in my neighborly 
 
 ' A _in my ezamina
 
 126 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 in my opinion 
 in my own cane 
 in no business 
 in no case 
 
 in one of bis 
 
 in one other in- 
 stance 
 
 in one of their 
 in one or more 
 in one or two 
 
 in opposition 
 [See " possession." | 
 
 in order that ho, or the 
 
 "^ 
 
 in order that we 
 
 in order that we 1 
 may have J 
 
 in order that you ) * 
 may/ 
 
 in order to accom- ) ' 
 inodatej ' 
 
 in order to account 
 in order to appear 
 
 in order to be 
 
 in order to coun- 1 
 teract J 
 
 in order to determine 
 
 in order to do 
 
 in order to effect 
 
 Tii order to establish_^__ 
 
 in order to explain 
 
 in order to have 
 
 in order to judge 
 
 in order to make) ' 
 it clear) 
 
 in order to overcome. 
 
 JV 
 
 ^ 
 
 iu order to prove 
 
 * A 
 in order to prove it _ 
 
 in order to show. 
 
 in order to test 
 
 in order to understan 
 
 in our case 
 
 in our day 
 
 in out house 
 
 in our judgment 
 
 in our opinion 
 
 in our own case 
 
 in our own time 
 
 i-n our possession 
 in- our position 
 in our way 
 in part 
 
 in particular 
 
 in particular parts) ^.fv... 
 of the country j a=j- 
 
 in partnership 
 
 in parts of the j 
 country ) 
 
 in patent cases 
 in patent suits 
 in perfection 
 in point of fact 
 in politics 
 in practice 
 in principle 
 in proportion 
 in. pursuance of 
 
 in question v ' => 
 
 in reality v ~ <S\ 
 
 c_ 
 in realizing " */ 
 
 in receipt of 
 in recompense 
 in reference to his 
 in reference to it 
 in re/ereuce to that 
 
 in reference to which ^ ^ 
 
 in regard to that 
 in regard to their . 
 in regard to which_ 
 
 in relation-f-r^ 
 O 
 
 in relation to bis 
 in relation to that. 
 
 in relation to their 
 
 in relation to which . 
 
 in relation to your. 
 
 in religion 
 
 in relinquishing x t/ ~J 
 
 in respect 
 
 in respect to his . 
 
 in respect to that
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 127 
 
 in season and out) 
 of seasonj 
 
 in (the) secret 
 in selling out 
 in short order 
 in silence 
 in simplicity 
 in slumber 
 in so far as 
 in BO little time 
 in BO long a time 
 iu BO many cases 
 in BO many words 
 in BO short a time 
 in sober earnest 
 in social lift 
 
 ^g""\ | 
 
 life X- 
 
 io some cases 
 
 in some degree 
 
 in some instances 
 iti some other way 
 in some part of his 
 iu some part of their 
 
 in some part of ymir'a ^ 
 
 in,eome parts of j 
 the country \ 
 
 in some parts of; 
 the U. S. j 
 
 iu seme way or 
 other' 
 
 in some such way 
 in spite of bis 
 
 in spite of that 
 in spite of us 
 in spite of your 
 in strict compliance, 
 in such general 
 in such manner 
 in such pf them 
 
 in such relations 
 
 in a*ich situations 
 
 in such time** _ 
 
 in eummer time 
 
 in support of his 
 
 in support of that 
 
 in support of which P 
 
 in suspense 
 
 in that manner 
 
 in that sense 
 
 in that way 
 
 in that you are 
 
 in the argument 
 
 in the case 
 
 in the Christian; 
 church i 
 
 in the Christian; 
 world i 
 
 ill the city *-** nr 
 in the city of Atlanta 
 
 in tho city of Augusta v P. 
 iu the city of Baltimore^L_ 
 
 in the city of Chicago s ^f 
 in the city of cl.urchf:J!t_ 
 
 in the city of Cincin- 
 
 icin- > v^p 
 nati/^q- 
 
 .1 vJ3 
 
 in the city of Co- ; 
 luwbus) 
 
 in the city of DavenportL_ 
 in the Empire City 
 
 in the Forest City 
 
 in the city of Oal- 
 veston 
 
 in the Garden City ^ s-v-P 
 
 in the city of 1 
 Indianapolis/ 
 
 in Kansas City 
 
 in the city o 
 
 .ville! 
 
 in the city of Mon- 
 treal 
 
 in the city of New York-^0 
 
 T 
 
 in the city of Omaha *~~f 
 
 iuthecityofPhila-; - n ' 
 delphia! 
 
 in the city ofProvi-j 
 
 deuce i u 
 
 in the Quaker City 
 
 in the Queen City 
 
 in the city of Quebec ~~~f 
 
 in the Railroad City 
 in the Smoky City 
 
 in Washington City "~? 
 
 [The names of other cities 
 may be contracted in a simi- 
 lar manner.] 
 
 in the common; 
 acceptat 
 
 on; v- 
 ion ) * v v 
 * (j 
 
 iu the consideration 
 
 in the constitution 
 
 of the U. S., .j^ 
 
 in the construction U 
 
 in the course of a) 
 year J 
 
 in the course of an) 
 hour!
 
 128 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 in tbe course of) 
 the evening) 
 
 in the course of) 
 timej 
 
 in the dark 
 
 in tbe darkness of) 
 nightj 
 
 in the decision __r?l 
 in the distinction 
 in the evidence 
 
 in the examination 
 
 iu the existing 
 circumstances 
 
 in the expectatio 
 
 in' the experience 
 
 in the facts of) 
 the case) 
 
 in the federal con- 
 stitution 
 
 in the first place 
 
 in the first instance 
 
 in tbe future 
 
 in the gospel 
 
 in the government 
 
 iu the greatest danger C*f 
 
 in the habit ot^-f^ > 
 
 n the hope of " <i 
 
 . f 
 n tbe last case ^f^" ^ 
 
 u the last place ' t^^ft 
 
 n the management 
 n the meantime 
 
 a the midst _ 
 
 n the nature of) 
 the ease) 
 
 n tbe nature of) 
 u the next place 
 
 in the northern ( 
 states i 
 
 in the one case . 
 
 in the order 
 
 in the ordinary) 
 manner) 
 
 in the ordinary way 
 in the other case__l 
 
 in the performance ^,-\ 
 
 in the plaintiffs' 
 
 in the plaintiff B 
 machine 
 
 in the plaintiff's | 
 patent} 
 
 in the presence) 
 of God I 
 
 in the question 
 
 in the recommen- 
 dation 
 
 in the relinquish 
 ment 
 
 in the remarks 
 in the saloon business -fc \j 
 in tbe same manner 
 in the same way 
 in the eecoud place 
 iu the session 
 in the Bight of 
 in the south 
 n the southern states 
 n the state 
 
 nthe state of, 
 
 Illinois 
 
 nthe state of 
 
 I 
 
 state of ) 
 Indiana) 
 
 n the state of Iowa 
 
 n the state of Eeo- 1 
 tuckyi 
 
 r. tli* state o 
 
 in the state of Ohio 
 
 in the state of Pa. "" 
 
 [Others after the same 
 manner.] 
 
 in the third plaoe 
 
 in the universe 
 
 in the way of his 
 
 in the way of their ' 
 
 in the wisdom of) ^, 
 , God) ~ 
 
 in the words of/ 
 
 my text I : 
 
 in the world to) v 
 comej 
 
 in their appearance ' 
 
 in their arguments^: 
 
 in their circle of) ^^^ 
 acquaintance i 
 
 in their circum-) v 
 
 stances ( ~ 
 
 in their company ^ 
 in their defense 
 in their hands"" 
 
 in their observation : 
 
 n their'opinion i 
 
 in their ordinary ( >^_ 
 acceptation j ' 
 
 in their quarter -> 
 n their situation > - 
 
 n their station !i 
 
 n tUeir tendency _^ 
 
 n tbsso days ; 
 
 a things of this \ ^^ 
 kind/ 
 
 atbingsoftMe) ^ 
 nature / 
 
 u this age i 
 
 n this age of the 
 
 rthe) Y 
 orldl Jr
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 129 
 
 in this an iii other; 
 things) 
 
 fn this attempt 
 
 in this city _Jr 
 in this condition _ 
 in this country _j= 
 
 in this court : 
 
 in this decision 
 
 in this departments 
 
 in this district 
 
 in this generation i 
 in this house 
 
 in this letter 
 
 
 in this light 
 
 in this life 
 
 in this manner 
 
 in this matter 
 
 in this neighborhoods 
 
 in this observation 
 
 in this pa 
 
 the country} ' 
 
 in this part of) 
 tho state) - 
 
 in this part of ) 
 the world } 
 
 in this position . 
 in this quarter 
 in this relation 
 
 in this respect ~ 
 
 in this state of) 
 
 thiugsj ~ 
 
 in this testimony ~~ 
 in thie uncertainty 
 in this vicinity ~ 
 
 in this volume 
 In this way 
 in this work 
 
 in those coses 
 
 -r 
 
 in those countries ___*2=5. 
 
 in those times ? 
 
 in thousands of cases 
 
 in thus doing i-= 
 
 in time 
 
 in time of danger ^ 
 
 in uncertainty _i: 
 
 in various parts ^r= 
 
 in various parts) . 
 
 of the world } ~ 
 
 in what he said _j= 
 iii what I said y- 
 in what they said . 
 
 in whatever 
 
 I 
 
 in which he j 
 
 L- 
 
 in which it may ^ 
 
 in which it has been _^= 
 in which there is ^ 
 
 & 
 
 in which they are__i^r 
 
 in which you are 
 
 in whichever way j f 
 
 you like} 4^ 
 
 in whnm ^ ^ in wbosft 
 
 in years past 
 in years to come 
 in your mind 
 in your own 
 
 in youth 
 inasmuch as 
 inasmuch aa it is 
 inasmuch as there is 
 
 individual liability ^/A 
 
 t~~ 
 
 insurance company i^fei. 
 
 inside of his P 
 
 inside of our P 
 
 h 
 
 inside of their - p 
 
 in Hi do of which : 
 
 inside of your : 
 
 instead of having- 
 
 instead of letting : 
 
 instead of inaking_i= 
 
 instead of one or two. 
 
 instead of tolling-) 
 him or me} 
 
 instead of that : 
 
 instead of which ; 
 
 instead of your ; 
 
 6 
 
 instructed the jury _j 
 t 
 
 interfere with ) 
 one another} 
 
 interfere with them 
 interfere with you. 
 into as good 
 into as great 
 into as many 
 
 into consideratio: 
 
 into his place of) 
 business} 
 
 into my house
 
 ISO 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 into one another 
 into oar owu 
 Into sucb matters 
 into temptation 
 into the city 
 into the country 
 into the first 
 into the state 
 into the U. 8. 
 into the world 
 is a, or an 
 is accustomed 
 ia 
 
 is it impossible 
 
 is it intended 
 
 is it known 
 
 is it maintained 
 
 is it necessary 
 
 is it nevertheless 
 
 is it not absurd 
 
 is it not agreed 
 
 is it not becoming. 
 
 is it not begin- ^ 
 cing to be j ~ 
 
 is it not certain that_ 
 
 is it not contrary : 
 
 is it not expected i 
 
 is it not fair \ 
 
 is it not generally 3 
 
 i 
 is it not he, or the : 
 
 is it not intended _A_ 
 <* 
 
 is it not just as i 
 
 is it not just as well^ 
 is it not known \ 
 
 v_^ 
 
 is it not possible L 
 
 is it not remarkable^ 
 
 is it not therefore s 
 
 is it not understood _3 
 
 is it not usual i 
 
 is it not very well/ ~ 
 known! z:
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 131 
 
 is just as much, | f> 
 
 or such ( fr 
 
 f* 
 is just as small f 3 
 
 is just as they 
 
 is just as true 
 
 is made <rs 
 
 is nobody 
 
 is no more 
 
 is not accountable. 
 
 i not expected 
 
 is not generally 
 
 is not he, or isn't he_54_^_ 
 
 is that the only one C 
 
 is that the way 
 
 is that the wayf 
 you maket 
 
 is that true 
 is that your 
 is that your opinion 
 
 is theirj2 do. theirs 
 
 is there an oppor- ) 
 tunity ) 
 
 is there an un-J < 
 derstandiugi 
 
 is there anything 
 
 is there ever to be 
 
 is there never 
 
 is there nobody 
 
 is there no chauce 
 
 is there no one &~~\ < "* _ 
 
 is there no question C/i' 3 
 
 is there not ^-' 
 
 is there nothing 
 
 is there only one 
 is there something. 
 
 is there to be C\^ 
 
 is thin f is this hia ^ 
 is this the way 
 is this your 
 is to be 
 
 is true 9. 
 
 is whether
 
 132 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 it amounts to that 
 
 it appears lie, or the_L_ 
 
 it appears to 
 
 it appears tbat they__h 
 
 it appears that you 
 
 it began, cr begun 
 
 it begins to be 
 
 it being the 
 
 it belongs to me 
 
 it binds L 
 
 [And so with other word 
 beginning with com or con. 
 
 it depends 
 
 it deserves to be I 
 
 it does oot 
 
 it does seem to me 
 
 it enables me 
 
 it given me pleasure ' ^~^) 
 
 it had been 
 
 J 
 it had not been ^ 
 
 it had not entered ) . 
 
 it had sometimes 
 
 it has again and) , 
 ugaini 
 
 it has almost __5*C^___ 
 it has always been \ 
 
 it 1ms always hap- j 
 pened t 
 
 it ban another ..S. ^ 
 
 it has appeared to me av^ 
 
 I 
 it lias as many 
 
 it has as much 
 
 it has become 
 
 it has been done 
 
 it has been said 4. ' v 
 
 fTT 
 
 it has been suggested <V e 
 
 it lias cost *~^ 
 
 it luig effected __E 
 
 it him evidently L^~ 
 
 it has failed o 
 
 it has generally 
 
 it has had b 
 
 '/ 
 it has never bcnn ^i 
 
 i t lias nevertheloss_i^ 
 
 it has no more 
 
 it has not been 
 it has somet 
 
 it has that 
 
 it has therefore . 
 
 it having been "^-A 
 
 it having come ___^cn^._ 
 
 it is , or an o~ 
 
 it is ! common thing 0^--^^^ 
 
 it is a different thin; i 
 
 it is n good pi 
 
 i. 
 
 an g^ _ 
 
 ^ 
 
 it is a long time 
 
 it is a question of) C 
 
 facti =: $: 
 
 t is a well known ) f"~V. 
 fartj * --- 
 
 it ic absolutely/ 
 
 necetisaryi c Nt^^>''' 
 
 it is again ** __ 
 
 it is against _ "^o _ 
 
 it is almost always - __ a. 
 
 it is also 
 
 it is altogether 
 
 it is always
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 133 
 
 it IB alwaysconsid-j p ^ 
 ered } r 
 
 it is another thing 
 it IB apparent _ 
 it is as certain ._ 
 it is as good as _ 
 it is as bard as _ 
 
 it is as important _ 
 
 it is as large aa 
 
 L 
 it is as long as > 
 
 it is as much as Q. 
 
 it is as reasonable _ 
 it is as satisfactory 
 
 it is as set forth 
 
 it is as stated 
 
 it is as though | 
 
 it is an well 
 
 it is asserted that 
 it is believed that 
 it is best that 
 it is best to be 
 it is better that _ 
 it is by no means 
 it is called 
 it is certain 
 
 it is certain that. 
 
 it is certain to be 
 it is cheering _ 
 it is clearly _ 
 it is considerably 
 
 it is desirable 
 
 it is difficult 
 
 it in doubtful 
 
 it is enough 
 
 it is evident 
 
 it is expected 
 
 it is extremely 
 
 it is found to be 
 
 it is generally 
 
 it is gratifying 
 
 it is bis duty 
 
 it is his custom s 
 
 it is his intention 
 
 it ia his only chance. 
 
 it is his opinion 
 
 it is his place 
 
 it is his purpose 
 
 it is idle to think _. 
 
 it is important 
 
 it ia impossible 
 
 it is indeed 
 
 it is in fact 
 
 it is inconsistent 
 
 it is inconvenient 
 
 it ia just 
 
 it is just as good 
 
 it is just as well 
 it is just the thin; 
 it is just the way 
 
 it is justified 
 
 it is known o_ o 
 
 it ia long since 
 
 it is made <K 
 
 it is maintained 
 
 it is manifest 
 
 it ia most certainly 
 
 it is most important <r~S""\ 
 
 it is most likely <ns 
 
 i 
 it ia most probable-y 
 
 I 
 it is much 
 
 is much more 
 likely 
 
 it i 
 
 it is my opinion 
 
 it is natural to 
 believe 
 
 it is natural toj 
 
 suppose) 
 
 it is necessary that ^O^^ 
 
 it is nobody's bus-j (^ 
 
 mess J ^^V 
 
 it is no doubt 
 
 it is no longer 
 
 it is 
 
 it is nowhere said Q sP 
 
 it is not certain 
 
 it is not convenient Q- 
 
 i not expected 
 it is not going 
 
 it is not governed . 
 
 itianot his in-) 
 tention j 
 
 it ia not intended
 
 134 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 it is not just 
 it is not known 
 
 it is not long since k-^ 
 
 it is not more) 
 certain j 
 
 it is not necessary 
 it is not now 
 it is not only 
 
 it is not possible that o A 
 
 / C 
 
 it is not questioned 
 
 it is not quite 
 
 it is not quite as) 
 
 longj - 
 
 it is not quite) , 
 
 certain ) 
 
 it is not quite clear ' 
 it is not required 
 it is not said _ 
 it is not s< _ 
 it is not so certain 
 
 it is not that _ 
 
 it is not to be) 
 wondered atj 
 
 it is not understood 
 
 It is not very 
 
 it is not well _&. 
 
 it is not when 5 
 
 it is not wonderful ^ 
 it is not worse than ! 
 it is not worth 
 
 it is not yet 
 
 it is no thing more) ^ 
 tfcanj 
 
 it is notwithstanding 
 
 it is now 
 it is only 
 it IB perhaps 
 it is plainly 
 it is possible 
 it is presumed _ 
 it is questionable 
 it is quite as good 
 it is quite as well 
 it is quite certain 
 it is rarely 
 it is rather 
 it is reported 
 it is represented 
 it is safe to say 
 
 it is said that 
 
 it is scarcely ) 
 possible J 
 
 it is seen that 
 it is set forth 
 
 it is so 
 
 it is somehow? 
 or other j 
 
 it is sometimes 
 it ia substantially . 
 it is such 
 it is sufficiently _ 
 it is suggested _ 
 it is supposed 
 
 it is surely 
 
 it is that which) 
 has been) 
 
 it is the best way 
 it IB the custom _ 
 it is the first 
 it is the first instance 
 
 it is the first time r> 
 
 1^ 
 
 it is the more \f~^ 
 
 it is the only way Q 
 
 it is the same as_s!L 
 
 it is the thing 
 
 it is the way - 
 
 it is their intention 
 
 it is therefore 
 
 it is thought that . 
 
 it is to be 
 
 it is to have 
 
 it is true that 
 
 it is understood . 
 
 it is un necessary j 
 for you ( 
 
 it is very likely 
 
 it is very true 
 
 it is very well) 
 known { 
 
 it is well known, 
 it is worse than . 
 it is wrong 
 it is your opinion 
 it is your place 
 it matters little 
 it may as well be 
 it may be as well
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 135 
 
 it may be found 
 it may be he 
 
 it may be known 
 
 it may be mentionei 
 
 it may be observed ^"\. 
 
 it may be questioned 
 
 it may be quite 
 as well j 
 
 it may be said 
 
 it may be said that t-" >> 
 
 it may be said to bave_kj_ 
 t 
 it may be sent 
 
 it may be sometime 
 it may be that 
 
 it may be therefore 
 
 it may be worth) 
 whilej 
 
 it may generally 
 it may happen 
 it may have been 
 it may have had 
 it may have to bo 
 it may just as wel 
 
 it may never 
 
 it may never have) L 
 
 - beenj ^^t 
 
 it may nevertheless * ~fc- 
 it may not be 
 
 it may not hap 
 
 it may not have 
 made 
 
 It may not have your ^? 
 
 it may not often) I 
 happen! 
 
 it may not pay 
 it may not take 
 it may occur 
 
 it may often happei 
 it may perhaps 
 it may prove to 
 it may seem 
 it may therefore 
 it may well be 
 it may work 
 it might 
 
 it might account *">-=> 
 
 it migh t appear 
 
 it might have been *~i 
 
 it might not be 
 
 it might not have) (^_^ 
 been ( \^ 
 
 it mast be 
 
 it must have been _ 
 it must have had _ 
 it must have made_ 
 it must never be_ 
 it must not be 
 it mast take 
 it needs to be 
 it never does 
 it never has been 
 it no more 
 it not only 
 it occurs to me 
 
 it once 
 
 it ought not 
 
 it ought not to be 
 it ought not to have 
 
 it ought not 
 
 been mentioned 
 
 it ought not to have 
 token 
 
 it ought not to make, 
 it ought not to take \ 
 
 it ought to be 
 
 it ought to be \ 
 considered 
 
 it ought to be stat 
 
 it ought to be wnrth X , 
 
 it ought to belon 
 
 it ought to hav 
 
 it ought to have been ^ 
 
 it ought to hav had ^ 
 
 it ought to succeed | 
 
 it ought to work__ 
 
 it places, or pleases ) J 
 him, me, or my j ^^ 
 
 it puts it 
 it recognizes 
 it saves them 
 
 it seems 
 
 it seems to be 
 
 it seems to have given gft 
 
 |_^~ 
 it seems to have hud b 
 
 it sets out
 
 136 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 it ehould also 
 
 it should be considered .^y 
 
 i *T 
 
 it should first 
 it should have been 
 it should have 
 it should never 
 
 it should nevertheless *-^ 
 
 I 
 
 It should not be 
 
 it should not \ 
 have been j 
 
 it should not/ 
 have had j 
 
 it should now 
 
 it should receive. 
 
 it shows 
 
 it so happens 
 
 it sometimes 
 
 it sounds as though k& 
 
 it takes as much. 
 
 it takes away _ 
 
 it takes considerable _ |_ 
 
 it takes it for \ 
 granted j 
 
 it takes more time. 
 it takes timo _ 
 
 it takes some time 
 it thereby 
 it therefor* 
 
 it was a, or an 
 
 it was intended 
 
 it was known, or none_L _ 
 
 it was long before 
 
 it was mentioned 
 
 it was my belief_ 
 
 it was my conviction 
 it was neither 
 it was never 
 
 it was nobody 
 
 it was nobody's 
 
 business 
 
 it was no doubt . 
 
 it was no more than. 
 
 it was no part 
 
 it was no worse than i 
 
 it was not 
 
 it was not doiie 
 
 it was not found to be 1 
 
 it was not his obj^t I ^^ 
 it was not intended 
 it was not known 
 
 it was not long 
 
 it was not longer ) 
 than/ 
 
 it was not questioned L 
 
 it was not said 
 it was not so 
 
 it was notwithstanding.! 
 
 ^ 
 it was not that 
 
 it was not understood 
 
 it was not worse 
 
 it. was not your 
 
 it was observed 
 
 it was particularly 
 
 it was perhaps 
 
 it was rather 
 
 it was recommended v ,, 
 
 it was right 
 
 It was eaid 
 
 it was said to / 
 have been i 
 
 it was simply
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 137 
 
 it was some one 
 it was some time 
 it wag there 
 it waa therefore 
 it was understood 
 it was well know 
 it was you 
 it will 
 
 it will always 
 it will answer 
 
 it will appear 
 
 it will appear) 
 therefore j 
 
 it will at first 
 
 it will at must 
 
 it will at once 
 
 it will be 
 
 it will be found to ho 1 
 
 p\. 
 
 it Will be oliservBd L N 
 
 P V 
 
 it will be seen 
 it will be there 
 it will bring 
 it will come 
 it will depend 
 it will enable him. 
 it will ever be 
 it .will have been 
 
 it will have that L 
 
 P 
 it will have to be U 
 
 L 
 
 it will make ^ 
 
 it will necessarily 
 it will no doubt 
 
 it will not be 
 
 it will not beJ 
 believed I 
 
 it will not be made. 
 
 it will not be) J 1 
 maintained i V^ 
 
 it will not be) ^ 
 questioned i ^ 
 
 it will not be right 
 it will not be wo 
 
 it will not do 
 it will not have . 
 it will not long 1 
 it will not often . 
 it will not pay . 
 it will not take . 
 it will now 
 it will only be 
 
 it will perhaps t^ 
 
 p\ 
 it will probably 
 
 it will scarcely 
 
 it will sometime 
 or other 
 
 it will sometimes 
 
 it will sometimes 
 
 happen i ^ 
 
 it will somewhat <K 
 
 it will take ns into Q "- / [ 
 
 it will therefore 
 
 it won't be my.1 ' 
 fault 
 
 it will take a, or an 
 
 it will take more) 
 time | 
 
 it will take some 
 time 
 
 it will take them 
 it will take time 
 
 c-, 
 
 it won't do 
 it won't have to be, 
 it won't more than <z-t~~& 
 it won't need to be 
 it would appear 
 .it would be 
 it would be as well 
 it would be certainly 
 it would b considered l_ 
 it would be more than 
 it would be right 
 it would be to their 
 it would bo well. 
 
 it would be wrong. 
 
 it would give oc- 
 casion 
 
 it would have been U 
 
 it would have given 
 
 it would have hai 
 
 it would have put 
 
 it would have shown 
 
 it would have taken (< 
 
 it would have to come I* 
 
 it wonld make 
 
 it would meet 
 
 it would most likely 
 
 it would not
 
 138 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 it would not be 
 it would not do 
 
 Justice of the Peace 
 
 justification by faith fft 
 
 K 
 
 just about 
 
 just about this time _(. 
 
 just above 
 just after 
 
 just as soon as \ 
 you can j 
 
 just as fast 
 just as good as 
 just as long 
 just as long as it is 
 
 just as much as 
 just as soon as 
 
 just as soon as | 
 possible I 
 
 kind of government 
 kind of thing 
 
 [For exercise on phttbea be- 
 ginning with I, see p\ 196 ] 
 
 kingdom of Christ 
 kingdom of God 
 
 J 
 
 Jealous of her 
 jealous of him 
 Jesus Christ 
 
 kingdom of Heaven z_ 
 
 kingdoms of the) 
 earth j 
 
 wo 
 taaew it must be. 
 
 Jesus of Nazareth 
 
 judge so 
 
 judge their 
 
 judge's notes 
 
 judicial decision 
 
 Judicial proceedings 
 
 judicial investigation j ( ^. 
 
 knew it would be 
 
 knew there was 
 
 knew there wei 
 
 know about as much s- 'V,- 
 
 know about that
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 know as much as 
 know better than . 
 know it is not v ~ g - / 
 know that he 
 know their own 
 know their interest 
 know their rights 
 know there are 
 know there is not 
 
 know there is nothing J 
 
 know their own), 
 business V 
 
 know there were 
 
 know there will hp- > m -r* \ 
 
 know they are 
 
 know they can be 
 
 know very well 
 
 know where it is. 
 
 know you are 
 
 know you have 
 
 know your way . 
 
 knows about as much: 
 
 knows about as we 
 
 knows he can 
 
 knows it must 
 
 knows no more 
 
 knows nothing 
 
 knows that we i 
 
 knows your 
 
 Knowledge o'f God Z. 
 
 knowledge of good) 2,- 
 andovil) xT 
 
 knowledge of it v 
 
 knowledge of the law I 
 
 knowledge of our ^^ 
 
 knowledge of our \ ^~1 
 Lord Jesus Christ) \"f~ 
 
 knowledge of that. 
 
 knowledge of the) 
 truth 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be- 
 ginning with J find K, see 
 page 196.] 
 
 ^Ladies and gentlemen 
 lager beer saloon 
 Large 0,3 a, or an 
 large as ever 
 large as possible. 
 larger than 
 larger than his 
 
 larger than that, 
 larger than your 
 largest and bes 
 
 last man/ ( f 
 
 nights 
 
 Law of his belng_ 
 law of Ufa 
 law of Moses 
 law of nations 
 law of nature < 
 law of the land ' 
 law of the U. S. f 
 }&WB of God f 
 
 laws of health 
 
 learned counsel of) /; I 
 the deftj ; * 
 
 learned counsel | 
 for the plt'ffj 
 
 learned counsel for) 
 the other sidej 
 
 learned counsel upon | 
 the other side}
 
 140 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 left him 
 left his, or us 
 
 left your / 
 
 Legislative action _?lstr^L, 
 
 legislative session 
 Legislature of Maes. 
 
 Legislature of N. Y. 
 
 legislature of this I f^T 
 
 state) fc 
 
 legislature of our) /^J 
 
 let it bo made 
 
 let it be remembered 
 
 let it be seen 
 
 let it Tie understood L 
 
 nV 
 
 let us say, or see 
 let ua therefore 
 let you know 
 lex talionit 
 
 Liberty of speech 
 liberty of the people _/__S__ 
 liberty of the press \^ 
 Life estate ( 
 
 life of Christ 
 life of man 
 life of the body 
 Light of day 
 light of the sun 
 
 light of the world 
 lighter than 
 Like his father 
 like his manner 
 like that 
 like your own 
 
 r 
 
 like-ed to appear 
 like-ed to have _ 
 like to know 
 
 like to understand 
 
 likes to be 
 
 line of argument.. 
 
 line upon line 
 
 listen to his, or us 
 
 listen to you 
 
 Little as possible 
 
 little consideration '~ f l 
 
 little danger 
 
 little else than 
 
 little further 
 
 little interest 
 
 little less than 
 
 little longer 
 
 little more than
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 141 
 
 little practice 
 little profit 
 little time 
 
 little while ago _L 
 Hve-ed there 
 Local affairs 
 local causes 
 local interest 
 
 local question L. 
 
 logical argument 
 logical conclusion 
 Long after that 
 long ago 
 long before that **~1 
 long session >> -c. 
 
 long since 
 
 looks like his \ 
 signature 
 
 lookn upon it f o 
 
 long time ago v -- J ^^ 
 long while after ^-^ 
 
 long while agu 
 lunger ago than . 
 longer than he 
 
 longer there than JTr 
 Look-od aftur 
 look-ed ahead 
 look-ed down 
 look-cd for him 
 look-ed like 
 
 look-ed to them 
 
 looks about f \ 
 
 looks forward (~ ^ 
 
 looks like Imp-} 
 I ness 
 
 looks upoii their _ (__ 
 
 
 Lord and Savior ___ 
 
 Lord and Savior | "^* 
 Jesus Christ* ~s~_,i-r 
 
 s_ 
 
 Lord is risen . 
 
 CT. 
 
 t _ CJ 
 
 Lord Jesus 'Chris 
 
 Lord of all 
 
 Lord of heaven 
 and earth* 
 
 Lord of lords _ 
 
 Lord!s coming " __ 
 Lord's day 
 Lord's supper 
 
 ' 
 
 Lord's will be done 
 
 Loss of health < 
 loss of money 
 loss of property 
 loss of time . ' 
 Love of country 
 love of money '. 
 love their 
 
 love to appear f^r\ 
 
 love to have it ' v, 
 love to think 
 love your 
 loved bis, or us 
 
 loved me, or my ., '. 
 
 toves his, or us 
 ow class of people. 
 
 low spirits 
 
 lower classes ' ^ Q 
 
 lower part of it 
 
 lower than 
 
 lunatic asylum 
 
 [For exerriseon phrases be- 
 ginning with L, see p. W(j. 
 
 M 
 
 MADE a part 
 made acquainted, 
 made aware 
 made believe 
 made clear 
 made his mark 
 made it appear 
 made them think 
 made to appear 
 made us appear 
 made you seem 
 Maintain his 
 maintain that 
 Major General 
 majority of coses 
 majority of mwi 
 
 majority of votos 
 Make his, or us
 
 142 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 make it appear 
 make it clear 
 make it plain 
 make their 
 make way 
 
 manner in whic 
 manner in which you 
 
 Many a one 
 many advantages 
 many circumstances, 
 many decisions 
 many facts 
 
 many generations 
 many have been 
 many hundred 
 many influen 
 many instances 
 many more than 
 many objectio 
 
 many of his, or us. 
 
 /- 
 many of them 
 
 many of whom 
 many of yonr 
 
 many parts 
 
 many particulars,) 
 or opportunities! 
 
 many people 
 many persons 
 many quarters 
 many questions 
 
 many such things 
 
 many things have) 
 been said! 
 
 many think that 
 
 many think there) 
 must bej 
 
 many think they are """^ 
 many thousand ' / 
 many times ~ 
 
 may bo as certain _ 
 may be as good as_ 
 may be as great as _ 
 may be as likely ; 
 
 may be as well ; 
 
 may be as well to) 
 consider ( 
 
 may be avoided : 
 
 may be aware <L 
 
 may be certain 
 
 may be considered. 
 i 
 ay be granted : 
 
 may be greater) 
 than! 
 
 x may be impossibl 
 may be inclined 
 
 mass of matter 
 
 Matter of conver- ' 
 
 gallon 
 
 matter of fact 
 matter of importance 
 matter of thought. 
 May accomplish 
 may account for it 
 may appear strange 
 may as well try 
 may balance 
 may be a, or an 
 may be able 
 
 may bo mentioned 
 
 may be quite 
 as well 
 
 may be you can 
 may call forth 
 may have been 
 may have been its. 
 may have done so 
 may have had 
 may have known 
 
 may have made 
 may have occa-
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 143 
 
 may he be 
 
 may it_^_may it have_^i_ 
 
 may it not be 
 
 may it not have \ 
 been) 
 
 may it ple&se the 
 
 may it please your 
 Honor 
 
 may Just as we!! 
 may know his, cr 
 may likewise 
 may moreover 
 may nevertheless 
 may not 
 
 may not anticipate 
 may not be aware 
 may not be correct 
 may not be known 
 may not be observe 
 
 may not have been 
 
 may not have 
 known 
 
 may not have 
 mentioned 
 
 may not have taken 
 may not understand 
 may often happen <~"> 
 may profit, or prove it - <\ 
 may seem to be 
 may show you 
 
 may sometimes . 
 
 may take it for) 
 granted) 
 
 may take into ) 
 
 consideration) 
 
 may their, or there 
 may there not be 
 may therefore 
 may they have 
 may they learn 
 
 may they not 
 
 may they not be) 
 mistaken \ 
 
 may they not do. 
 may they not have_ 
 
 may they not know . 
 
 may they not ob- ; 
 serve] 
 
 may we be 
 may we have 
 may we not be 
 may you be 
 may you find 
 may yon never be 
 
 may you not be 
 
 may yon not) 
 have been \ 
 
 may you not / 
 have done it j 
 
 may you not) 
 have had{ 
 
 may you yet 
 Mayor of Bosto 
 mayor of Chicago 
 mayor of Cincinnati 
 mayor of London 
 mayor of New York 
 
 mayor of Phi la-* 
 delpbia) 
 
 meaner than 
 
 Mechanical con- ) 
 trivancej ' 
 
 medical professio 
 medical pro 
 medical servi 
 
 member of the Bar. 
 member of the club ^ 
 
 member of the church \o __ 
 
 member of the) f \f^l ' 
 
 Legislature! ^ 
 
 member of society j^, 
 Members of Coni 
 Mental facnltiea '-a 
 mental habits 
 mental operatioi 
 mental powers 
 Mercantile business 
 mercantile habits 
 mercantile interests 
 mercantile library, 
 mercantile men
 
 144 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 mercantile pursuits . 
 Mercy of God 
 
 mercy of the Lor 
 messenger of peac 
 
 2IjBthodist Church 
 
 Methodist Episcopal 
 Church 
 
 Methodiit Protestant/' 
 Church { 
 
 meum et teum 
 Middle ages 
 middle of the 
 middling c 
 Might he not 
 might he not do so_ 
 might he not think 
 might nut then 
 might there not be. 
 
 might they not 
 
 might they notj 
 be mistaken i 
 
 might they not haye_JjL_ 
 
 '"^ *~t 
 
 might we do. have (^ 
 
 might we not be. 
 might you not . 
 mightier than . 
 milder than 
 Modern ogee 
 modern days 
 modern times 
 money on hand 
 moral certainty 
 
 mural character, 
 moral evidence 
 moral law 
 
 moral obligations 
 morally certain _ 
 
 morally impossible 
 Monday afternoo: 
 months after that 
 More and more _ 
 
 more dangerous than 
 more liable than 
 more likely than 
 more of such 
 more of that 
 more of which 
 more of your 
 more probable 
 more BO than 
 
 more than a dozen 
 
 more than a thou-j 
 sand times \ 
 
 more than all his _ 
 
 more than another.. 
 
 more than any-) 
 thing else) 
 
 more than before 
 
 more than could 
 be expected 
 
 more than ever 
 more than half 
 more than is nnal J7 
 
 more than once . 
 
 more than that 
 
 more than the other 
 
 ore than wasj ^""^ 
 expected) JT' 
 
 more than we ; 
 
 supposed i - ~Si ~ 
 
 more than we thought _ 
 
 more than you 
 
 more time 
 
 more times than 
 
 more ways of do: 
 more ways than 
 morning after that 
 mortal enemy 
 mortal foe 
 mortal wound 
 Most all 
 most always 
 most any one 
 most approved 
 most countries 
 most economical 
 
 most emphatically ^ 
 moet frequent 
 most happy 
 most likely 
 most of his, or us 
 most of them 
 most of the time. 
 Mr. Chairman . 
 Mr. President .
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 143 
 
 Mr. Speaker 
 
 Much as 
 
 much as it is 
 
 must be taken 
 must be worth 
 must behave 
 must consider 
 must do something 
 must give them 
 must have been 
 must have known 
 must have seen 
 
 must have under- 
 Btood 
 
 murder in the 
 second degree 
 
 my beloved brethre 
 
 Must advise 
 must also 
 must always 
 must apprehen 
 
 must arrange 
 
 must be acknowl- 
 edged 
 
 must be borne 
 in mind 
 
 must be made to feel 
 must be ready 
 
 in 
 
 my beloved friends % 
 my brethren ^ 
 
 my children / 
 
 my Christian \ 
 brethren J 
 
 my countrymen. 
 
 my dear brethren 
 
 my dear father 
 
 my dear husband " ~*^> 
 
 my dear mother 
 
 my dear sir __L. 
 
 my dear sister / 
 
 ^~J 
 
 my decision "> 
 
 my desire has been 
 my fellow citizens.. 
 my honorable friend__Si_ 
 
 my knowledge /. 
 
 my opinion j 
 
 my own knowledge 
 my own opinion is 
 my own relations 
 
 my question is this, 
 my reason is 
 
 my respected frien 
 my subject 
 
 my text my time 
 
 my theory is 
 
 my way of doing 
 
 o 
 
 _ my wife 
 
 [For exercises on "phrases be- 
 ginning with M, aee p. 107.1
 
 146 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 1ST 
 
 Name of Christ . 
 
 name of the Father 
 name of the people, 
 narrower than 
 
 National Bank . 
 
 national expend! 
 
 tures / 
 
 national government 
 national reform 
 native country 
 native tctagua 
 natural consequence 
 natural disposition 
 natural history 
 natural order 
 natural sciences, 
 nature of the soul 
 nature of things_ 
 Near a, or an 
 
 near as possible 
 
 near as (we or \ 
 you) can j 
 
 near at hand 
 
 near friend 
 
 near its source 
 
 near that time 
 
 near us ^*_near you * -^ 
 
 nearer than 
 
 nearest his 
 
 nearly every one 
 
 necessary charges 
 
 necessary con- 
 sequence J 
 
 necessary to be 
 need not be 
 need not say 
 need of his 
 need of nothing 
 need of your 
 neglect of business 
 neglect of duty . 
 Neither a, or an _ 
 neither can I 
 neither could you 
 neither has bee: 
 
 neither is it 
 
 neither more nor 
 less 
 
 neither of his, or us 
 neither of them 
 neither of you 
 neither of your 
 
 never questioned 
 
 never said so 
 never shall, be 
 never understood _J 
 never want, or went 
 never was there 
 never were there 
 nevertheless he 
 
 nevertheless it is 
 
 nevertheless there) 
 has bseu ) 
 
 nevertheless they 
 
 they) v^. 
 arej -*^ 
 
 nevertheless wej 
 are) 
 
 nevertheless we 1 
 thir 
 
 nevertheless you are_ 
 
 [See Appendix to Phono- 
 g rap hie Dictionary, for 
 names of all countries, cities, 
 etc., beginning with New.] 
 
 news has just 
 arrived 
 
 nAYtday ^-f npitt door P 
 next evening f
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 147 
 
 Nor are the 
 
 nor are their, or there 
 
 no air, not now > 
 
 nu such instance v ~/ 3 
 
 ^T 
 
 no such thing -^P .._ 
 
 no suspicion ^-P 
 
 no testimony _ r-i . . 
 
 a~^~^- 
 
 no use of being ~~-f 
 
 V. 
 
 no use of doing ^-f 
 
 T^ 
 
 no woman *^-^>. 
 
 n^ 
 
 no worse than v <_-r 
 no young man y > *~~?> 
 nobody else ., ^-^ 
 
 nobody will think -^~^f7 
 
 nobody's business A - 
 
 "^ ^o 
 
 nolens volent P ^g 
 
 nolle protequi JV7T:, 
 
 MO compos mentis 
 
 none can tell __ 
 none of his, or us 
 none of our 
 uoue the less 
 
 nor shall there be 
 nor the other 
 nor was 
 nor were thero
 
 148 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 northern portion 
 
 < 
 
 northern section 
 
 northern states 
 
 northwest di-j 
 rectionl 
 
 Not a minute 
 not a moment 
 
 " 
 
 not as is general- ) ^[ 
 ly supposed} -^gj 
 
 not at once 
 not at that time 
 not certain 
 not even 
 not expected 
 not generally 
 not he, or the 
 not I 
 
 not in time 
 not just now 
 not more than 
 not necessarily 
 not oncci 
 not one of them 
 not only has ha 
 
 vf 
 
 ' notwithstanding that _C 
 
 notwithstanding their 
 notwithstanding you 
 
 not worth a cent 
 Nothing else 
 
 nothing has had 
 nothing in the 
 
 in the ) 
 world j 
 
 nothing is known 
 nothing less than 
 nothing more tha 
 nothing of that 
 nothing of value 
 nothing short 
 nothing to do 
 nothing to say 
 nothing to th 
 nothing valuable 
 Notice-ed a, or an 
 notice-ed he, or the o 
 notice-ed it 
 notice of yonr 
 
 notice-ed that 
 
 Notwithstanding 
 a, or an 
 
 notwithstanding ) 
 he, or the J 
 
 notwithstanding) 
 it had! 
 
 notwithstanding our *S 
 
 >twithstanding your __ 
 
 [For exercise on phns:s be- 
 ginning with N,seep. 197.] 
 
 OGod. 
 
 my soul 
 object of that 
 object of your 
 object-ed to that 
 object-ed to them 
 
 object-ed to your 
 
 *\ 
 
 objection overruled *1 
 
 objection sustained u 
 Obliged to be 
 obliged to give 
 obliged to have 
 obliged to make 
 Observe-ed he, or tha t! 
 observe-ed it O /
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 149 
 
 of course he, or the 
 of course I 
 of course it is 
 
 V 7 
 
 of course it will be 
 of course there are 
 of course there is . 
 of course they are not jZ 
 
 of course they have \J 
 
 of course they) ^ 
 will be ablej 
 
 of course we 
 
 N e 
 
 of either, or other v 
 
 Ni^ 
 of his own accord 
 
 of it_I or , at theBHd 
 
 of phrases. v 
 
 on account of 
 so many, 1 
 
 on account of that 
 
 on account of| 
 the other) 
 
 on account of 
 was 
 
 _, but omitted 
 
 of our own, 
 
 of the 
 
 when connecting words 
 without pause. 
 
 of the other 
 
 of their 
 of which / 
 
 of whose 
 
 of wh 
 
 of your own) 
 knowledge J 
 
 oh, yes, sir 
 
 Old age _ 
 
 Old and New Tet>- j f > ] 
 tamentS 35* 
 
 old gentleman 
 old wo-raan 
 older than 
 On a, or an 
 on account of 
 
 on account of) 
 another) 
 
 on account of any 
 
 on account of) 
 being told) 
 
 on any question 
 
 On business matters ^ ^ 
 
 on certain points 
 on either hand 
 on either side 
 on every band 
 on every subj 
 on her part 
 on his account 
 
 on account of it 
 
 V 
 
 on account of my . 
 on account of our . 
 
 on his being told 
 on his going 
 on his hands
 
 150 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 on Tnie own behalf 
 on his part 
 on his showing 
 on his way 
 on hii way there 
 
 on many accounts 
 
 ^ 
 on many occasions 
 
 on our being 
 
 on our own ac- 1 
 >unt/ 
 
 on our part 
 
 ou part of our 
 
 on public oc- \ 
 casions / 
 
 on questions of V" 
 importance j 
 
 on sale 
 onseve 
 
 on short notice 
 
 on so many oc- 
 casions | 
 
 on that condition . 
 on that date 
 on that subject 
 
 on the best terms 
 on the contrary 
 
 on the day of 
 
 on the 'day of ) 
 the date! 
 
 on the delivery 
 on the face of it 
 
 on tbe ground 
 
 oo the morning ) v 
 after / 
 
 on the most impor- 
 tant occasions 
 
 on the one hand . 
 on the one side __ 
 on the other hand . 
 on the other side 
 on the part of his . 
 en the part of my . 
 
 on the part of our_ 
 
 on the present) 
 
 occasion! 
 
 on the principle) 
 that! 
 
 on tbe side of; 
 their! 
 
 on the subject 
 on the terms' 
 on the way there 
 on the witness stand 
 on their acconnt 
 
 on their own acconn 
 
 on their own I 
 showing! 
 
 on their own- ) 
 supposition! 
 
 on this account 
 on this having been 
 
 on this occasion 
 on this point 
 on this question 
 on time 
 
 -r 
 * ' 
 
 on which he, or the 
 
 * * 
 
 on which it is _ 
 
 on which there is ^J 
 
 on your direct ex- \ /f 
 am 
 
 ect ex- \ 
 ination / rfcr 
 
 cue generally finds 
 one hundred dollars 
 
 one huurtrea thou- j , 
 sand dollars! 
 
 one of the first 
 one of the judges 
 one of the most 
 one of the old
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 181 
 
 cue of the worst | 
 things) 
 
 one ot us ^ **> 
 
 one of whom 
 
 one or both 
 
 one or more of j 
 themj 
 
 one or the other 
 
 one or two million 
 dollars j 
 
 one or two more 
 
 one part of it 
 
 one part of which 
 
 one party 
 
 one question 
 
 one says 
 
 one side of the case 
 
 one side or the other 
 
 one subject 
 
 one thinks that 
 
 one thousand 
 
 one time 
 
 one understands 
 
 one way 
 
 one way or another 
 
 one way or th'other 
 
 one word more 
 
 one would be 
 
 one would expect 
 
 one would have done ^-C 
 
 one would never J 
 suspect} 
 
 or where there it 
 or you have 
 ordinary course 
 
 ordinary practice 
 Other parts 
 other questions . 
 other than that 
 Ought a, or an 
 ought any one
 
 152 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 ought he to be 
 ought he to have 
 ought it I nnglit it no 
 ought never to be 
 ought not they _ 
 ought not to have 
 ought not to say_ 
 
 ought not to think 
 
 ought not you 
 
 ought one to be . 
 
 ought there toj 
 have been! 
 
 out of my time 
 out of our 
 out of that 
 
 out of the question A 
 
 out of the way |_ 
 
 out of their 
 out of which 
 
 out of whom 
 
 V 
 out of your 
 
 Outside of his, or us 
 
 outside of it i 
 
 outside of our 
 
 outside of that 
 outside of their 
 
 >utside of which p 
 /. 
 
 out there 
 Over a, or an 
 
 over and above 
 
 over and over ) 
 again ) 
 
 over another 
 over every other, 
 over his, or us 
 over me, or my 
 over such 
 
 over the other 
 
 over the whole) 
 world j 
 
 over the world 
 over their, or there 
 over which J7 
 
 over whom 
 over your 
 Owner of it 
 
 owner of that 
 
 [ For exercise on phrases be- 
 ginning with 0, see p. 197.] 
 
 PAKTofit 
 
 part of them 
 
 \ 
 
 part of which 
 
 part of the country 
 particular manner, 
 particularly sharp 
 
 party measure* 
 
 party of the first) 
 partj 
 
 party of the second 
 part 
 
 pass-ed around 
 
 pass-ed away 
 pass-ed into 
 
 pass-ed judgment 
 pass-ed the time, 
 pass-ed through *) 
 pay their way
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 133 
 
 \^ s 
 
 patented machine / 
 
 Peculiar clrcnm- j > 
 
 stances ( \. o 
 
 peculiar c ire n ni- j \ ^ 
 stances of the case) \ p " 
 
 peculiar manner \ 
 
 peculiar satis- ) \ 
 
 " lution j ^P 
 
 fc 
 
 peculiarity of its \^ 
 
 peculiarity of their \-jr- - 
 peculiarity of which.-^- 
 pen and ink \ 
 
 penal code _^____ 
 
 \ I 
 
 penal offense Q_ 
 "vs 
 
 pendente lite _^___ 
 
 Peoplc of America .N""* : 
 
 people of the state 
 
 people of this 
 
 country \ ' 
 
 < 
 people of the U. S.. 
 
 V 
 
 perhaps it may/ 
 have beent 
 
 perhaps not 
 
 erhaps they 
 
 erhaps you are "\ 1 _ 
 
 erciit(ted) them 
 >ermit(ted) you 
 
 ermits us 
 
 ersonal appear- f % ^ 
 ancoj -^\ 
 
 ersonal ami 
 
 orsonal considera- 
 tion 
 
 ersonal expense 
 
 ersonal nature (g^y^i 
 
 ereonal property 
 ersonal remarks 
 >ersoE8 are 
 lersons have been __S=^-__ 
 petit jury 
 petit larceuy 
 
 laintifTs case 
 
 aintifTs counsel ~~? 
 aintifTs teBtimmiy ^f 
 aintifPs witncnees 1_ __ 
 ensised me, or my ^^ 
 
 phonographic class 
 
 Phonographic ( 
 Dictionary \ 
 
 phonographic ) 
 teacher J " 
 
 Piece of land 
 
 piece of music 
 
 piece of my mind 
 
 Place of business 
 
 place of meeting VN^_ 
 
 place of residence 
 
 place where 
 
 place-ed it 
 
 place-ed them 
 
 place-ed to your_ 
 
 ' 
 
 police station _ 
 Political affairs 
 political character ?= 
 political economy 
 political measu 
 political opinions 
 political power 
 political question 
 
 political righjts 
 
 popular govern-) 
 ment( 
 
 popular vote
 
 154 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 positive proof 
 positive of that 
 
 possibility of \, 
 
 mistake ""V^g-^ 
 
 possibility of their $> 
 
 possible chance ) 
 
 V 
 possible thing 
 
 <- O 
 
 Power of Con 
 power of God 
 power of the cou 
 
 power of the nation 
 powers of govern 
 
 practical knowl- 
 edge, , 
 
 practical man a 
 
 "\ 
 practical skill e - 
 
 practice of law 
 
 V 
 
 <\ 
 
 cine Jli^rl. 
 
 l>ractice of medic 
 
 prefer to be 
 
 prefer to have it.Al__l_ 
 
 prelim 
 
 inary matters J_ __ 
 
 preliminary ques- 
 
 tionsi --- 
 preponderance of) \ 
 
 evidence f ^ -- 
 
 Present age 
 
 present appear- j 
 ancesi 
 
 present day 
 present hour 
 
 iresent session 
 
 iresent state of) 
 things) 
 
 iresent time 
 
 present year 
 President of the 1 
 
 U.S.; 
 
 Pretty certain 
 pretty clear 
 pretty full 
 pretty near 
 pretty sure 
 pretty well known 
 prettier than 
 previous to that 
 previous to which 
 previous to your 
 
 prima facie 
 
 principal and 
 interest 
 
 prior to that time 
 prisoner at the bar , 
 prisoner of war 
 private citizen 
 
 private individual 
 
 9 
 
 private opinion 
 
 probably correct- 
 probably true 
 pro bona publico _ 
 profitable busi 
 profit by your 
 
 Promise -ed-ing to 
 
 promise-ed-ing to 
 come 
 
 promise-ed-ing 
 to doeoj 
 
 promiae-ed-ing to pay
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 133 
 
 utoff 
 
 >ut on his boots 
 
 ut on bis coat 
 iut on his hat 
 
 ut their 
 
 jut their own } 
 estimate j 
 
 ut together 
 
 [For exercise on phrases' be- 
 
 jiuniug with P, see p. 198.] 
 
 Q 
 
 Quality of my . 
 
 quality of that _ 
 
 quality of which L 
 
 quality of your _ 
 
 quantity of water : 
 quantum wiffictt 
 
 Quarter section 
 quarter of a cent 
 quarter of a day 
 quarter of a pouud 
 quarter of an hour 
 quarter of the time 
 quarterly payments 
 quick as possible 
 quick as you can 
 quid pro gv.o 
 gui five 
 Quite agree 
 
 quite as well as 
 quite certain 
 
 C-J 
 
 efer-red to their 
 eference to my 
 
 Bather better than 
 rather less than 
 rather short 
 rather than have 
 rather than take 
 
 real estate 
 real character 
 reason for that 
 reason of my 
 reason they are 
 recent date 
 recollect-ed it 
 recollct-ed that 
 rebutting evidence 
 
 rebutting testlmonyZ-J- 
 
 x 
 
 recollection otit^L- 
 
 redirect ex?-mination<lit3 
 Befer-red to it 
 refer-red to that 
 
 egular plan 
 egular trade 
 elative to which 
 elative to your 
 religion of nature 
 religion of the Jews 
 Beligious life 
 religions man 
 religions society 
 religions subjects 
 remark-eel that there Z2& 
 
 remark-ed that joa "'^Ty 
 
 remember-inghe,) \ 
 
 or tbej * 
 
 <\ 
 remember-ing that ^ 
 
 render-ed. it -^ 
 render-ed their 
 render-ed you 
 represent-lng them 
 represent-ing your 
 
 republican gov- > /\ 
 
 crnment / ^^> 
 
 republican party
 
 1S6 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 request -ed-i tig him 
 request-ed-ing them_^_ 
 required them 
 required us 
 requiring us to be 
 requiring your 
 retjudicala 
 Respectable manner 
 respectable number x""\v 
 
 respecting it 
 
 respecting such 1 
 matters j 
 
 respecting their . 
 
 respecting your 
 
 resurrection of) 
 ChriBtj 
 
 resurrection of( 
 the body! 
 
 rights of others 
 rising generation 
 round about 
 mn away 
 
 [For. exercise on phrases be 
 ginning with B r see p. 198] 
 
 says 
 says s 
 
 lay that 
 
 '\ ~1 
 
 .y this_jt_ says he er 
 
 \ } 
 
 I_o^__gays our 9S. 
 
 she_a says eo si 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 says that g says this-flL. 
 
 says to his 
 say we do 
 says you do 
 season of the year 
 second time _ 
 
 Senate of the U.S. 
 senator from 111. 
 senator from N. Y. 
 senator from Ohio 
 Send away 
 
 send you 
 
 service of his j 
 country) 
 
 Set about it 
 set apart
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 157 
 
 set down 
 set forth, set oil" . 
 set of books 
 set of men 
 seven or eight . 
 Several changes . 
 several days ago_ 
 several of their _ 
 several ofwhom_ 
 several of you* _ 
 several others _ 
 several questions 
 several thousand 
 several times _ 
 several years ago 
 Shall any one _ 
 shall be said 
 shall do their 
 shall endeavor 
 shall ever be 
 shall expect 
 shall have been . 
 shall have their . 
 shall he be 
 shall he not be 
 shall I be told 
 shall I make 
 shall it be 
 shall it not be 
 
 shall it never be. 
 shall not do so . 
 shall there be _ 
 shall therefore 
 shall we be 
 shall we say 
 She can not 
 
 she had to have 
 
 she has been 
 
 she has never been _ 
 
 she has taken 
 
 she is not 
 
 she may be 
 
 she may not have') 
 been J 
 
 she never has been 
 
 she ought not to) 
 have been! 
 
 she ought to know 
 
 she says so 
 
 she seemed to be 
 
 she should have 
 
 she told me 
 
 she will be 
 
 she will never be 
 
 she wa not 
 
 she was there 
 
 she would be 
 
 she would have had <- ) 
 
 she would not be "(.. 3 J 
 
 Short distance 
 short of the truth 
 short session 
 short space of time 
 
 short time ago 
 
 1 V? 
 shorter than 
 
 n 
 
 shortest possible time \_ 
 a~\ 
 
 shortest time 
 shortly after 
 
 Should a, or an . 
 
 should another ) 
 opportunity J 
 
 should be able 
 should be aware 
 
 should be mention 
 
 should be rcmcm-. 
 
 beredj lf \> 
 
 should have been ^ 
 should have given _ 
 should have said 
 should have take: 
 should have their 
 
 should have thought 
 should he be 
 should he not be. 
 should never be 
 should not have had 
 should there be 
 should they not 
 should we have 
 ihould we not do
 
 158 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 sign their names. 
 sign your name 
 Since be was 
 since bis death 
 since I have 
 since I have seen 
 since I was 
 since it bas bee 
 since nothing 
 since that time 
 since the other day 
 since there is 
 
 since they have) 
 beenl 
 
 single woman 
 singular thing 
 sinking fund 
 six or eight 
 six or seven 
 
 siavebolding states o N. 
 
 , . S3 O 
 
 slave laws 
 
 so important a) 
 matter j 
 
 so it seems there ^ , 
 are) 
 
 so long ago 
 so many tbat 
 so much as 
 so much time 
 so now then 
 
 so simple that J 
 
 so that it is im- ) 
 possible ( 
 
 so you may be) 
 mistaken! 
 
 Social condition- 
 
 social existence 
 social question 
 social rights 
 solemn oath
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 139 
 
 some character 
 
 some concern 
 
 some consideration 6 51 
 
 u 
 
 some danger of) 
 being) 
 
 some difficulty 
 some expression 
 some how or other, 
 some kind or other 
 some of them 
 some of your 
 some one had ~~i 
 some other one 
 
 some place or other 
 some reason or other, 
 some way or other. 
 Somebody else 
 
 somebody has been ^^ 
 
 6 
 somebody says 
 
 somebody there 
 
 somebody told me 
 Something after that<?~^^V 
 something else iT~^-r'_ 
 
 something had been 
 
 something has ) 
 happened } 
 
 something is / 
 necessary i 
 
 something is said 6 v *y 
 
 / 
 something less ) 6 ^_J 
 
 than! 
 
 something more 
 than 
 
 something must 
 be done 
 
 something or other 
 
 something to ) 
 that effect J 
 
 something was said tf^- A 
 
 something worse) l/> 
 than 
 
 Sometime after) 
 thatj 
 
 sometime after- 
 wardsj 
 
 sometime ago . 
 
 sometime has) 
 beenj 
 
 sometime or other 
 sometimes there is 
 Somewhere about 
 
 somewhere else _ 
 
 somewhere or 1 
 other 
 
 somewhere there. 
 Soon after that _ 
 soon over 
 soon thereafter . 
 sooner or later 
 sooner than 
 South side 
 southern country 
 
 southern men 
 
 southern sect 
 
 ;ion__13 
 
 southern states 
 Speak of it 
 
 spiritual knowledge Y/ 
 spiritual life 
 spiritual philosophy 
 spiritual song* 
 spiritual world 
 square accounts 
 square meal 
 Stand by me.
 
 16O 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 stand for, cr forth 
 
 stand still 
 
 stand up 
 
 stand ns in hand 
 
 standing joke 
 
 standing order 
 
 standing room 
 
 standing there 
 
 State government 
 state how many 
 state how much 
 state legislature, 
 state of affairs 
 state of facts 
 state of Indiana 
 state of New To; 
 state of Ohio 
 
 tate of Pennsylvania 1 
 state of mind 
 state of our 
 state of the case 
 
 tate of the church 
 
 tate of the gov- 
 ernment | 
 
 tate of the question ta 
 
 tate of things t^-P 
 
 tate tax 
 
 tate their 
 
 tate when it was 
 
 tate whether or not 
 
 stopped me, or my 
 stopped them 
 stopping place 
 street railway 
 stronger than 
 strongest evidon 
 struck jury 
 
 style of dresa 
 Subject matter 
 subject of remark 
 suhject of which, 
 subjected to that 
 subjected to your 
 Such a, or an 
 euch a case _ 
 
 such a way of doing 
 such an hour 
 such and snch 
 such another 
 such are the 
 such are said to be. 
 snch as are 
 such as can 
 sncb as do not 
 such as have their 
 such as he, or the 
 snch as I thought 
 snch as it is 
 such as may be 
 snch as ours
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 such as they are 
 such as was 
 such as were 
 such as will be 
 such as would 
 
 such as you have 
 
 such can not be) 
 considered j 
 
 such cases 
 
 snch considerations <X 
 
 f> (S 
 
 such could not ) 
 have been / 
 
 such could only I 
 such examples 
 such had been 
 fiuch had not beet 
 such has been 
 
 such have been 
 
 such nave not ) 
 been ) 
 
 snch important | 
 matter 
 
 such matters are / ~3$. 
 
 such may be con-) > ^ KL 
 sidered i ~ 
 
 such may have been z=^ 
 
 jO 
 
 such means r~S> 
 
 /> 
 such must be *^\ 
 
 / 
 
 snch of his "> 
 
 /> 
 such of them ^ 
 
 such things as that Oa 
 
 such ought not ) ^ 
 be/ V- 
 
 such ought not to) *[ 
 
 have beenj ** 
 
 such parts, or par-) / / 
 ticulars|% \_o 
 
 such people 
 such principles 
 such society 
 
 such testimony 
 
 such things as that 
 
 such was the 
 
 such was their 
 such were his 
 such were my 
 such were not 
 
 such were to be 
 
 / 
 
 such will be / 
 
 such will not -be 
 
 such would appear) 
 tobej 
 
 such would be .^ 
 such would never be 
 
 suggest a plan c^ 
 
 suggest there fj ~ 
 
 suggests that i 
 
 Suit at law 
 
 suit iu chance 
 suit of clothes 
 sum and substance 
 summer season 
 
 summer time- _!& 
 
 Sunday afternoon . 
 
 Superior Court . 
 superior degree _ 
 superior manner, 
 suppose they were . 
 suppose you were . 
 
 c 
 
 Supreme Being 
 
 c 
 
 Supreme Court 
 
 Supreme Court) 
 of the state { 
 
 Supreme Court) 
 of the U. S.i ' 
 
 supreme folly 
 supreme judge 
 Supreme Ruler 
 Sure of having 
 sure of nothing 
 sure of success 
 
 surely there is 
 
 surprise-ed him,) 
 or me ) 
 
 surprise-ed that 
 
 surrender his : 
 
 surrender of his 
 surrender our rigb 
 surrounding country 
 
 surroundingcir- ) 
 cumstances / " 
 
 suspicions of) 
 each other] 
 
 suspiciouQofhim
 
 162 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 suspicious of the: 
 sweeter than 
 swifter than 
 
 system of government 
 
 system of Pho-j 
 nographyi 
 
 system of theology f. 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be 
 ginning with S, see p. 198.] 
 
 T 
 
 Take advantage 
 
 take-ing care 
 
 take-ing care of ) 
 your/ 
 
 take charge 
 
 take-ing hold 
 
 take-ing into con- / 1 
 
 siderationj r: 
 
 take it away _ 
 
 take-ing it for/ 
 granted I 
 
 take-ing occasion 
 take their own 
 taken a 
 
 taken in hand 
 
 taken into con- 
 Hiduratiou 
 
 taken up 
 
 takes away * TV or ' <g 
 
 takes him 
 
 takes his cliance_ 
 
 takes it for granted ' s-a 
 takes it to be 
 takes me, or time 
 
 .way *--*- J 
 
 takes things for 
 granted 
 
 talk-ing about 
 talk-ing of their 
 talks about 
 
 Taught him, me, or my 
 taught them 
 taught to think 
 taught to say 
 taught us to be 
 teaches us to be 
 telegraphic dispatch 
 
 telegraphic message 
 
 telephone com- ) 
 munication j 
 
 Tell him, me, or my ^-^ *~** 
 tell him to be there t >, 
 tell how long +,,s 
 tell how much ___]#_. 
 
 tell the truth k 
 
 r ' 
 
 tell them that _ 
 tell us the way 
 
 tell us whether) 
 
 or wof f 
 
 tell us why 
 tells them that 
 tells his, or us 
 
 Temperance cause 
 
 temperance move-) I v^ 
 
 ment J 
 
 temperate habits 
 
 tempt-ed him, me, ) 
 or myi 
 
 empt-ed you 
 
 L 
 
 Ten dayc ago 
 ten hundred 
 ten thousand dollars 
 ten times 
 tend-ed-ing it 
 
 end-ed-ing them ,/J- 
 
 tend-ed-ing to es- 
 tablish 
 
 tcnd-ed-ing to show 
 .eudency to show 
 tender age 
 
 tenderer than 
 
 territorial gov- 
 ernment 
 
 territorial laws 
 
 territory of the) 
 U.S.j 
 
 testimony of the | 
 defendant! 
 
 testimony of the ) 
 plaintiff) 
 
 Than a, or an . 
 
 than any other 
 than before 
 than ever 
 
 than 1 
 
 than you 
 
 Thank -ed him, \ 
 me, or my )
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 163 
 
 thank-ed his 
 thank-ed them 
 
 thank-ed you 
 
 ( 
 That a, or an 
 
 that appears 
 that calls forth 
 thut circumstance, 
 that danger 
 that difference 
 that does not 
 
 that has been 
 
 that has nothing) 
 to do) 
 
 that is another | 
 uestion ) 
 
 that is entirely a( * _j 
 different thingl tv^ 
 
 that is generally 
 known 
 
 that is his opinion 
 
 that is my opinion ~"\ 
 
 that is not necessary_^^!_._ 
 that is not possible ___L__ 
 
 that is not so ) 
 
 that is not the) *>-(. __ 
 
 question) 
 
 that is nothing 
 
 that is only another 
 
 that is quite true ^[ 
 
 that is supposed 
 to be 
 
 that is taken 
 that is the case 
 
 that is the difference 
 
 <?" 
 
 ^ 
 
 that is the thing. 
 
 that is to say 
 
 tiiat it is one of) 
 the most j 
 
 that it is said 
 
 that it may prove 
 to be 
 
 that it will not be 
 
 that it would be ) 
 certain ( 
 
 that may appear 
 that might not be \ 
 
 that ought to he. 
 that shall not bo_ 
 that such as were 
 that such has been 
 that such is the case 
 that the defendant 
 that the Judge 
 that the other 
 that there are several 
 that there had bee 
 
 that there shall be 
 that there H 
 
 that there wo 
 'that they are 
 
 that they have 
 
 that they have) 
 never) 
 
 that they were not . 
 that this is the 
 that those who are 
 
 ihould) ~) 
 
 not be) y 
 
 uldbe J!L 
 
 that was the 
 that we had not 
 that we may 
 thut we must be. 
 < hat we shall 
 that we were 
 that which can 
 that Which has give 
 th&t which wag; 
 that whoever 
 
 that will be sure 
 
 that will not be 
 likely 
 
 that you may be 
 that you should 
 
 that you will 
 
 The other cir- 
 cumstance 
 
 the other question 
 
 the other said, J 
 
 or side) ^~ 
 
 the otbw time 
 the other world 
 Their anxiety 
 their nature 
 their value 
 tlxeir way
 
 164 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 there all your /' 
 
 there appeared to be /, . 
 
 there are. 
 
 there are as many 
 
 there are circuin- 
 stances 
 
 there are certain j 
 conditions) 
 
 thero are instances 
 
 there are many 
 
 there are not asj 
 many! 
 
 there are notwith- 1 
 standing j 
 
 there are now i. 
 
 <) 
 there are often I 
 
 <) 
 
 there are only . 
 
 there are questions 
 
 there are several ) J 
 persons! 
 
 there are some 1 J, 
 things} ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 there are therefore_ 
 
 there can be no) 
 doubt! 
 
 there certainly is 
 
 there could have) 
 been) 
 
 there had been _ 
 
 there bad long been ^-<V 
 
 there had not been 
 
 there has been 
 
 there is almost) 
 always! 
 
 there is also 
 
 there is another _ 
 
 there is another/ 
 point of view! 
 
 there is another) 
 subject! 
 
 there is certainly 
 
 yiere is goiug to be <^~\ 
 
 there is little chance Oj 
 
 there is little I 
 probability! 
 
 there is little time 
 there is nobody 
 there is no danger. 
 
 there is uo deny- ) Jl 
 
 ing the fact j ^\^^ 
 
 there is no distinction *^4- 
 
 there is no douMj 
 that! 
 
 there is iifl more. 
 
 there is no ob- 
 jection 
 
 there is no possi- J 
 bility! 
 
 then* is no sense 
 
 sense ) 
 in it J 
 
 &<_ 
 
 there is no such) 
 thing! 
 
 there is nothing \ 
 more ) ' 
 
 there is reason) 
 to think! 
 
 there is somebody 
 there is some little . 
 there it comes 
 
 there it is 
 
 there may be) 
 as much) 
 
 there might not be_ 
 
 there must bo) 
 as many! 
 
 there ought not 
 
 there ougl\t to) (! 
 
 have been! v - > 
 
 there ought to be \^ 
 
 there seemed to be. 
 there seems to be 
 there shall be . 
 
 there should be 
 
 there should have) 
 been! 
 
 there they are 
 there they are : 
 there they were . 
 there they will be .
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 there was 
 or n 
 
 none, 1 ) 
 
 10 one J r~ 
 
 there was not < or < 
 there were not 
 there were there 
 
 there will be 
 
 there will be sure ) /V 
 lobe/ ) 
 
 VT \ 
 
 there will often be. ' v v 
 
 there would ap-j 
 pear to be) 
 
 there would be 
 
 ha 
 been 
 
 there would have > 
 
 there would never he <\ 
 
 there would not) \ 
 
 have beeni c* 
 
 <\ ^> 
 
 there you are 
 
 Therefore he, or the 
 therefore I have, 
 therefore i 
 
 therefore there is 
 
 therefore they 
 have not 
 
 These advantages 
 these are not f 
 
 these circnm- 1 
 stances) 
 
 these differences 
 these have been 
 these objections 
 these parties 
 these questions 
 these things 
 these were 
 
 these will C An. not ( 
 
 They acknowledge 
 
 they agree that) 
 you are | 
 
 they all agree 
 
 they all at once 
 
 they all had | 
 to have) 
 
 they all made 
 
 they all participated 
 they all sanction 
 they all swear tha 
 they all testify 
 they all think 
 they all want to be 
 they almost always 
 
 they appear 
 
 they are acknowl-) ) 
 
 edged to be) ~^7 
 
 they are all ttgraod I . 
 they are all expected <L V- 
 
 they are all in- \ 
 terested j 
 
 they are all pleased 
 
 they are all) 
 therefore) 
 
 they are fill we 
 
 they are almost ) 
 always ) 
 
 they are capable 
 they are certain_ 
 
 they are concerned., 
 they are considered <^ 
 they are eTidently J/~ 
 
 they are in dis- 
 pensable 
 
 they are longer) 
 than) 
 
 they are no more 
 
 they are not in-) 
 tended) 
 
 they are not now 
 they are rather 
 they are rendered 
 they are represen 
 they are said to be 
 they are there 
 
 they are therefore 4 
 
 t\ V_ 
 
 they are under- ) 7. 
 
 stood to be ) T* 
 
 they are well known 
 
 they believe-ed that 
 
 they call for, ) 
 or forth / 
 
 they did not 
 they don't 
 they expect-ed 
 they feel that 
 they had not 
 they have been 
 they hare foun 
 they have beard 
 they have known 
 
 they have uoothe: 
 
 they have notj 
 generally* 
 
 thoy have not) 
 observed) 
 
 they have not taken VM 
 
 / J 
 
 they have not yet vJ^-^ 
 
 they have nothing O /
 
 166 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 they have said 
 they have seen 
 they have spoken 
 they have to be 
 they have-ing taken 
 
 they know that 
 
 they make 
 appea 
 
 they may be right 
 
 they may be wrong 
 
 they may have ) 
 been) 
 
 they may not be 
 hey may therefore V 
 
 hey might not be 
 
 hey must have 
 taken j 
 
 hey onco 
 
 hey ought not 
 
 hey ought not* 
 to havej 
 
 hey ought to have 
 
 hey ought to; 
 have hadj 
 
 bey said that 
 hey should havef 
 
 hey tell me 
 
 hey think that V 
 
 hey were foil nd_~ 
 
 C .. 
 
 hey were known \.s**-? 
 hey were not to be 
 hey were only 
 hey were taken 
 hey were there _ 
 
 they were understood f-*^ 
 
 t 
 
 they were wanted 
 
 they were yours, 
 
 they will V ' or A 
 
 they will appear, 
 they will certainly 
 they will do so _ 
 
 they will expect 
 
 they will feelJ 
 or follow) 
 
 they will generally V 
 T)* 
 they will have given \-T*~ 
 
 they will have shown 
 they will have taken, 
 they will have you_J 
 
 they will not b ' 
 
 they will not give ( 
 they will not know ' 
 they will not say A 
 they will say k, 
 
 hey will tell yon 
 
 hey will think 
 they will try to be_ 
 they would do 
 
 hey would show_C, 
 hey would take 
 rhink of it 
 hink of me, or 
 hink of our _ 
 hink of that 
 
 think of you 
 thinking there was 
 
 thinks I 
 
 third day 
 
 third time 
 
 This advantage 
 
 this afternoon ! 
 
 this business . _! 
 
 this can not ' 
 
 this century v 
 
 thii- circumstance J 
 ^ 
 
 this city 
 
 this conclusion j 
 
 this country 
 
 this defendant 
 
 this department 
 
 this denomination *a 
 
 this difference 
 this evening 
 this evidence 
 this existence 
 this explanation, 
 this fact 
 tli is generation 
 big great state 
 
 his honor ^.^ 
 
 his invention VQ / 
 his investigation *> -/ 
 Tiis in ji matter fe~ ^
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 167 
 
 this is a well known 1 k~) 
 fact | -f^- 
 
 thisisas well) ' 
 
 known \ 
 
 this is just the) tf\ 
 
 thing i -fr- 
 
 this is no doubt \ fc ^ j2_^- 
 the reason j "V 
 
 f 
 this is not the time 
 
 this is one of) 
 
 the best i 
 
 this is one of| 
 the worst 
 
 this is only 
 this is really 
 this is the time 
 
 this is the way 
 
 this is under- 
 stood to be 
 
 stood 
 
 s? 
 
 this is well known JcD 
 
 C_5 / 
 
 this is your 
 
 this legislature Vb / 
 
 this manner of) f. 
 
 doing! -^ 
 
 this matter <>- *\ 
 
 this may be VQ^~\ 
 
 this morniug Vg~V / \ 
 
 this no doubt _j9__ct_ 
 
 x 
 thi.i observation 
 
 this occurs 
 
 this opinion 
 
 this quarter 
 
 this recomnien- \ 
 datioii j 
 
 this renders 
 this seems to be 
 this session 
 this shall be 
 
 this shows 
 
 this state of things 
 this tendency 
 this used to be 
 this volume 
 
 this way _\a_this was-JL 
 
 this well known > f 
 fact J 
 
 this will be 
 
 this will not) 
 happen \ 
 
 Those parts 
 those subjects 
 those that were 
 
 those who are 
 
 those who have 
 bee; 
 
 those who were 
 those who would be 
 Thou art known 
 thou art the man 
 thou didst 
 thou dost not 
 thou shall not 
 
 thou wilt not / 
 
 Though he ran not 
 though I am 
 though I cannot 
 
 though it Joes _ 
 i 
 
 though it has been. H_^ 
 
 though it is not 
 though it may bo 
 
 though it occn 
 though it were 
 
 though it would be. 
 
 though there has 
 been 
 
 though there is no 
 
 though there may 
 not be l 
 
 though there will be ( 
 
 though they arej ' 
 there I 
 
 three times as | 
 much asj 
 
 three or four* 
 times! 
 
 Through a door 
 through all his 
 through all our 
 through all quarters 
 through all their 
 
 through all time. 
 
 through an mi- 1 
 udiug J 
 
 dersta 
 through/and through 
 
 through another/ 
 source- 1 
 
 through me, my, j 
 or him] 
 
 through some other 
 through the country \L 
 through the door 0^ _ 
 through t?ie tmiiaft *V J^ 
 
 liorhoo 
 through the uorth 
 
 through the south_Qu_. 
 through the world_3L __ 
 through the year 
 
 through the neigh- ) rs 
 d f J
 
 168 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE 
 
 to another of his 
 to another of your 
 to another party 
 to another question 
 
 hrough their own 
 
 Throughout all 
 
 hroughout the) 
 country j 
 
 ;lironghoutthelan 
 .hroughout the union 
 Throw away money 
 throw off his 
 
 throw upon you .L_ 
 
 Thursday afternoon 
 
 v*-* * 
 
 Thursday morning a ^ 
 
 night __a! 
 
 till it has been _ 
 till it is known 
 till it seeniK 
 till it takes 
 till it was 
 till next time 
 
 ill other, their,/ /* k 
 or they are* (^ ) 
 
 till some one 
 till that time 
 till the other day 
 till there had been 
 
 till there is as 
 much 
 
 till there was 
 till they are 
 till you are ready 
 Time after time 
 
 time may come 
 
 [To and to the may fre- 
 quently be omitted, in t 
 phrase, by beginning the fol 
 lowing word in the to-posi 
 tion. Seepage 49.] 
 
 To a, or an
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 169 
 
 to one another 
 
 to other advantages . 
 
 to other questions 
 
 to step, or stop 
 
 to succeed 
 
 to such as are 
 
 to such as were 
 
 to take it up 
 
 to test the matter 
 
 to the address 
 
 to the circumstance 
 
 to the contrary 
 
 to the court 
 
 to the delight 
 
 to the effect 
 
 to the expenne 
 
 to the first time 
 
 Is 
 
 j trr 
 
 to the nearest 
 P 
 
 to the full extent . 
 to the greatest extent 
 
 to live jury t 
 
 irest ) 
 icint J 
 
 to the objection 
 to the other matter 
 to the other place 
 to the other world 
 
 to the present time 
 
 \ 
 
 to t ho satisfaction 
 
 to the suggestion 
 
 to- their account 
 
 to their astonishment 
 
 to their credit 
 
 to their examinatioi 
 
 to their honor _ 
 
 lo think that 
 
 to unite them 
 
 to uphold 
 
 to warrant 
 
 to what date 
 
 to what did you) 
 
 refer) 
 
 to what extent ., 
 
 i 
 
 to what has been 
 
 to what he may 
 
 to what it is 
 
 to what is it 
 
 to what length _ 
 
 to what must be- 
 
 to what our 
 
 to what time 
 
 to what was 
 
 to what were 
 
 to what would 
 
 to where he, or the 
 
 to whom he 
 
 to whom there 
 to work up 
 to your own 
 
 Together again __ 
 
 together with a, or an 
 together with his 
 
 ~l 
 
 together with what 
 
 To-morrow evening ^.^i 
 
 to-morrow morning 
 
 to-morrow night 
 
 too far S tun fulL A 
 
 too large_S too mnc 
 
 too sensible 
 
 Took effect 
 
 took into con- j 
 sideiationi 
 
 took it away 
 
 took it for grant 
 
 took it into con- \ 
 sideration J ' 
 
 took their 
 took time 
 total amount 
 total loss
 
 17O 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 total sura 
 
 totally failed 
 Toward all 
 
 toward others 
 
 toward the eaat 
 
 toward the north 
 toward the south _ 
 toward the west . 
 toward us 
 
 toward you 
 
 towards him, me, | 
 
 or my) ' 
 
 towards one another, 
 towards our 
 towards your 
 True Christian 
 true declaratio 
 true or not 
 true statement 
 true to his word 
 
 try tob 
 try to have 
 
 Tuesday afternoo 
 turn about JX 
 
 turn arouud 
 
 turn away 
 
 turn-ed upon 
 
 twice as much 
 
 twice as far b 
 
 R^ 
 
 twice as long a8_V_g 
 
 Two children 
 two or more 
 two or three times 
 two or three years 
 
 two-thirds 
 
 two thousand dollars > 
 
 two years ago v-~ 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be 
 ginning with T, see p. 199] 
 
 u 
 
 Uncalled for 
 Uucared for 
 'Under a, or an 
 
 under age 
 
 under all the cir-i ^^ 
 cu instances) 
 
 underallthocirrnni-f 
 stances of the casei 
 
 under another \ 
 name i 
 
 under arrest 
 
 under as much 
 
 under consideration 
 
 under his ow 
 
 under liis own 
 signature 
 
 under pain of death . > 
 
 under peculiar 
 circumstances} 
 
 under side of it 
 
 under such cir- 
 cuiuatances 
 
 under the admin- 
 ietration 
 
 under the care _ 
 
 under the cir-> 
 cumstancesi - 
 
 under the government : 
 
 under the rules of I 
 this i 
 
 under this bead 
 under weight 
 under which thciv in 
 under your 
 
 Understand lie, or the M> 
 
 understand it to> 
 havej 
 
 understand you 
 
 understanding that ^f 
 
 understanding > ^n 
 
 there woa ) "^Z^ 
 
 Undertake it *~f 
 
 I 
 
 undertake to b *-l 
 
 ^ 
 
 undertaken it 
 
 undertaken their 
 undertaken to do 
 undertaken your 
 undertakes to do 
 
 undertakes to say 
 
 undertook their) , 
 
 easel 
 
 undertook to) 
 
 tell us I 
 
 Uniform manner . 
 uniform speed 
 
 uniform way 
 
 "fc 
 
 United States Bank ^-P 
 
 United States Bonda 
 United States Cir- 
 
 States Cir-j 
 cuit Court) 
 
 United States Con- 
 stitution 
 
 United States ) 
 District Court) 
 
 United Statt-8 Oov-) ^ Q > 
 eminent I -
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 171 
 
 United States Senate 
 
 United States) 
 
 Senator! 
 
 United States Su- ) 
 preme Court) 
 
 C \ 
 Universal happineaa V^^^ 
 
 Universal! st church V^ / 
 
 TT 
 
 universally known V? 
 
 Unjust acci!s:tiii:ii 
 unjust j udge 
 unjust sentence 
 Unless he, or the. 
 unless he can 
 unless he does 
 unless he has, or is 
 unless I can 
 unless I have 
 unless it has, or is br 
 
 unless she 
 
 unless there, or I 
 they are / 
 
 unless they were 
 unless this is done_ 
 unless we find 
 
 unless you do 
 
 unless you were ! 
 
 unless your Houor_ 
 
 Until a, or an 
 
 until about that) 
 time! 
 
 until after he _J 
 until after I 
 until after noon . 
 
 until after that 
 until after you 
 until another time. 
 
 until at last 
 
 until authorized 
 
 until called for _ 
 
 until it appears . 
 
 until it can be ) 
 made J ~ 
 
 until it has been . 
 until it is ready, 
 until many 
 until others 
 until our own 
 
 until some one 
 
 until their, or j 
 there! 
 
 until there had been 
 until there was 
 
 until they are 
 
 until they have/ 
 been! 
 
 until to-morrow. 
 
 until we are/ 
 certain! 
 
 until yesterday 
 until you are 
 Up and down 
 up from 
 
 up stairs 
 
 up their, or there 
 up to that time 
 
 upon their own ) N 
 imony j ~ 
 
 up towards us 
 up with them 
 up with your 
 Upon another 
 upon being told . 
 
 upon his head 
 
 upon his own/ 
 showing! 
 
 upon our part 
 
 upon such 
 
 upon that day ^ 
 
 upon the subject ^ 
 
 >wn) 
 testimi 
 
 upon what Is 
 upon which there is 
 upon your own 
 
 Upper house \*P 
 
 upper part 
 
 upper story 
 
 upside down 
 
 Use it <f use their'' & 
 
 use them 
 
 used it 
 
 used to be 
 
 used to have 
 
 used to say 
 
 Usual question 
 
 usual time 
 
 usual way 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be- 
 ginning with U, see p. 199.J
 
 172 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 validity of his patent _^ 
 validity of the patent ^\ 
 validity of which ^ . 
 
 validity of your X" 
 
 valuable consid- \ Q^ 
 erationf ^ 
 
 value of his 
 value of it 
 
 value of the land 
 value of their 
 value of which 
 valne of yonr 
 valne their own 
 various condition 
 various interests V^[^ 
 various questions 
 venture to say 
 
 ventured upon 
 
 Verdict for the) 
 defendant! 
 
 verdict .for tbel 
 plaintiff/ 
 
 verdict of the jury ^ 
 
 very natural 
 very near there 
 very nearly 
 very objectionable. 
 
 very quiet 
 
 very respectfully) 
 yours) 
 
 very satisfactorily 
 very short time 
 very seldom 
 very soon after 
 very sure 
 very truly yours 
 very well a' 
 
 vicinity of the cityJ&__ 
 
 vicinity of Gin- > 
 cinnati ) 
 
 vicinity of New) 
 Yorkj 
 
 vicious habits _ 
 vicious conduct 
 vice vena 
 View of it 
 view of the premises 
 view of the question 
 view of the subject, 
 view of their 
 view of your 
 
 violations of law 
 
 volunteer company 
 volunteer regiment 
 
 Vulgar habits 
 vulgar '.a 
 vulgar manners 
 
 W 
 
 Want a, or an 
 
 want of his 
 
 want of it 
 
 want of judgment . / 
 *~& 
 
 want of nothing___L_ 
 
 want of time 
 
 ^ 
 want of which / 
 
 want-ed to be \ 
 
 *H[ 
 want-ed to have . >- 
 
 <=-*v 
 
 want-ed to say ,/_ 
 
 ** 
 
 want-ed to show __-_ 
 
 want-ed to under- ) c ^f 
 stand j 
 
 War of words >^ 
 war record ~>^"^ 
 
 warm weather 
 
 Was a, or an L 
 
 was about ^ 
 
 was accommodated _t=j 
 was accomplished 
 was accustomed 
 was affirmed
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 173 
 
 as as good as 2 
 
 as as it sho\ild be 2 . 
 
 V"O * 
 as aa well ae _J? 
 
 > 
 
 was decomposed. 
 
 NS_ 
 entially / 
 
 vae it ever known . 
 
 vas it bis purpose. 
 
 vas it not forj 
 the purpose ( 
 
 as it really 
 
 -y 
 
 as it right 
 
 vas long ago ***i 
 
 as manifest *"^- 
 
 vas mentioned ^~"-- 
 
 was neglected *-*s 
 
 was nevertheless * 
 
 was next to im- \ )^ 
 possible J ^~^ 
 
 was not done Li 
 
 V 
 
 was not it 4= 
 
 ) 
 was not poBRihln o 
 
 was not under-) ) 
 
 stood! -*" 
 
 was not, (or wasn't) , 
 you> 
 
 was nothing more) ] 
 than> - 
 
 was observed '< 
 
 N < 
 
 was offered me, ) J 
 or my | *& 
 
 was or was net ^ 
 
 was ordinarily 2 
 
 was originally ^ 
 
 was performed i 
 
 was protested c 
 
 was punished L 
 
 was quite certain ^ 
 was rather too much 
 
 was recommended , 
 
 was referred , 
 
 was regarded 
 was said to hav< 
 was sent away 
 vas shortly after 
 was sometime ago 
 
 vas simply im- ") j-**s-> 
 possible) - 
 
 vas the way 
 
 was tliero anybody 
 
 .vas there any one 
 else 
 
 was there any thing) 
 else said j 
 
 was there any 
 thing said 
 
 was there any thing ^^ 
 said or done j I 
 
 was there any thing j \|Xj 
 said there 
 
 * 
 was there no one 
 
 was there no one 1 
 else there j 
 
 was there nothing 
 said 
 
 was their intention 
 
 was this not _/... 
 
 V 
 
 was to have been 
 
 was to have made _ 
 was to have sent _ 
 was to have taken 
 
 was told that 
 
 < 
 was understood) 
 
 to say j ' 
 
 was well known 
 
 Way of the wor.ld . 
 ways and means_ 
 We admit-ed _ 
 we afterwards _
 
 174 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 we all think 
 we allege 
 we always 
 
 we answer 
 
 we are able to state <^^>p 
 we are acquainted ^Z2_ 
 we are aware that (~^-^_\ 
 we are better 
 we are prepared 
 
 w e are naturally 
 we are next 
 ive are no more 
 we art- not 
 
 we are not aware L^__r__- 
 
 we are not going) rSi-~ 
 
 to be} ' \ 
 
 wu are not interested C/i-P 
 we are not only ^*~~7' 
 we are not so sure 
 wo are not willing 
 we are of opinion 
 we are often 
 
 we are ready 
 
 wo are satisfied ) 
 that J 
 
 we are sorry to ) 
 Kay, or see j 
 
 we tire taken by* 
 surprise j 
 
 we are their 
 we are therefore 
 we are to have 
 
 wearennderstoodJ (S^ 
 to bel \ 
 
 we are very sure f^\j\ 
 we are willing ^\._~ 
 
 we are wrong 
 we are yours 
 we attempt-ed 
 
 we become ___\ 
 
 we beg leave to say 
 we believe that 
 we call it 
 
 we called upon you 
 
 \ _ 
 
 [ We can , tee can not 
 
 i f- 3 i 
 
 be s, we gave J , etc., 
 
 ar* 1 better written separate- 
 ly, ati a general thing, than 
 to use the '{-hook for we, as 
 some writers do. The brief 
 
 v> may be used before 
 
 _ZZI_ and ~ , if preferred 
 
 to lifting the pen.] 
 
 we can not say 
 
 wo can not un-> 
 derstandj 
 
 we can only say _ ^""^ 
 
 we can state 
 we contend 
 we could never 
 we could not be 
 we could show 
 we depend upon it 
 
 we did ^ do. did not ^ 
 
 we differed 
 we discover-ed 
 
 we do I do. do not __J 
 
 we do not know 
 
 we do not think 
 we do therefore 
 we estimate-ed 
 we fear -you will 
 wr feel that 
 we feel there is not 
 we felt such 
 we find, or found 
 we gave it up 
 we give yon 
 
 we got them 
 
 we had *_ 
 
 e had not 
 we had not been. 
 we have been 
 we have expected 
 we have made 
 we have not been
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 175 
 
 we have not had 
 
 we have notwith- 1 
 pttuiding j 
 
 we have put 
 
 we have said 
 
 we have taken 
 
 we have their word 
 
 wo have therefore 
 
 we have to learn 
 
 we have to make it 
 
 we hope there is 
 
 we hope to have 
 
 we imagine 
 
 we intended 
 
 we judge there is 
 
 we knew he was 
 
 we knew there was 
 
 we know there | 
 would be / 
 
 we knew you were 
 
 we know not where 
 
 we know there 
 must be 
 
 we know there are 
 
 we know there 
 are not 
 
 we know there 
 
 we know there 
 are others 
 we know there 
 
 we know there I 
 have been( 
 we know there 
 
 we know there) 
 were not) 
 
 we know there )< 
 were sonic i 
 
 we know therefore.*^ 
 
 we know they) 
 are not! 
 
 we know we shrill 
 we know you were . 
 
 we maintain ^ 
 
 we may as well 
 
 we may be able 
 we may be certain. 
 
 we may be sure of it 
 we may be there 
 we may nevertheless 
 we may therefore 
 
 we mean to be 
 
 we mean to give, 
 or go 
 
 we mean to have it c -~? 
 
 we meant to 1>e) 
 there) 
 
 we might as well 
 
 we might as well | 
 
 say BO) 
 
 we might contend 
 
 we might have had 
 
 we might have 
 known) 
 
 we might have ) 
 taken j 
 
 we might not be 
 we must also 
 we must always be ^ 
 we must be there 
 we must charge 
 we must consider 
 
 / we miiRt do ) 
 
 something! 
 
 we must give way 
 we must judge 
 we must mention 
 we must not be _f: 
 we must observe 
 we must present 
 we must say, or see 
 we must thereforo 
 we must work 
 we neglect-ed 
 we never 
 we no more 
 we not only 
 we now think 
 
 we only say 
 
 c 
 
 we ought 
 
 do. not 
 
 we ought not to be 
 we ought not to have 
 we ought not to think 
 we ought to be 
 we ought to do so 
 
 we ought to feel_ 
 
 wo ought to give) 
 them > 
 
 we ought to have 
 \\eoughttohave) 
 
 we ought to have) 
 done it) 
 
 we ought to have j 
 given) 
 
 we ought to have) 
 had) 
 
 we question whether.
 
 176 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 we rather expect 
 we rather Incline 
 we rather think 
 
 we recommond-cd 
 
 we refer-red 
 
 we refer-red to; 
 
 tl.o fact 
 
 we reply *-^^- 
 
 we reprcsctit-ed \ 
 
 werequire-od that 
 we resolved that 
 
 we satisfied them 
 we send you 
 wo shall at once 
 we shall be 
 we shall give you 
 we shall have been 
 we shall have made 
 wo shall have their 
 
 we shall not 
 we should _ 
 we should have bee 
 
 . be 1L 
 
 we should have had 
 
 wo should have) 
 
 known] ~ 
 
 wo should have) 
 taken j 
 
 we should kuow. 
 
 wo should not have 
 we should rather _ 
 
 we should say, or see 
 we seldom 
 
 wo sold 
 
 we stand . 
 
 we take it fur) 
 grail ted i 
 
 we take it that 
 we tell them 
 we thank-ed them 
 wo think there is 
 \ve thought it 
 we told you 
 we took it up 
 we turned nronnd 
 wo understand 
 wo usually 
 we want to be 
 we weut away 
 we were called 
 we were glad 
 we were having 
 
 
 we were intending 
 
 we were never __ 
 
 we were not re- J C/ > '^ " 
 spousiblej 
 
 we were often 
 we were only 
 
 we wore there 
 
 we were thinking . 
 i 
 we were to be . 
 
 we were to follow ^^ 
 
 we -were to have 1 C^'V^ 
 been J 
 
 wo were to havef 
 
 wo were to have) 
 take n j 
 
 we were to stand 
 wo were told 
 we were wanted_ 
 
 we were willing 
 to have 
 
 we will appear 
 
 wo will become ^ ^ 
 
 we will do so 
 
 wo will feel, or) 
 follow j 
 
 we will have dono **-. 
 
 we will have nothing 6 V^. ^ 
 s~\ 
 
 wo will have taken 
 
 we will have their 
 
 wo will have you) 
 understand j" 
 
 we will hear yon L/ ! 
 
 we will let yon j 
 know I 
 
 we will not be 1 
 likely / 
 
 we will not give j 
 
 wo will not kuow _i2 
 
 we will not now <5 
 
 we will not say 
 
 we will uot venture 
 to say j 
 
 wo will observe 
 we will only 
 
 we will pemnada (-> "^ 
 
 we will proceed \ 
 to say ) 
 
 wo will say, or see 
 we will tell you 
 
 we will try to have
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 177 
 
 we will want i 
 we will work 
 we wish him 
 we wieh it could be_ 
 we wish it niiglit_L_ 
 
 we wish it was 
 
 we wihh it. were 
 
 wo wish there { 
 could l>e; 
 
 we wii-h there was 
 
 we wi^h to be 
 
 we wish to h:ivi- it ^ 
 
 we wih to know J 
 
 wo wi;-h to sy, j c <^ 
 
 we wish to tui- 1 / c/ 
 deiYtaml) '"7 
 
 ^ <. 
 we wish you would "7 
 
 we withdrew 
 
 we withhold 
 
 v.o wonder -I'd ) 
 at tha-M 
 
 we won't do n> 
 
 we won't have that ' 
 
 we would add ___j___ 
 
 wo would ask 
 
 we would ho 
 
 we would hrtvej 
 done it) 
 
 we would have) 
 taken \ 
 
 we would uot be_ 
 we would say 
 
 wear and tear 
 
 wear their 
 
 C_J> . 
 Wednesday afternoon **--J 
 
 Wednesday evening | 
 Wednesday night 
 Wednesday we;k 
 weekly payments 
 well done \-* 
 
 well known 
 
 c ~ c = \ 
 
 Went away - } 
 
 c^ 
 went dowu there . 
 
 went for him 
 
 went upon his 
 
 Were accepted _t^_ 
 
 were acknowledged (s 
 were acquainted 
 were adopted 
 were appointed 
 were at hand _Jr- . _ 
 ,", 
 
 were he not 
 were I not 
 
 were it not better 
 were it li> be said 
 were just as 
 
 were known, or none ( -^ x 
 
 wero mostly 
 
 were necessarily _/ 
 
 were not given 
 
 were not his ? 
 
 were not I 
 won- not under 
 
 were uncertain f 
 about it j 
 
 were understood I 
 to he J - 
 
 were you informed 
 were you not (- 
 were your own 
 
 Wesleyan Church 
 
 / 
 
 west end si_we8t half_fl_ 
 
 western country a 
 
 western course <> 
 western lands a^ 
 
 western men a 
 wet to the akin 
 wet weather
 
 178 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 What a, or an. 
 what a man 
 
 what a little thing 
 
 what a question 
 
 what a short time. 
 
 ^> 
 
 what a time 
 
 what a. way of) 
 doing j 
 
 what about it 
 
 what advantage) 
 is there ' 
 
 what an interesting f 
 
 what are his 
 
 what are their ] 
 
 reasons / 
 
 what are you go- \ "^ 
 ing to do J 
 
 what are your 
 views 
 
 what can be the) 
 reason i 
 
 what, can they do 
 
 what considerations__(.5_ 
 
 what could be the \ 
 
 what could I do ^^j 
 
 what could theyj ," 
 expect) 
 
 what could we 
 
 what clanprcr can | U 
 
 there be> -jf 
 
 what danger) {_ x. 
 is there) y 
 
 \_^"t 
 
 think_ 7 
 
 what day 
 what date 
 what defense 
 
 what did he say 
 
 what did I <1 
 
 lo _i 
 
 what did they do / 
 
 what difference J 
 
 what direction 
 
 what discovery 
 
 what distinction P* ^ 
 
 what do they 
 
 what do we find -- sL 
 
 what do you mean _kr3- __ 
 
 hat do you menn \ \-^-^ 
 >y such language J X^- 
 
 jy\ ' 
 ^ 
 
 by 
 
 what do you re- 
 nieraber 
 
 what do you say 
 what do you think 
 what does .he Bay 
 what does it mean 
 
 what effect had it 
 
 what else do yon) ' ^ , 
 
 know) 
 
 what elee is there ' 
 
 what else was said 
 
 what else was said, 
 or done 
 
 what else was) 1 ^J 
 
 tsaid there i rj 
 
 ^\/^~&\ 
 
 what else waa there j. 
 
 what expectation ' ^ 
 what facts have yo 
 what foundation 
 what gives it 
 what has been said 
 what has happened 
 
 what he did 
 
 what he has said 
 
 what I can do 
 what I find 
 
 v, hat I have said 
 what if it were 
 what id the worl 
 what is it 
 
 what is their 
 what is to bo donc 
 
 r 
 
 ' 
 
 what its your_ 
 
 what it has do 
 what it is for 
 what it is worth (^ 
 what it scorns 
 what it wants 
 
 what it would be 
 
 what knowledge) 
 has he) 
 
 what knowledge ) 
 have you J 
 
 what little oppor- 
 
 what little time 
 there is left J 
 
 what made yon 
 what makes it 
 what matters it 
 what may be said 
 what means 
 what measures 
 
 
 what month was it 
 
 what next 
 
 what objection / 
 have you) 
 
 what of it
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 179 
 
 what question 
 
 what reason has he 
 
 what reason have > ^ Vji 
 youj 
 
 what reason is there 
 what fight had he 
 what right have I 
 
 what right have you Vn 
 
 what say yon 
 what shall I say 
 what sort of a man 
 
 what there is to do 
 
 what there was 
 
 > 
 
 what time is it 
 
 what time was it 
 
 what to do 
 
 what to say 
 
 what to thiuk 
 
 what use is it 
 
 what use is there *? U 
 
 what was after wards_J 
 
 j V> 
 
 what was done 
 \\ hat was it 
 
 what was said 
 mid done 
 
 what was said and 1 J 
 
 done tln.'1-e j fc~ 
 
 what was stud there <y J 
 
 what was that 
 
 what wai* there 
 what we can do- 
 what we have 
 
 what we may 
 
 what we would 1 
 suggest > 
 
 what were you 
 what will he, or the 
 what will they 
 
 what would he thin 
 
 what would you 
 
 Whatever a man_ 
 
 whatever effect) 
 it has} 
 
 whatever he may 
 whatever he says 
 
 whatever I do 
 
 whatever I may) L, 
 
 think j r- 
 
 whatever it is ^L 
 
 whatever knqwl- \ 
 edge he j 
 
 whatever objection 
 
 _ 
 i \J 
 
 whatever that) 
 may be( 
 
 whatever under- 
 standing 
 
 whataver way 
 whatever you do 
 whatever you say 
 
 When a, or an 
 
 t im- V 
 tant J 
 
 when any one 
 
 when a moot im- 
 por 
 
 ^-t 
 
 *v 
 
 when did you 
 
 when has he 
 
 when he came) 
 there) 
 
 when he was 
 when I am sure 
 when I can do it 
 when I find 
 when I have not. 
 when is it 
 
 when it did not 
 
 when it first hap- 
 pened 
 
 when it had 1 
 not been ) 
 
 when it is borne) 
 in mind) 
 
 when it is done _ 
 when it is known 
 when it is said 
 when it is taken 
 
 when it is un-) ^*f 
 del-stood) 
 
 when it shall be ^ 
 
 when it states _ o 
 
 when it was not so 
 when it would be 
 when necessary _ 
 
 when nobody else . 
 
 when no one 
 
 when shall I cll__jc_ 
 
 when shall it 
 
 when such things
 
 ISO 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 when taken into 
 account 
 
 when their, there, 
 or they are 
 
 when there has) 
 not been J 
 
 when there is) 
 no more} 
 
 when there is 
 nothing to do 
 
 when there must be 
 when there was no 
 when there were no 
 when there will be 
 when there would 
 
 when therefore 
 
 when they are 
 known 
 
 when they are taken 
 
 when they are wanted 
 
 whea they do that *| 
 
 <wC 
 
 when they have been 12 
 
 when this is) 
 the case) 
 
 when those who 
 
 when we are 
 able 
 
 when we are ready 
 when we do that 
 
 when we have 
 
 when we know 
 there is 
 
 when we may not 
 
 when we say, orese 
 
 when we take into/ S 
 consideration \ tn 
 
 when we were not. 
 
 when we were there 
 
 when were they P^V 
 
 when were we 
 
 when were you 
 
 when yon come 
 to think 
 
 when you do tb:xt 
 when yon find _ 
 
 when you have bee 
 
 when you observe/ 
 that) 
 
 when yon say, or see ) 
 
 when you^ake into* c ^ 
 consideration j M~~ 
 
 when you were there, 
 when your Honor 
 Whenever a, or a 
 whenever any one 
 whenever I can 
 whenever I find 
 whenever I think it Vy 
 
 whenever it is 
 
 whenever it is) 
 necessary ) 
 
 whenever their 1 
 friends) 
 
 whenever there is 
 need of it 
 
 whenever they are) ^ I 
 
 satisfied { Vn 
 
 whenever we are 
 
 whenever you like. 
 
 whenever your) 
 Honor) 
 
 whensoever there is ^~T 
 whensoever you will 
 Whore a man 
 
 whero all is 
 
 where all their, 
 or the: 
 
 where are his 
 
 where are there,) 
 or their) 
 
 where are they _ 
 where are we 
 
 where are you 
 
 wnereare yourj 
 friends) 
 
 where did he, or tho 
 where do yon live 
 where do you reside 
 
 where do yon say j C/\n 
 
 you livej )/\ 
 where do you j 
 suppose) 
 
 where every one. 
 where has he 
 where has there 
 
 where have they. 
 
 where have you) 
 beuj 
 
 where I aincertaii 
 
 where I do not* 
 think! 
 
 where is it 
 where is there 
 
 where is your ^ 
 place of business j 
 
 where it has, or is_ 
 
 where it has been 
 
 where it is) 
 said that) 
 
 where not only 
 
 where nothing is 
 
 where so many | 
 people j 
 
 where their cases 
 
 where (here are no
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE, 
 
 181 
 
 where there are ) 
 so many J 
 
 where there can bo 
 
 where there has bee: 
 
 where there is ) 
 nothing to do) 
 
 where there is such 
 where there was not 
 where there were 
 
 where there will be 
 
 where they are) 
 iutercstedj. 
 
 where they are ) 
 
 where they are ) 
 ready ) 
 
 where they are j 
 supposed to be \ 
 
 where they do no 
 where they may be 
 
 where they were 
 
 where they were ) C^sf 
 
 said to be/ -e>f 
 
 -^T 
 
 where we have had 
 where we wore _ 
 
 where were they, 
 where were we C^^^ 
 where were you 
 where will it end 
 where would they 
 
 where would yon 
 
 where yon can. 
 
 where you find 
 
 where you have been Cs \- 
 
 where you observe. 
 
 where you was 
 
 where you were 
 
 where you will be 
 
 where you wish 
 
 Whereas he, or the 
 
 whereas I have, 
 been 1 
 
 whereas it ia 
 
 whereas they are. 
 
 whereas we do no 
 
 whereas you can. 
 
 whereas you have ) 
 been) 
 
 Whereby it is t/ 
 
 whereby their, > C/""* 
 or they are) 
 
 whereby we may CX^ V 
 whereby yon will C^* 
 Wherefore there is 
 wherefore they are_ 
 wherefore yon are. 
 
 Wherein he, or the. 
 
 wherein there) / 
 has been) 
 
 wherein they say i 
 
 wheresoever their A 
 
 wheresoever they ) 
 arej 
 
 wheresoever yon ) ( 
 arc f " 
 
 Wherever found 
 
 wherever ho was 
 
 wherever you are 
 wherever yon like 
 
 whether or not 
 whether there are . 
 
 whether there could 
 
 whether there 
 has been 
 
 whether there 
 is or not 
 
 whether there were 
 
 whether they are 
 
 whether they are> ~v 
 
 ready { V/j 
 
 whether they areJ ^ ' 
 willing] 
 
 whether we aro 
 whether you are. 
 Which accounted fo 
 which accounts for 
 which all believe 
 
 which all have 
 
 which all know _ 
 which all may _ 
 
 which all must see 
 which all of them
 
 182 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 which all of us 
 which all of yo 
 
 which all others 
 which all say 
 
 which all their 
 
 which all un-; 
 derstand) 
 
 which all would; / 
 be willing) 
 
 which almost 
 which aloiie 
 which also 
 which altogether 
 
 which appears to be 
 
 which are accounted 
 for 
 
 which are acknowl- 
 edged to be j 
 
 which are all-there 
 which are also 
 which are as 
 
 v/liich are balanced 
 
 which are better _ 
 than j 
 
 which are con-j 
 
 eideriibiv ) 
 
 which are derived 
 which are entitl 
 
 \\hich are estitu 
 
 v.-hich ore ex-j 
 aggeratodj 
 
 which are explained ^ 
 which are given 
 which ore governed V? 
 which are having 
 which are held 
 
 imntcd / 
 
 which are intended 
 
 which are likely I 
 to be) 
 
 which are meant ) 
 to tot 
 
 which are necessary 
 
 which are never- 
 theli 
 
 I A- 
 
 which are not 
 
 which are rendered 
 
 which are ropre-) 
 sen ted \ 
 
 which are some ofi v 
 
 the reasons) 
 
 which are subject 
 which are to be 
 which are to have. 
 
 which are undertaken 
 
 which are usually . 
 
 which are very > 
 muchj 
 
 which as usual 
 which brings us_ 
 
 which can be said. 
 which case will be_ 
 which consideration, 
 which could not be 
 whichever way 
 
 which explains wby_ 
 
 which fully I 
 sustains) 
 
 which generally. 
 
 which goes to show 
 whic.h had I 
 
 hich had not been 
 
 which happaneil-ens / / 
 
 / o 
 ch hardly ever_ 
 
 which has, or is) 
 
 always) 
 
 which has become, 
 
 which has been ; 
 said 
 
 which has ever ) 
 been J 
 
 which has generally.^. 
 
 which has got) / 
 
 to be| 7\ 
 
 which has just; 
 been) 
 
 which has longj 
 since) 
 
 which has never 
 been 
 
 which has nothing > 
 to do) 
 
 which has now VL 
 which has taken 
 
 which has therefore 
 
 which has, or) 
 is to be) 
 
 which has to have, 
 which has un- 
 
 dergone J 
 which have achie v 
 
 which have- become 
 which ha 
 
 which have en- 
 tered into. 
 
 which have generally y 
 which have had 4
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDB. 
 
 183 
 
 which have had) 
 to be) 
 
 which have had) 
 
 to have) -^ 
 
 which have long ) 
 
 been / ' 
 
 which have never _! 
 
 which have often 
 
 which have rarely_ 
 which have referred . 
 
 which have taken 
 
 which have their) 
 own) 
 
 whicb have to ' 
 have their 
 
 which he found < 
 
 to be) 
 
 which he has not 
 
 which behaving 
 
 which he hesitated) 
 about) 
 
 which he himself _ 
 
 which he intended) / 
 todoi 
 which be is en-) 
 
 titled to) - 
 
 which he knows ) 4 
 to be j 
 
 which he mentioned 
 
 which he not only 
 
 which he now) 
 
 objects to j 
 
 which he eaid 
 which he thinks . 
 which he understood, 
 which he was not . 
 which I am sure . 
 which I am told . 
 which I made . 
 
 which I may > 
 as well/ 
 
 which I think 
 
 which I understand 
 
 which i o do. i 
 
 which is as well 
 known 
 
 which is not clear. 
 
 which is not BO 
 
 which is their, \ 
 or there J 
 
 which it appears 6^ 
 
 which it cannot ~2 
 
 which it did not, 
 don't, or had notj 
 
 which it gives 
 
 which it has been 
 
 which it has had 
 
 which.it has) 
 sustained j 
 
 which it has) 
 taken ) 
 
 which it is not 
 
 which it is ) 
 . reasonable J 
 
 y.bichitissaid 
 
 which it might _ 
 
 which it most be) 
 remembered) 
 
 which it otherwise. 
 
 which it ought) 
 to have} 
 
 which it ought) 
 to have done) 
 
 which it prevented 
 
 which it requires 
 
 which it some-) 
 times) 
 
 which it would) 
 have been) 
 
 which may be 
 
 which might not be J. 
 
 which must be) / 
 considered) 
 
 whi :h naturally 
 which needs to be 
 
 which nobody will ^ 
 
 which of all their 
 wbich of hia 
 
 which of our 
 which of their 
 v/hich of them 
 which of you 
 
 which ought he 
 
 which ought) 
 never to be) 
 
 which ought) 
 not to have) 
 
 which ought hot! 
 to take place f 
 
 which ought surely 
 
 which ought) 
 to appear) 
 
 which ought) 
 to become) 
 
 which ought to) 
 enter into) 
 
 which ought to) 
 establish j 
 
 which ought to have. 
 
 which ought to have) V^ 
 accomplished J ~y 
 
 which ought to have) 
 ansv/cred) 
 
 which ought toj 
 have been) 
 
 wbich ought to ) 
 have had j 
 
 which ought to have) ' 
 no influence) 
 
 which ought to) 
 have put) 
 
 which our friends . 
 
 wbich partakes
 
 184 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 which possibly 
 which puts me 
 
 which puts us _^_ 
 
 3 
 
 which puts you x 
 
 which roferrcd-ence 
 
 which presentation 
 
 which satisfies | 
 me thatj 
 
 which secured 
 which seems to be. 
 which seldom 
 which served 
 which shall be . 
 
 which should be_ 
 
 which should | 
 have been j 
 
 which should | 
 have had) 
 
 which should | 
 interest} 
 
 which should 
 not have 
 
 which ehould 
 
 ich ehould ) 
 no longer J 
 
 which should) 
 put us) 
 
 which should ) 
 really J 
 
 which should) 
 stand) 
 
 which should) 
 take place! 
 
 which side of 
 which somebody, 
 which sometimes 
 which subject 
 
 which subjected) 
 him/- 
 
 which sweeps away _ - 
 
 which their, 1 
 or there / 
 
 (J *> 
 
 which tb<'irown 
 
 which there had 
 been 
 
 which there may 
 not be 
 
 which there was 
 which therefore 
 
 which they are 
 
 which they arc ) 
 expecting) 
 
 which they are* 
 having j 
 
 which they are not 
 
 which they are 
 saiJ to have 
 
 which they are) 
 understood) 
 
 which was not 
 
 which were ac- 
 counted for 
 
 which were almost 
 which were also 
 
 which were among 
 the beet 
 
 which were as) 
 good as) 
 
 which were as) 
 nown) 
 
 well k 
 
 which were de- 
 livered 
 
 which were ha 
 
 which were kn 
 
 which were made 
 
 which were 1 
 neglected ) 
 
 which were not) 
 anticipated) - 
 
 which were not ) 
 
 taken) ~ 
 
 which were not yet_ 
 
 which were not-) 
 withfitandiog) ~ 
 
 which were rather_ 
 
 which were renderet 
 
 which were to) 
 
 appear) 
 
 which were to) 
 have been ) 
 
 which were to) 
 
 have had) 
 
 which wereun-) 
 
 derstood { ~~ 
 
 which will ac- ) /_ 
 commodatei ~ 
 
 which will answer_ 
 which will astonish 
 which will at least 
 which will be done, 
 which will bo seen 
 which will begin. 
 
 which will come . 
 
 which will follow,) 
 or fully} 
 
 which will form. 
 
 which will gen-j 
 erallyj 
 
 which will happen 
 
 which will have) 
 had) 
 
 which will have) 
 their) 
 
 which will have) 
 to have) 
 
 which will improve 
 
 which will 
 interest you 
 
 which will make) 
 it
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 183 
 
 which will more) 
 than! 
 
 which will most) 
 likelj) 
 
 which will > 
 necessarily ( 
 
 which will no doubt Oj 
 which will probably. 
 
 which will not 
 
 which will not) 
 admit J 
 
 which will not be 
 
 vhich v,-ill not) 
 have) 
 
 which will not) 
 interfere) 
 
 which will not) 
 justify j 
 
 which will partake 
 which will seldo: 
 
 which will soon be 
 
 which will therefore (^ 
 
 which will usually__Z___ 
 which will you 4 
 
 which M-on't be si 
 
 which would) f 
 amount to j ./ 
 
 which would) t 
 
 appear) ^~ 
 
 which would bal- \ ^ f . 
 auce accounts J ^ 
 
 which would) f ""P 
 become) r 
 
 which would) / 
 
 explain) " sf 
 
 which would go) ^ 
 to show ( c^z 
 
 rhich would) 
 
 have) t, 
 
 which would) f 
 
 have been) tc 
 
 rhich would) 
 
 have had j Q 
 
 'hich would) f 
 
 have it ( ' ~~~~S ' 
 
 rhich would have) 
 
 justified j -O 
 
 which weald have) 
 nothing to do) 
 
 which would have) 
 passed) 
 
 which would have) 
 put it out) 
 
 which would have) 
 stood) 
 
 which would have) 
 undergone) 
 
 which would") 
 
 he do J 
 
 which would) 
 
 he think) 
 
 which would) 
 
 mostly) 
 
 which would) 
 never dp ) 
 
 which would) 
 not be) 
 
 which would not) 
 generally) 
 
 which would not) 
 have been) 
 
 which would not) 
 have had) 
 
 which would not > 
 often occur/ 
 
 which would not j 
 pay, or put) ~ 
 
 which would orily_ 
 
 which would) 
 prevent) 
 
 which would) 
 put you) 
 
 which would) 
 render) 
 
 which would satis-) 
 fy him, or me) ~ 
 
 which would ^ 
 
 seem to be j 5 
 
 which would some- ) 
 
 times happen J</ ^"X 
 
 which you have) 
 said) 
 
 which you Lave) 
 taken y 
 
 which you know) 
 to be) 
 
 which you men- 1 
 tion-ed ) 
 
 which you must ) / a. 
 
 be aware) ^\^ 
 
 which you now . 
 
 which you saw, \ 
 say, or see j 
 
 v.'hich you should ) JL 
 
 not) - n ^~' 
 
 which yon was 
 which you were 
 which you will say 
 
 which yon wish 
 
 which you would J 
 rathe: 
 
 whichever he, cr th 
 whichever it ic 
 "While believing, 
 while he, or the . 
 
 while it baa, or is 
 while it may be _ 
 while it rests _ 
 while it was 
 while nothing 
 while others 
 
 while their, or there 
 while there are 
 
 while there is 
 while they may 
 while they were 
 while they will
 
 186 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 while we 
 
 while we are 
 
 while we knew ' 
 that. 
 
 while we may 
 while with them 
 
 while with you,) 
 your | 
 
 while you are 
 while you were 
 whiter than 
 
 Who agree * 
 
 who appear to ) ^ 
 
 have / r 
 
 who are doing ? ~ is* 
 
 who are going) 1 
 
 to be) ~~ ^\~' 
 who are having) i^_ ^ 
 their j 
 
 who .arc mostly ?Tfo 
 
 who are not 1^ 
 
 who are not) "L^j> 
 
 interested ( ^\ 
 
 who are not* 1 -, 
 
 known I 
 
 who are now ^, , -^ 
 
 who are said > Q 
 
 to be/ IT 
 
 who arc to be ? 
 
 who are to have 1 i^\ 
 
 who are under-/ -^ 
 stood to be' (^ 
 
 who arc willing _2_ 
 
 who are vou 
 
 who believe 
 
 who CM n there be 
 
 who could not say 
 
 who expects L 
 
 who fuels, or) 
 follows) 
 
 who had been 
 who has a, or 
 who has had 
 
 who has it 
 
 who has not) 
 been j 
 
 who has not) 
 observed) 
 
 who has not) 
 seen) 
 
 who has nothing) 
 to doj 
 
 who has your 
 who have become 
 
 who have began 
 
 who have come to) , 
 the conclusion ', 
 
 who have discovered I. 
 
 who have ever been 4 
 who have had 
 who have intended 
 who have neglected & f ~~~ 
 who have never hprn It- 
 who have cot had 
 ho have objected 
 who have ordered 
 who have put forth & 
 who have returned 
 who have shown, 
 who have taken. 
 
 \v he havfc thought. 
 
 who have to J>ave | 
 their | 
 
 who have un-) 
 dertakenj " 
 
 who may be 
 
 who may be) 
 ax pec ted j 
 
 >-?> 
 
 who shall not 
 
 who should have) 
 been! 
 
 who should not be .
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 187 
 
 who will have 
 nothing to do 
 
 who will have taken . 
 who will not be 
 
 who will remember 
 who will say 
 
 -f 
 
 who will try 
 
 who will want ^ - ' 
 
 who will you ^ 
 
 who would be 4 
 
 who would have ? 
 
 who would have done ^. 
 
 who would know? -^ J 
 that 
 
 who would never 
 know 
 
 who would not be 
 
 who would not > 
 Bay, or sue 1 
 
 who writes that 
 
 who you are) 
 awarui 
 
 who you say 
 Whoever attempts 
 
 whoever becomes 
 
 whoever did that 
 
 whoever enters) 
 iutot 
 
 whoever finds 
 whoever had been 
 whoever he is . 
 
 whoever it may b 
 whoever knows 
 whoever nays so 
 
 whoever shall 
 
 whoever takes 
 
 the time* 
 
 whoever that ) ^ 
 
 may be \ v \ 
 
 whoever they are 
 whoever thinks 
 
 whoever undertakes, 
 whoever you think ^ 
 Whole- audience 
 
 whole concern 
 whole fault 
 
 whole house 
 whole land 
 
 whole of that time 
 
 whole of them 
 whole of your 
 whole time 
 whole truth 
 whole universe 
 whole volume 
 whole world 
 
 v \ 
 
 whole year 
 wholesale busint 
 
 wholesale price . 
 
 whom <!o you) 
 represent) 
 
 whom have you ) 
 engaged / 
 
 Whose interest _ 
 
 whose place of 
 
 )lace of) 
 usiness J- 
 
 \r 
 
 whoso plan is ___j4 
 
 Why are they _ 
 why are we _ 
 why are you 
 why can we not_ 
 
 why could you not 
 why feel, or follow. 
 why give way 
 
 why he is not 
 
 ^^ 
 
 why in the world 
 why may not _ 
 
 *^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 why must you 
 why not be 
 why not do EO 
 why not have 
 why not say BO 
 why not taketim 
 why of course _ 
 
 why BO_J why lbcir_3 
 
 why they were 
 why they will 
 why was there
 
 188 
 
 'THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 why we wer 
 why were they 
 why were you 
 why would you 
 why yon are 
 why yon were 
 wider than 
 Will affirm 
 will apply 
 will balav:a 
 will be couside 
 will be remembered 
 
 will be rendered f 
 
 will believe 
 will consider 
 will have done thir r \*. 
 will have seen their 
 f 
 
 will he, or the 
 
 will he have time < V" 
 
 will he not ' 
 
 will it ever be 
 
 will it not be 
 
 will not be there. 
 
 will not happen. 
 
 will not have to be 
 
 will not improve _ 
 
 will not matter 
 
 will not notice 
 
 will not postpone 
 
 will not say 
 will not there be 
 
 will others do 
 
 will perform j 
 their part j 
 
 will there, or their 
 will there be 
 will there nev 
 will there not be 
 
 will therefore 
 
 will they bare any)/ 
 objection { 
 
 will they not be 
 will we nci < 
 
 will we not have 
 
 will yon be kind) 
 enough j 
 
 will you examine j f^~~\^ 
 
 this paper i 
 
 will yon look at ) 
 this paper J 
 
 will you not 
 will your Honor 
 Wisdom of God 
 wisdom of which 
 wise man, or men 
 
 with many 
 with most men 
 
 with relation to) 
 
 that) ~ 
 
 with relation to) 
 
 which j - 
 
 with relation to) 
 
 yourj - 
 
 with respect to it 
 
 with respect to our 
 
 with respect to the 1 
 manner in which j 
 
 with this under-) 
 
 standing! r~ 
 
 with which it) c " 
 
 is uotj ; 
 
 with which it) c 
 is possible ( E? 
 
 with which it > 
 
 may bej 7=^ 
 
 with whom 9 
 
 with whose c 
 
 with whom yon are ^-^ 
 with whom you ware 
 with your own , 
 
 with your sanction 
 Within a, or an 
 within a short time 
 within an hour
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 189 
 
 within another year. 
 
 within its own 
 
 within our own A 
 
 within that time 
 
 within the time 
 
 within their own ) 
 control } 
 
 within which 
 
 Without a chance 
 
 o 
 
 without an effort 
 
 without as much J 
 
 without doubt ! 
 
 without great loaa C- 1 
 
 without he in 
 
 without him jf A> maC v 
 
 without much 
 
 without question 
 
 without taking into) f 
 
 consideration) ; ~T 
 
 wonder of the 
 world 
 
 Won't he, or the 
 
 won't I_l^Lwon't it Jlrl 
 
 e P 
 
 won't they_^. won't we 
 won't you be ther 
 Word of God 
 word of mouth 
 word of the Lord 
 words of my text 
 words of our text 
 Work-ed up 
 working classes 
 World of cars 
 world of fashion 
 world of spirits 
 world stands 
 world without 
 Worse and worse 
 worse for wear 
 worse than ever 
 worse than yours 
 Worship of God 
 worship of men 
 worship of nature 
 Worst case 
 worst influenoi 
 worst of it 
 Worth a cent 
 worth a dollar 
 
 worth a great deal CiJCX^ 
 
 worth a hundred) /t 
 
 dollars! - ^-j 
 
 worth a thousand | 
 dollars! 
 
 rth a million C^V-^/ 
 
 wcr 
 
 worth having _ 
 worth of it _ 
 worth of our _ 
 worth one' 8 while 
 worth remembering 
 worth saving 
 worth seeing 
 worth somethin 
 
 worth stating ^ 
 
 worth the time 
 
 worth your while _J 
 Worthy citizen (^ 
 
 worthy member : 
 
 worthy of praise Q. 
 
 worthy of your - 
 
 worthy woman = 
 
 Would a, or an ? . 
 
 would accept :? 
 
 would accommodate, 
 would account for it 
 would answer 
 
 would anticipate 
 would ae soon 
 would assure you 
 would at once 
 
 would bo able 
 
 would be as well ) 
 able) 
 
 would be best
 
 19O 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 would be brought ) 
 to light/ 
 
 would be delivered ^- 
 
 would be difforen 
 
 would be found) 
 to l>e| 
 
 would be right . 
 would be satisfied 
 would be sufficient 
 would be sure 
 would bo wrong 
 would berome their 
 would derive 
 would discover 
 would establish 
 would exaggerate ^ ' 
 
 would expect 3 
 
 would have been _ 
 would have known 
 would have put i 
 
 would have <wen 
 
 would have their 
 own way 
 
 would have to) 
 be thorej 
 
 would he have 
 done BO 
 
 would he nut 
 
 would I be 
 
 would I have s 
 
 would it have been ?- 
 
 would it have given 2. 
 
 would it have happened 
 
 would it not be 
 
 wculduot he, of'the <** 
 
 would pay for it 3. 
 
 would rather not ~>^ 
 
 would there be 
 
 would to God 
 
 would we be) 
 surprised! 
 
 would we have been 
 would we have gone 
 would wo not 
 
 would we submit 
 
 would we venture 
 
 would you be; 
 willing! 
 
 would you give 
 would you say 
 
 Wrote his, or us 
 
 wrote mo, my, ) 
 or him f 
 
 wrote to our 
 wrote to them 
 
 wrote to you 
 
 [For exercise on phrases be 
 giuuing with W, seep. 199.] 
 
 Yard and a half 
 yard and a quarter 
 yard wide _ 
 
 Year after year _ 
 
 year, oryea.rl . 
 V; 
 
 year and a half ago. 
 years afterward 
 vears before 
 
 yes sir, there may bo < 
 Yet another 
 
 yet it has, or is not. 
 yet it IB no longer 
 yet that may be. 
 You account for it 
 you and I 
 
 you are as much 
 
 you are aware 
 
 you are certainly ..kr 
 you arc not 
 
 you lire not) 
 entitled! 
 
 you arc not often 
 
 you are quite as 
 well 
 
 you are sworn 
 
 you arc therefore 
 
 you are to judge 
 
 you are to use <v- 'A 
 
 you arc
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 191 
 
 ou become 
 
 ou can bo there. 
 
 ou can not object 
 'ou can nol show 
 you can only 
 on can put 
 rou can refer 
 you can state 
 rou can remember, 
 you can tell 
 yon can understand 
 
 you did not, do ) M J 
 not, or had not ) 'j 
 
 you expect 
 yon generally 
 
 yon had do. had had 
 
 1 
 you had to have 
 
 yon have been 
 
 you have learned 
 yon have often 
 yon have seen 
 yon have told us.. 
 yon know that 
 yon may as well, 
 you may be aware_ 
 
 you may be con-| 
 sidered) 
 
 on may be right 
 you may be sure, 
 on may remember *v *\ 
 en mean to be 
 ou mean to say 
 ou might not wish 
 on must be aware 
 
 yon mast certainly 
 must not think 
 yon must recollec 
 you must remember Q^ZSV- 
 you not only *^~_^S 
 
 yon observe *~*\s' 
 
 yon perceive) 
 that) 
 
 yon recollect r, 
 
 yon refer to) 
 the time) 
 
 you said that 
 yon say, or eee ' 
 you seem to be 
 
 yon shall hear 
 
 you should be) 
 
 there) - 
 
 you should V.ave^ 
 
 yon should have 1 
 
 said) ~ 
 
 you should know ) 
 that f 
 
 you should ) 
 never btj 
 
 yon should re-/ 
 memberi 
 
 you should un- 
 derstand 
 
 ron think you I 
 are right ( 
 
 yon understood me 
 yon was *A you worp O-. 
 rou were given r*-, 
 you were not *V^ 
 you were present o-> 
 
 yon wore requiredJX,. 
 
 you were gome- \ ,, 
 
 times) J-^-^ 
 
 you were under- ( 
 stood to say ) 
 
 you were wrong- 
 yon will admit 
 
 yon will be) 
 surprised! 
 
 you will bear) 
 in mind) 
 
 you will doubtless 
 
 you will feel,J 
 or follow ( 
 
 you will find 
 
 you will have 
 
 learned i 
 
 yon will havef 
 Been that) 
 
 yon will have to) 
 be. careful) 
 
 you will have 
 to have 
 
 you will have to ) 
 take it for granted ) 
 
 you will hot be 
 
 yon will observe ! 
 
 ve) 
 it) 
 
 you will probably 
 
 j-ou will remem-) 
 ber that) 
 
 you will take into) rff\ 
 consideration) | , 
 
 you will therefore 
 
 /-]U
 
 192 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 you will want 
 
 ill want ) 
 to kuow / ~ 
 
 you would be* 
 willing) 
 
 tiave; 
 those) ^ 
 
 you would not) a Q> 
 have| *T 
 
 young woman _> 
 younger tlian 
 Your account 
 
 your brother 
 your child 
 
 your own opinio 
 your place of/ 
 
 r~ 
 
 V 
 
 your own way 
 your own wifn _ 
 
 your vertiirt f_ 
 
 your wanlH ^ 
 
 your wife i 
 
 Yours has been _ 
 yours very truly_ 
 yours were fc> ^ 
 
 yours will 
 
 -
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 193 
 
 EXERCISES ON PHRASES. 
 
 [Each Alphabetic Exercise to be written after the study of the Phrases 
 under the corresponding letter in the General List.] 
 
 A. (See pages 67 to 80.) 
 
 1. A-fe\v-months-ago I-lost a-large-amount in-a-few-minutes. A-good- 
 deal-of-time is-generally taken-up about-matters-(of)-importance to-us all. 
 
 2. A-great-many-yt-ars-ago a-remarkable-eircumstance took-place. Ac- 
 cording-(ti))-niy-recbllection it-was after-business-hours, and-under-(the)- 
 circumstances quite-a peculiar-thing. 
 
 3. All-men-of-means are-not always-ready (to)-lend-a helping-hand, 
 any-more-than any-body-else; and-yet-it-is-possible there -are -exceptions 
 (to)-this. 
 
 4. After-he-examined all-parts (of the) machine, and-inquired as-to 
 all-particulars, he-said it-was among-(the)-best he-had-ever-seen. 
 
 5. All-we-want-(to)-know-is whether-or-not another-opportunity will- 
 be-allowed-us (to;-ask-your-Honor's-opinion on-this all-important, and- 
 we-really-believe vital question. 
 
 6. Another-question-arises, and-that-is-this, Are-you-aware-that, as-a- 
 inatter-of-fact, I-do-not-own-that particular-property at-this-time. 
 
 7. As-far-as-I-rtin-concerned, as-I-said before, you-may-go at-any-time, 
 provided you-meet-me at-(the)-time-and-place heretofore agreed-upon. 
 
 8. As-you-are-aware, and-as-I-am-sorry-(to)-say, there-are at-(the)-pres- 
 ent-time as-many-persons employed as-can-be utilized. 
 
 9. As-near-as-(I)-can-remember, the transaction took-place at-or-near- 
 the-time you-mention, but, as-1-have-observed, I-cannot-be-at-all sure-of-it. 
 
 10. As-long-as-there-is a-man able-(to)-work on-the building, he-must- 
 do-so, and-it-must-be at-their-own-expense, as-is-usual in-such-cases. 
 
 B. (See pages SI to 87. ) 
 
 11. Be-careful of-your bank-account, because-it-is-the principal source 
 of-nearly all business-failures. 
 
 12. Be-this as-it-may, I-believe-there -is but-little-need of-your branch- 
 of-business in-this-commnnity, because-it-is, (to the) best-of-my-belief, 
 beyond-their present comprehension. 
 
 13. Before-you-are-able (to) begin-business, at-least before-you-can- 
 expect (to)-succ(>ed, you-must-becouie-acquainted with-the-customs and- 
 manners-of business-men. 
 
 14. Bewarc-fof)-your "best-friends," for-like-your "best-recollection" 
 when-ou-the witness-stand, he-may by-some-means be induced (to)-betray- 
 you. 
 
 15. Being-satisfied that-my business-interests require-it, I-shall convert 
 all-my-present bills-receivable into bona-fide money. 
 
 16. Between-me-and-you I-must-admit that-he-balances-his books but- 
 once-a-month, and-by-reasou-of-that many-errors occur. 
 
 17. I-must-by-some-means-or-other bring-about-a reconciliation be- 
 tween-(the)-two parties, but-how (to)-begin is the all-important question. 
 
 18. The burden-(of )-proof rests upon-the party making-the complaint, 
 \vhen-he takcs-the business-in-hand. 
 
 JS
 
 194 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 C. (See pages S7 to 90.} 
 
 19. It-cannot-be-true that-the Christian-religion-is untrue, and-that-the 
 civilized-world-has out-grown-the church-policy of-our fathers. 
 
 20. Circumstantial-evidence can-be-as-strong and-as convincing as-tho- 
 most direct testimony -that could-be-given by witnesses iu-(a)-court-(oi> 
 justice. 
 
 21. Civil-law-is supposed (to)-conform (to)-eommon-sense in-all import- 
 ant-matters concerning-the welfare (of the) community. 
 
 22. Confidential-communications between-citizens (of-the) United-Plates 
 are-protected by-law, the violation of-which-may-be-made-a cause-of-action. 
 
 23. The peoiiliar-ciroiimstances-(Of-the)-( > ase require a criminal-suit to- 
 be brought in-(the)-court (of)-common-pleas during-the April-term. 
 
 24. Church-moinbers cannot-be too-strict in maintaining by-their-con- 
 duct and-eonversation what-is-regarded as-a-good-i 'hristiau-character. 
 
 25. Let-me call-his-attention (to-the;-fact that-the witnesses called-for- 
 (the)-defendaut outnumber those called-for-{the)-plaintiff, by-as-many-M 
 two (to)-one, if-not-more. 
 
 26. Can-there-bc any-thing-said concerning commercial-matters, or-the 
 commission-business, tliat-has-not already-been-said over-and-over again. 
 
 D. (Set, pages 00 to 91,.) 
 
 27. Dangerous-weapons are-designed-to-be-used for-the-commission of- 
 crime, and-as-such dare-not-be carried concealed. 
 
 28. Do-you-moan-(to)-say that Democratic-principles do-not-havc-their 
 proper-considerittion in-the-management (of the) party. 
 
 29. Did-he-not-say, on-direct-examination, that-he had-not-been-there 
 during-(the;-time-the work was being-done, and-that he dld-not-know-any- 
 thing-about-it ? 
 
 30. Do-yoa-know-whether-or-not, after-due-consideration, it-was two-mr) 
 three days-after-the Democratic convention, that-tlie defendant s-coiinsd 
 said his-client had fallen down-stairs? 
 
 31. Docs-the witness decline-(to)-answer-the question, and-doe.s-your- 
 Honor doubt-my-right (to)-insist on-a direct-answer, yes-or-no '.' 
 
 32. He-dare-not-say that-he does-not-know-that we-depend-upon-him 
 for our supplies durlng-the-montb of-December. 
 
 33. Docs-it-not sometimes-happen-that-a-man may do as-well-as-(lie;- 
 can, and-yet-do-somethiug-that-he afterwards disapproves of? 
 
 E. (See pages OU and 95.) 
 
 34. Each-moment of-life-is of-value (toj-every-human-being, and-each- 
 instant should contribute something towards ete'rnal-glory. 
 
 35. Either-you-are a-great-deal earlier-thau usual, or I have-not-the 
 exact-time, wiiich-is-a-qiiestion entitled-to-some-con.sideration. 
 
 36. Every-opportunity has-been afforded (to the) Express Company 
 (to)-have everything correct in-cvery-particular. 
 
 37. Each-timo I-lmve-endeavored to describe-ilx- exact situation of- 
 affairs, so-as-not (to) reflect upon either-one-or-the-other. 
 
 3S. Eternal-life does-not depend-upon membership in-any-particular- 
 church, nor-'s-it consequent upon any supposable end-(of-the) world.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 195 
 
 F. (See pages 05 to 99.) 
 
 39. Fellow-citizens, is-the term employed by-most speakers for-(the)- 
 purpose-(of) forming-a good-impression upon-their hearers. 
 
 40. Federal-office-holders generally fear-God less-than they-do-the fu- 
 ture-course of-a change in-the government administration. 
 
 41. Further-testimony-is what-the despairing attorney seeks for-his- 
 client from-among-his fellow-workmen. 
 
 42. Freedom-of-thought and-free-speech have-been-the watch-words (of- 
 the) American-people (from)-generation-(to)-generation, and-for-many good- 
 reasons they-are-likely (to)-continue-so. 
 
 43. I-arn-fully-aware-(of-the)-fact that-the future-world will yield full- 
 compensation for-all-the inequalities there-may-be in-this-world." 
 
 G. (See pages 99 and 100.) 
 
 44. Gentlemen-(qf-the)-jury, is-the- way in-which-the lawyer goes-into- 
 the argument of-his-case. and-they-are "words, which-he repeats a-great- 
 number-( of)- times. 
 
 45. Go-on-(and)-state-(to-the)-jury all-you-know-about-(the) -matter; give- 
 us-the facts-in-the-case ; they-will-be of-great-advantage to-us-all. 
 
 46. In-a great-majority-(of)-cases people get-themselves-into difficulties, 
 and-then complain that-their troubles are greater-than-can-be endured. 
 
 47. The greatest-injustice is-sometimes committed by-many good-people 
 when-they-think they-are doing-the greatest-favors for-fheir-friends. 
 
 48. Give-us-the best-rates you-can on grain and-produce, and give-us- 
 permission (io)-get-the-most we-can under-(the)-circumstances. 
 
 H. (See pages lot to 107.) 
 
 49. Had-there-not-been something-said-and-done on-the-subject already, 
 he-would-not-have mentioned-(the)-matter, I-am-sure, ( to )-any- human- 
 being, unless-he-\v<is compelled (to)-do-so. 
 
 50. Had-we-been aware-(of-the)-fact that-you had-not-been-there, we 
 would-have called-upon-the honorable-gentleman and-spent half-an-hour 
 with-him. 
 
 51. He-does-not-know how-much-he outrages human-nature by disre- 
 garding the recognized interests of husband-and-wife. 
 
 52. He-happened-to-be in-the House-of- Representatives when half-(a)- 
 dozen honorable-members were on-the-floor talking at-once. 
 
 53. He-has-given-me (to)-understand that-he-cannot change-his inten- 
 tions now, however-much-he may-regret-the effect it-will-have on-(the)- 
 market. 
 
 54. Has-there-not-boon some-one call-upon-you to-learn how-long you- 
 will-remain and how-many-speeches you-will-make. 
 
 55. Has-anybwly-else spoken (to)-you on-the-subject of having-your 
 house-and-lot Bold 'for-(the)-beneflt of-your creditors? 
 
 56. How-do-you-kno\v-that it-was just half-past ten o'clock when-yon 
 happened-to-be in-the-city, and-called-upon-the honorable-senator at-his 
 place-of-residence ?
 
 196 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I. (See pages 107 to 138.) 
 
 57. I-hope-tHat I-may-never-be so indifferent (to the) wants of-my-fel- 
 low-creatures, that I-can-stand unmoved in-the-presence of suffering hu- 
 manity. 
 
 58. I-admit-that I-am-afraid there-is-some-mistake, and -I- feel very- 
 much-like saying-that I-will-never trust (to)-appearances again. 
 
 59. I-begin-to-think I-liave-not-been as careful of-my-prpperty and 
 money as-I-might-have-bcen, had I-thought-it necessary or'desirable. 
 
 60. I-belieye-that I-was-in-the-right, and-I-shall-not-be inclined-(to)- 
 change my convictions for any ordinary considerations. 
 
 61. I-suppose-that I-must-proceed with-the work I-have-in-hand, and-if 
 I-fail in-my calculations it-will-be my-loss. 
 
 62. I-intend-(to)-do what I-know-they-will-approve and 'what I-have- 
 reason-Uo)-believe will-be acceptable (to) most (of the) people in-this- 
 iieighborhood. 
 
 63. I-would-not-undertake (to) say what I-woulcl-do under-certain-cir- 
 cumstances, and (to) confess-the truth I-would-rather-be-excused from en- 
 gaging in-a-matter-(of)-this-kind. 
 
 64. If-it-is-not too-much trouble I-\vould-like-(to)-know if-there-is-any- 
 thiug in-their-hands relating tto)-this-matter that I-have-not-seen. 
 
 65. In-all-my-experience 1-have-never before had-such-(a)-case; and in- 
 some-respects it-is-not-only novel but it-is-worse-than-that. 
 
 66. Inasmuch-as-there-is no-evidence in-the-case which conflicts \vitli- 
 vour-Honor's-opinion, in-reference (to the) petition I-wiil move (to) take- 
 tlie case from-(the)-jury. 
 
 67. It-ought-not-(to)-be-said that-he-is neglecting- his-business, and-I- 
 think it-would-uot-be-said if-it-were-not that-he-is. endeavoring (to) do 
 more-than-he-can well attend-to. 
 
 J, K, 1. (Sec pages 1SS to HI.) 
 
 68. I-have-just-receiyed-a summons (to) appear before-the Justice-(of 
 the)-Peace, (to) testify in-a-case that I-know just-nothing at-all-abont. 
 
 69. Just-about-that-time my-attorney got-mad and-said (to the) witness, 
 "Just-answer my-question yes-or-no," and-he did-so just-as-soon-us- 
 possible. 
 
 70. The Judge's-Charge was just-as-long-as-the-cas2 required, and-in 
 perfect keeping with-judicial-custom. 
 
 71. Knowing-his- disposition so well, I-know-there-will-be some-diffi- 
 culty in keeping-him in-his-own-place. 
 
 72. Lndies-(and)-Gentlemen, let-us-consider for-a-moment-the impor- 
 tance of-liberty-of-speech in connection with-the liberties-(of-the)-people 
 and-the perpetuity (of the) Government. 
 
 73. Learned-counsel on-both-sides are losing their temper, let-us-there- 
 Jore have-a-little-consideration for-the proprieties (of the) place. 
 
 74. Let-no-one-think-that prices will get any lower now, or continue 
 any-longer-than-tlK- local-causes exist that-produced them. 
 
 75. Lest-therr-should-be some delay dnring-the latter-part- ( of -the )- 
 time, I-would like-(to)-understand what-is-meant by-the provision in-the 
 last-paragrapli (of the; articles of-agreeinent.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 197 
 
 M. (See pages l! t l to 145.) 
 
 76. May-it-please-(the)-court, my-question is-this: May-it-not-be - that- 
 the Methodist-preacher spoken of did-uot belong (to the) Methodist-church 
 at-all ? 
 
 77. Morc-than-a-month ago he-promised (to) give most-(of)-his-time 
 (to-the)-undertaking, which-promise he-must-have forgotten long-ago. 
 
 78. Mercantile-business may-sometimes bring wealth, but- the majori:y- 
 (of)-men who engage in-it must-not anticipate rapid fortunes. 
 
 79. Mr.-Chairman and my-fellow-citlzcns : I-shall -most-likely say on- 
 this momentous-occasion much-less-than many-(of)-you expect. 'But! Mr.- 
 Ohairman. what I-do-say I-will-say most-emphatically, and-that-is-that I- 
 most-heartily indorse ail-that my-most-respected-friehd has-said on-this- 
 subject. 
 
 80. Much-has-been-said, my-Christian-brethren, on-the moral-certainty 
 of-a future-life, which more-than-anything-else rendtrs-this-state-of exist- 
 ence most-happy. 
 
 N. (See pages U6 to U8.) 
 
 81. National-Banks are-the out-growth (of the) struggle between-the 
 North-(and)-8outh on-(the)-qucstion whether-or-not ours is-a national-gov- 
 ernment or a-mere confederacy. 
 
 82. Not with standing-the northern-states regarded-them as-a necessary- 
 consequence (of the; war, many-people think-them a- necessary-evil. 
 
 83. Neitlier-one-nor-(the)-other will give-up ; nevertheless-it-is-evident 
 in-the very nature-(of)-things that-the end-is near-at-hand. 
 
 81. The new-version (of the) New-Testament has-been nothing-more- 
 than-a novel-sensation (of the) day, iior-is-it-likely to-be a-wonderful 
 triumph t' reform. 
 
 85. No-experise-will-be spared, nor-will-therc-be anything left undone, 
 to-render-this newspaper enterprise a-great success. 
 
 86. Nearly-every-one knows-that nobody-thinks any-the-less of-a-person 
 for what-he believes, as-it-is-none of-his-business. 
 
 O. (See pages 11,8 to K2.) 
 
 87. Of-all-my-property only-just-enough-is left (to)-support-the most or- 
 dinary-establishment, say ten-thousand a-year or-thereabouts. 
 
 88. Of-course-it-is necessary-for-me on-all-occasions, to-be specific on- 
 business-matters on-account (of the) liability of-all-men (to) commit 
 errors. 
 
 89. On-tho-one-haud T-have-jealous rivals in-business: o i-the-other- 
 hand I-am-sorry-(to)-say I-have-a-few enemies; so-that, on-cithe -hand I-am 
 between two-fires, eitlier-one-of-whieh-is enough (to) discoua age-an old- 
 gentleman like myself. 
 
 90. One-of-the-most wealthy owners of-real-estatc in-the co inly, worth 
 one-hundred-thousand-dollars or-more, told-me only-the other- ay,' tliat-he 
 ought-not-(to)-pay school-taxes because-he-has no children. 
 
 91. On-the-present-occasion I-will-not-say one-way-or-another what-I- 
 think; whether on-(the)-one-side I-am for free-trade, or-on-the-other-side 
 for-a protective tariff. 
 
 92. Only-no w-(and)-then we-find one-who-is willing (to) go-out-of-(the)- 
 way, or ou'tsidc-of-his profession (to) assist other-persons.
 
 198 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 P. (See pages 153 to 754.) 
 
 93. Whcn-the j>:my-(of-the)- first-part shall-have performed all-his obli- 
 gations (to the) partv-(<>f-the)-.second-part in-tlic peculiar-meaner required, 
 tlierc-\vill-be plcnty-(of)-time for-the-consideriitiou of-other-mattcrs. 
 
 94. Perhaps-he may-not-be-aware-that-the present-state-of-things is un- 
 favorable for-the free and-full expression oi'-one s political-opinions. 
 
 95. Personal-property should-be listed for- taxation at-thc pl!ice-(of>- 
 residence (of-the) citizen rather-than at-hiK-plai'e-tof.'-business, if-they- 
 are-not oue-(and)-the-Bame. 
 
 96. For-the-purpose-(of) proclaiming his political-opinions he-addressed- 
 a public-letter (to the) people-(of-the)-staie in-whk-h-he pointfed-OUt-hia 
 views pretty-clearly. 
 
 97. The prepondcrance-(of)-evidence, in-the-iniuds (of the) jury, was- 
 against-the prisoner-at-( the)-bar, and-therefore-the court will pftas- judg- 
 ment upon-him, and -the power-(of-the)-goveriunent will-be invoked (toj- 
 executc-thc law. 
 
 Q and R. (See paqes 15.J and !'>>!.) 
 
 98. A-quarter-section of-land, I-am-qnite-certain, would-answer qnitc- 
 as-well for-a poor man's farm as-a-largcr quantity. 
 
 99. Quite-likely a-quarter-(of-an)-hour will-lie suiricicnt-time for-yon, 
 but-you-will-have-(to)-be as-quick-as-possible in-0rder-/to)-get-the quantity 
 required. 
 
 100. Rather-than have any difficulty relative-(to)-your claim against-the 
 n-al-estate, if-you-will render-(an)-account in-dctail I-will-pay-it, wlicther- 
 right-or-wrong. 
 
 101. A-religious-man should recollect-that-his conduct repn:sents-tlie 
 character of-his-religion, and-he should-therefore reflect-upon-the eilect- 
 his actions may-have upon others. 
 
 102. Railroad Companies are great-promoters of business-enterprise, i>uf- 
 are-rather tyrannical respecting such-matters as right-of-way and local- 
 rates on freight. 
 
 103. On re-direct-examination-the real-force (of-the) testimony was 
 brought-out; and-the re butting-evidence rendcred-thcir case wurse-than 
 hopeless. 
 
 1W. Respectlng-your proposition I-must request- that-you put-it in 
 writing, especially that portion relative-(tO)-which I-have-no-knowledge 
 except from hearsay. 
 
 S. (See pages 156 to-Wl.) 
 
 105. Several-years-ago she-said she-would-not-sell her-share (of the) 
 property while she lived, but-since-that-time she-may-have changed her 
 mind. 
 
 106. So-far-as-I-know there-is-no special-order of-proeeeding, but-somc- 
 how-or-other I-think we-raust sooner-or-later have some-expression of 
 opinion on-the-subject of organization. 
 
 107. Something-has-been-said in-reference-(to-thc) Supreme -Court - (of- 
 the)-state being behind-hand with-its docket : so-it-is, and ^o-long-a.s we 
 crowd it with unimportant-cases it-will-be subject-to-such remarks. 
 
 108. State-how-much-money you -have received from-the society since-it- 
 has-becn in existence, so-far-"as"-(you)-can-remember, without referring to- 
 your set-of-books. 
 
 109. State-whether-or-not you-have given-the sum-and-substance of-all- 
 tliut was-aald-and-done In-tne state-legislature iii-regard (to the) several- 
 matters in- which this society is interested.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 199 
 
 T. (See pages 162 to 170.} 
 
 110. "Take-care (of the) pennies nnd-thc pounds will-take-care-(of)- 
 themselves," is-the maxim of-mauy who-have "made fortunes of -ten- 
 thousand a-ycar. 
 
 111. Tell-us-something about-(the)-many business-enterprises in-the ter- 
 ritory (of the) far-west, that-is-uot-generally-knowii throughout-the-north- 
 (andj-south. 
 
 112. There-is-no-such-tliing-as absolute-perfection in-this-world, though- 
 there-may-be some near-approaches towards-it among-those-who-would-be 
 truly good. 
 
 113. There-would-never-be any trouble if-you would-take-(into)-consid- 
 eration this-fact, that-there-are twice-as-many-people applying for-\vork 
 as-there-is work (to)-be-done. 
 
 114. Two-or-three-times I-have-attempted (to)-bring this-suit (to)-trinl, 
 but thcre-has-always-been something in-the-way, and-now it-will-take 
 three-or-four months to- reach-it again. 
 
 . 115. Tbey-have-no-thought (to)-what-extent this-business has-been car- 
 ried-on th'roughout-(the)-country ; nor-is-it yet developed (to-the)-full- 
 extent of-its possibilities. 
 
 U and V. (See pages 170 to 172.) 
 
 116. Under-all (the)-circumstances I-have concluded that unless-there-is 
 some uniform-way of conducting this establishment, I-shall-have (to)- 
 withdraw from-its management. 
 
 117. Very -little-more can-be-done in-this examination until-tomorrow, 
 unless-your-honor takes-(the)-same view-(of the)-question as-l-do, and al- 
 lows me to-hitrocluce witnesses (toj-prove-the value-(of the)-property. 
 
 118. I-will venture-(to)-say that very-nearly all who-have-undertaken- 
 (to)-do all-that-is-required in-this contract failed in-the usual-way; 
 namely : because-they-don't-understand their-business. 
 
 W and Y. (Sec pages 173 to 192.) 
 
 119. Wc-are-satisfied-that we-ought-to-be allowed our full-claim in-this- 
 case, and-were-it-not-for-the fact that-it-is-a woman who-is-the defendant 
 we would-not hesitate (to) carry it into-court. 
 
 120. We-wish-there-was some-way whereby-such trifling contentions as- 
 these, which-ought-never-to-be put on-paper, might be referred to arbi- 
 trators. 
 
 121. What-do-you-mean when-you-say that-you- will-do-so whenever- 
 thcre-is-necessity for-it? \Vho*wiil-be-the judge whether-or-not-a necessity 
 exists? 
 
 122. Whoevor-thinks-he-can make money in-the wbolesale-dry-goods- 
 business, is very-much-mistaken, although-he-may-be-a very-worthy-citi- 
 zen and-a woman's-rights-man. 
 
 123. With-reference-to-your proposition, would-it-not-be well-for-you (to)- 
 wait-a-lit'tle-while, (to)-sefe what-can-be-done on-the-other-side worthy (of) 
 consideration. 
 
 124. Within-another-year your-property will-be worth-(a) great-deal- 
 more-than it-is-now, and-it- would-be-best for-you (to)-hold on (to)-it 
 awhile-longer if-you-can. 
 
 125. Young-men should-remember-that while-their company-is very- 
 desirable in-all-public assemblages, yet-it-is-not always advisable that- 
 they should-try (to)-circumvent-the views and-objects of older-men. 
 
 126. You-can-state-(to-the)-jury what you-knovv-about-this-case ; or, in- 
 (the)-first-plaee, what-is-your age, present place-(of)-rcsidence and-occupa- 
 tion, if-you-have-any.
 
 2OO THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 
 
 THE NORTH AND THE SOUTH. 
 
 From an Address of Welcome by Gen. E. F. Noyes. 
 
 A quarter of a century ago, when I first came to Cincinnati, situated here 
 on the border-land between the North and the South, the people of the two 
 sections were comparative strangers to each other, and representing in some 
 respects different civilizations; each entertained a prejudice against the 
 other, each underrated the good qualities of the other: they were not one 
 in sympathy and purpose, and there were ninny who believed they could 
 never be one in destiny. Since that time a terrible civil war has devuMuti d. 
 the country; the best young blood of the Nation has been poured out like 
 water; our sons and fathers and brothers have laid down their lives l>y 
 the hundred thousand, upon one side or the other, fighting for a cause 
 which they all believed to be just and holy. 1'eace has spread her white 
 wings over the laud again: and we have one people, one country, one Gov- 
 ernment, and one flag. (160 words) 
 
 Citizens of Atlanta, our honored guests to-day, Cincinnati rejoices in the 
 growth and success of your magnificent city. We have manifested our good 
 will, and our confidence in the future of the South, in ways more convinc- 
 ing than speech, however eloquent. We have bound you to us with bands 
 of steel, and we shall not easily let you go. A kind Providence has adapted 
 the soil and climata of our vast empire to supply all the wants of civilized 
 man; and certainly in the bestowal of His blessings He has not been un- 
 mindful of the South. Your fields, white with cotton or billowy with the 
 waving leaves of your fragrant tobacco: your plantations of su.ir and rice: 
 your hills bursting with mineral wealth; your far stretching forests of pine; 
 your water courses, calling aloud for the wheels of industry and welcoming 
 the spirit of enterprise already manifest; your orange groves and orchards, 
 whose fruits can only ripen where the long summer sun kisses them into 
 , beauty and rounds them to perfection all these and many more are inviting 
 capital and labor from abroad, and rewarding your industries by enhanc- 
 ing your abundant and growing prosperity . (201) 
 
 A part of all this is ours, and a part of all we have is yours: we mu 
 shall be friends, helping each other in all the years to come. Atlanta can 
 not call upon Cincinnati in vain, in anytime of need, and we feel that in 
 your charming city we have a friend and ally, in the generous and peaceful 
 rivalry of industry, enterprise, and civilization. We rejoice together in th<> 
 magnificence and glory of our common country. When we reflect upon how 
 much has been accomplished in a brief hundred years of National existence, 
 what imagination can paint the possibilities of the future when our popu- 
 lation shall number 200,000,000 of people, scattered far and wide over our 
 broad domain, engaged in the 10,000 vocations of civil life when all the 
 waste lands shall have been transformed into plantations and farms, or- 
 chards, vineyards and gardens when the banks of every stream shall be 
 vocal with the music of mechanical skill when the secrets of all the hills 
 shall have been discovered, and their treasures converted to the uses of man; 
 when our towns and cities shall have been multiplied four-fold in number 
 and population, and shall constitute the princely homes of an intelligent, 
 virtuous and happy people; when education shall be brought to the door of 
 every poor man's child, and opportunities for improvement and the avenues 
 to success shall be open to all alike. All hail the grand hereafter ! It is for 
 us to contribute our share to the glorious consummation. (Total 620)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 2O1 
 
 The Worth and the South. 
 
 t> J 
 
 l'-*?\^< ( 
 
 V- 
 
 ^"T 7 
 
 V 
 
 .1 r 
 
 \ L 
 ^ <: -f/ 
 
 \ 
 
 ^ ^ r 2 ^ 
 
 *-=> \, o 
 
 ^ . > 
 
 t 
 
 / . r 
 
 v c 
 
 >. . 
 
 F=D 
 
 -fi- 
 
 r 
 
 \ 
 
 
 -r- 
 
 ^ c/ 
 
 <Sg x. ' 
 
 %ar
 
 2O2 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 PRESIDENT GARFIELD TO YOUNG MEN. 
 
 [This, and all other exercises, should be practiced by instalments: that 
 is, only a portion of it read and written at a time; then re-read and re-writ- 
 ten, until it can be done promptly and correctly, before going on with the 
 rest. ] 
 
 Now, young gentlemen, let me fora moment address you teaching your 
 success in life. Let me beg you, in the outset of your career, to dismiss {<.-, .m 
 your minds all idea of succeeding by luck. There is no more common 
 thought among young people than that foolish one that by-and-by something 
 will turn up by which they will suddenly achieve fame or fortune. No. 
 young gentlemen, things don't turn up in this world unless somebody turns 
 them up. Inertia is one of the indispensable laws of matter, and things 1 it- 
 flat where they are until by some intelligent spirit (for nothing but spirit 
 makes motion in this world), they are endowed with activity and life. Do 
 not dream that some good luck is going to happen to you and give you for- 
 tune. Luck is an ignis fat mis you may follow it to ruin, but not to su<-ce>s. 
 The great Napoleon, who believed in his destiny, followed it until he 
 saw his star go clown in blackest night, when the Old Guard perished 
 around him, and Waterloo was lost. A pound of pluck is worth a ton of 
 luck. '[Applause.] 
 
 Young men talk of trusting to the spur of the occasion. That trust is 
 vain. Occasions cannot make spurs, young gentlemen. If you expect to 
 wear spurs, you must win them. If you wish to use them you must buckle 
 them to your own heels before you go into the fight. Whatever you win in 
 life you must conquer by your own efforts, and then it is yours a part of 
 yourself. 
 
 Again: in order to have any success in life, or any worthy succea 
 must resolve to carry into your work a fulness of knowledge not merely a 
 sufficiency, but more than a sufficiency. In this respect follow the rule of 
 the machinists. If they want a machine to do the work of six horses, they 
 give it a nine-horse power, so that they may have a reserve of three. To 
 carry on the business of life you must have surplus power. Be fit for more 
 than the thing you are now doing. Let every one know that you have a 
 reserve in yourself : that you have more power than you are now using. If 
 you are not too large for the place you occupy, you are too small for it. 
 How full our country is of bright examples, not only of those who occupy 
 some proud eminence in public life, but in every place you may find men 
 going on with steady nerve, attracting the attention of our fellow-citizens, 
 and carving out for themselves names and fortunes from small and hum- 
 ble beginnings, and in the face of formidable obstacles. (466)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 203 
 
 President Garfield to Young Men. 
 
 I I C o-P 
 
 r 
 
 <\ 
 
 \ 
 
 \ 
 
 k-l_. -3 \ Q C. 
 
 _5> 
 
 T; 
 
 ^ rv-^ g^ x f ; o->=a V C > ^x^ h v_^ C y b 
 
 **)5 ^ ^ tT C 
 
 ( 
 
 o-o -^^ ^A 
 
 0-0 .o^a ^^ 
 
 ^=f 
 
 X t 
 
 -X_(- 
 
 \>
 
 2O4 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 PRESIDENT GARFIELD, Concluded. 
 
 Young gentlemen, let not poverty stand as an obstacle in your way. 
 Poverty is uncomfortable, as I can testify; but nine times out of ten the best 
 thing that can happen to a young man is to be tossed overboard, ami com- 
 pelled to sink or swim for himself. In all my acquaintance, I have never 
 known one to be drowned who was worth the saving. [Applause.] This 
 would not be wholly true in any country but one of political equality like 
 ours. The editor of one of the leading magazines of England told me, not 
 many months ago, a fact startling enough of itself, but of great significance 
 to a poor man. He told me that he had never yet known, in all his cxperi- 
 ancc, a single boy of the class of farm-laborers, who had ever risen above 
 his class. Boys from the Manufacturing and commercial classes had risen 
 frequently, but from the farm-labor class he had never known one. 
 
 The reason is this: in the aristocracies of the Old World, wealth and 
 society are built up like the strata of rock which compose the crust of the 
 earth. If a boy be born in the lowest stratum of life, it is almost impo.ssible 
 for him to rise through this hard crust into the higher ranks; but in this 
 country it is not so. The strata of our society resemble rather the ocean, 
 where every drop, even the lowest, is free to mingle with all others, and 
 may shine at last on the crest of the highest wave. This is the glory of our 
 country, young gentlemen, and you need not fear that there are any 
 obstacles which will prove too great for any brave heart. 
 
 One thought more and I will close. Let me suggest, that in giving you 
 being, God locked up in your nature certain forces and capabilities. What 
 will you do with them ? Look at the mechanism of a clock. Take oft' the 
 pendulum and ratchet and the wheels go rattling down, and all its force is 
 expended in a moment; but properly balanced and regulated, it will go on, 
 letting out its force tick by tick, measuring hours and days, and doing faith- 
 fully the service for which if was designed. I implore you to cherish and 
 guard and use well the forces that God has given to you. You may let 
 them rnu down in a year, if you will. Take off the strong curb of discipline 
 and morality, and you will be an old man before your twenties are passed. 
 Preserve these forces. Do not burn them out with brandy or waste them 
 in idleness and crime. [Applause.] Do not destroy them. Do not use 
 them unworthily. Save and protect them that they may save for you for- 
 tune and fame. Honestly resolve to do this, and you will be an honor to 
 yourself and to your country. [Applause.] (485)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 206 
 
 President Garfield to Young Men. 
 
 r- ^ 
 
 _j_i P 
 
 vf- 
 
 "^ 
 
 _ ^V_- r IN 
 
 ^ c 
 
 ^ x r~~\ 
 
 T nB r 
 
 i-.-o) ' V 
 
 L ( 
 
 . L C, 
 
 s-f 
 
 \. 
 
 x J 
 
 r-
 
 2O6 THE'REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 WHAT IS LIFE? 
 
 Extract from a Sermon, by Rev. J. W. Pratt, D. D. 
 
 Life is by many considered equivalent to mere animal existence. 
 Bodily health, comfort ami enjoyment nre the components of tin- concep- 
 tion. Hence, when they speak of 'living," they mean eating, drinking, 
 sleeping and main'aining the bodily functions unLmpured; of "dying," the 
 prominent element in their conception is the cessation of the action of the 
 heart and lungs. I5y t'.ie "pleasures of life," they mean the gratification of 
 bodily appetites, or of the lower social affections. Their conception of the 
 "ills of life" embrace hunger, thirst, cold, poverty, pain, or the 
 property or of relatives. A "hard life" means privation of comforts and 
 want of luxuries. A "happy life" means plenty, ea.se. prosperity, and tlie 
 absence of care. They have but little appreciation of those dements of hap- 
 piness which flow out of the merely accidental relations they may sustain 
 to human society. Regarding life as synonymous with mere bodily exist- 
 ence, they act upon the idea that it is the chief end of being to take care of 
 the body. In their estimation the claims of sense are paramount to all 
 others; and although they may not be altogether indifferent to the higher 
 sentiments in our nature," yet such is their relative importance when 
 they come into collision with the claims of the body, that they make them 
 yield precedence. 
 
 The words of Solomon describe them with a fidelity which proves that 
 this class of men did not spring into existence in the nineteenth century: 
 "All the labor of man is for his mouth." That is, the governing motive, tin- 
 direct and leading aim of all their toil, is the support of animal life. This 
 is first, and everything else is subordinate to it. Friendship, honor, truth, 
 justice, benevolence, duty, patriotism, the joy of elevated and ennobling 
 companionship with the good, an unsullied reputation, a conscieii< 
 of offence toward God and toward man are tilings well enough to have, but 
 they are freely sacrificed when they can be had only at the expense of what 
 these men call life. Representatives of this class are found not only among 
 men of the world: the visible church is full of them. There are hundreds 
 
 of professing Christians who look upon religion as a thing which i.s well 
 
 ("':* wnr N,
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 2O7 
 
 "What ia Life ? 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 .. 
 
 j 
 
 y / c 
 
 J. 
 
 4, 
 
 o y 
 
 V^- 
 
 V., s - 
 
 ~ 
 
 k 
 
 \, 
 
 i C 
 
 <L 
 
 7( It
 
 2O8 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 enough to have in a mild form, (a sort of varioloid Christianity), and which 
 they can afford to. attend to on Sunday morning at least, because there is 
 nothing doing on- "Change;" but who, when Monday comes, resume the 
 practice of their real creed, the substance of which is, " I believe every 
 man doth live by bread alone." 
 
 It is right to labor for the support of the body. Bread is essential, and 
 it can be had only by incessant labor. The primal curse imposed upon man 
 the irksome necessity. "In the sweat of thy face shult thou eat bread." 
 "He that laboreth," says Solomon, "laboreth for himself, for his month re- 
 quirelh it of him." Of course, then, I freely admit that men must take 
 thought for what they shall eat. But it is just at the point of this concession 
 that the tempter persuades them that this is all that is essential to life. 
 
 But there is another mistake in regard to life, which, although nobler in 
 origin than that just discussed, is none the less a mistake, fatal to the life 
 of the soul the error of supposing that the life of a man consists in the 
 cultivation of his intellect. Those who fall into this error reason correctly 
 from their premises. They say that the life of the body is a matter not 
 worthy to engross the care of a rational mind; and they conclude that since 
 the mind is the nobler part, its activity and development must constitute 
 the highest end of existence. They look out upon nature, and everywhere 
 they see fields from which the choicest fruits and flowers of knowledge may 
 be gathered. The very fact that nature has ten thousand secrets which she 
 is willing to disclose to those who patiently interrogate her, coupled with 
 the inward consciousness of an avidity for knowledge, seems to them to 
 prove that, as man's body lives by bread so his mind lives by knowledge as 
 its proper food. Beholding the universe frought with the materials of a 
 stupendous and ever-growing philosophy, each department of which is 
 adapted to stimulate the intellect to its highest exercise, and then regale ii 
 with the richest nourishment; beholding the manifest adaptation of the 
 theater of human life to the busiest exercise of the higher faculties; more- 
 over, experiencing the delight which is felt by the mind in the acquisition 
 of knowledge when truth discloses her high and hidden beauties to their 
 enraptured gaze, they realize an ethereal satisfaction in the gratification of 
 the intellectual appetite; a satisfaction which they know the world cannot 
 understand. (-137 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 209 
 
 -T i y . , 
 
 =^ 
 
 J 
 
 f4 
 
 L ^ C 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 fcr 
 
 ^ 
 
 4_D ^> 
 
 AT 
 
 %y 
 
 <\ ^ / c.
 
 21O THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Now the man who has been reared amid kindly influences, and who is 
 hy nature of quick susceptibilities, cannot look out upon the summer earth, 
 covered with its carpet of richest embroidery, or upon its ice-bound rivers 
 and its lifeless trees arrayed in snowy robes, or upon the heavens studded 
 with stars; he cannot listen to the melodies that float through the air; he 
 cannot wander in forests made vocal with the sounds of birds, without ex- 
 periencing the most ecstatic emotions; and he must know that he is living 
 a far more exalted life than the mere man of business who walks through 
 the world unconscious that he is moving about in a palace fit for the abode 
 of angels. It is not surprising that he too should at last believe that that 
 which so exalts his being above the grosser pleasure of the senses is indeed 
 the very wine of life drawn from the fountain of immortality. And there 
 can be no doubt that the man of cultivated taste does live an infinitely 
 higher life than the mere sensualist, and is effectually fortified against the 
 indulgence of the baser appetites. Perhaps there is no class of intellectual 
 men who realize more deeply than the lovers of the beautiful the truth that 
 man does not live by bread alone. 
 
 Life in its highest acceptation must comprehend as an essential, and as 
 its predominant element, the spiritual life of the soul. Here I must say, do 
 not understand me us depreciating intellectual life, or as intimating that it 
 does not enter largely into spiritual life. When invited to the contemplation 
 of intellect in its sublimest offices; when I see the highest displays of its 
 glory; when I consider its lofty aspirations, its exalted and exalting senti- 
 ments, its generous sympathies, its splendid imaginations, its ethereal and 
 blissful activity, its searching, lucid and commanding reason, and its 
 inborn thirst for truth, I glory in the consciousness of being a man, and that 
 I may enjoy .the immunities of intellectual life. But I cannot forget that 
 the word of God declares that a man may be intellectually alive and yet 
 dead dead in sin, devoid of all true spritual life. I cannot forget that the 
 Scriptures teach that the chief end of our present life is holiness now and 
 happiness to come: labor in the present for reward in the future; moral 
 discipline now for perfection hereafter. Intellectual activity here has there- 
 fore, little value except so far as it contributes to the nourishment of spir- 
 itual life in this world, and the attainment of eternal life in the world to 
 come. (43<> words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 211 
 
 \ 
 
 1, 
 
 -C s\ C 
 
 f s 
 
 v 
 
 v V 
 
 , 
 
 1 
 
 J_k 
 
 A- 
 
 -v^-^F " ^c^ N 
 
 ^t . . x ^^ 
 
 = n- 
 
 t -v. J 
 
 ^\ -1 
 
 I v_x Ux 
 
 ^v^ 
 
 LO 
 
 ~^ 
 
 g- I / S \ f o X- 
 
 7 /C~ 
 
 / 6^ 
 
 4 
 
 ^v.X 
 
 J^
 
 212 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 LAW REPORTING. 
 
 The reporting of testimony, and of Judge's charges and decisions, in the 
 court-room, is in some respects different from other shorthand work. It 
 certainly requires greater proficiency, a higher degree of speed at times, 
 and greater accuracy than any other branch of the profession. Attorneys, 
 who are in the daily practice of public speaking, acquire greater readiness 
 of expression than any other class of men; while the freedom of the Court, 
 in this country especially, and the excitement frequently aroused between 
 opposing counsel, and between counsel and witnesses, lead not only to 
 rapidity of utterance but to the habit of two persons speaking at (nice. The 
 most expert writer is scarcely equal to such emergencies. And then the 
 necessity of great accuracy, is under no circumstances so imperative as in 
 leading questions and answers, often technical, scientific, or abstractly 
 philosophical, involving the property, liberty, and even the life of a fellow- 
 citizen. 
 
 Perfect accuracy is equally as important in reporting the charge of a 
 judge to a jury, or his decisions in cases that are tried without a jury. The 
 omission, or wrong transcription of a word, would often lead to a false un- 
 derstanding of his meaning, and result in the disgrace of the reporter, if 
 not in serious trouble to attorneys and the court. 
 
 He who aspires to the responsible duties of a law reporter, there f ore, 
 should thoroughly qualify himself for the work, not Only by perfecting him- 
 self in the general practice of shorthand, but by reading and copying into 
 shorthand,, first some elementary work on common law, and afterward 
 selections from such .special works as ho has time to study. He will thus, 
 while drilling his pen to the best modes of writing legal terms and phrases, 
 qualify Ti is miutl to a correct understanding of the phraseology of the pro- 
 fession, which is essential to accuracy in reporting. 
 
 The greatest danger of incompetency in a reporter, whether in th* 
 or any other branch of the profession, is in his haste to begin actual work be- 
 fore he is at all competent to do it. The least hesitation as to how to write a 
 contracted word or a phrase, checks speed and leads to omissions, or unde- 
 cipherable outlines, immediately following. It disturbs the mind, and in- 
 stead of the pen flowing smoothly and swiftly along in graceful phrases, it 
 nervously jerk's off single words, and thus gets behind the speaker. The 
 notion of some'reporte'rs, and of some teachers who know very little of the 
 experiences of reporters, that because in their vno-4 rapid writing they for- 
 get to phrase, therefore the extensive use of phrases is not advisable, is the 
 result of insufficient practice and familiarity with phrase-forms before be- 
 ginning actual work. The failure of the pen to run into phrase-outlines, 
 without the exercise of thought or memory, under the pressure of high 
 speed, is evidence of inadequate elementary drill in -the writing of phrases, 
 just as the failure to use contracted forms for words by the novice is evi- 
 dence that he has not thoroughly mastered his lists of contractions. 
 
 The courtroom is the best place for the learner to begin to practice his 
 art, for improvement, after reaching a speed of seventy-five words per min- 
 ute. He should at first attempt only to note the questions of the examining 
 attorney paving no attention to the answers of the ,< itness, until he is al>l<- 
 to finish each question bv the time the witness begins to* answer it. He 
 should faithfully read most of his notes taken in this way.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 213 
 
 LEGAL TESTIMONY PHEASES. 
 
 About all yon knowj 
 about how long after > 
 
 about how longj 
 was itj 
 
 about how many 
 about what time. 
 
 about when was it 
 
 According to the 
 evidence 
 
 according to my \ 
 recollection J 
 
 according to your ) 
 recollection ) 
 
 Administrators 
 and assigns 
 
 After all that 
 
 along about that j f~ >o 
 timei 
 
 amounts to nothing 
 and as I said 
 
 answer yee or 
 
 lie i 
 
 any business there 
 
 Are you able toj 
 stale! 
 
 are you acquainted ' 
 
 arc you juslasj 
 certain j 
 
 are you positive 
 
 are you auie 
 
 As a matter of fac 
 
 aa a matter of law. 
 
 as I said 
 
 as I will prove 
 
 vAi 
 
 ; near as can ; 
 fix it 
 
 as near as can ) 
 remember ( 
 
 as you have Mfd__SxL 
 
 at my place of > v 
 
 business j 
 
 at the time he 
 at what time 
 
 Before you answer ) 
 
 best of my belief 
 
 best of my recol- ) 
 lection J 
 
 but you are positive_hi_\e_ 
 _ b 
 
 Called for the \ 
 defendant J 
 
 called for the) 
 plaintiff) 
 
 called in his own 
 
 behalf 
 
 } A? 
 
 Can you give 
 
 can you not Bay. 
 can you recollect 
 can you remember. 
 
 can you state 
 
 in you think of/ Yt^^^ 
 anything eleej 
 
 circumstantial | 
 evidence J 
 
 come to think of it 
 
 Could you name 
 could you state f 
 
 counsel for de-j _ b 
 
 feadazitj 
 
 counsel for ) -6 
 plaintiff) 
 
 counsel for the\ __-cr 
 state/ 
 
 County auditor 
 comity clerk 
 county court 
 county recorder. 
 
 county treasurer 
 Court of appeal 
 court of bankruptcy 
 court of chancery 
 court of claims J 
 
 court of common) 
 
 pleas 
 
 court of equity- 
 court of general 
 sessionE 
 
 court of justice 
 courts of justice__s 
 court record '^ 
 
 court of record __ 
 
 court of ao3=iv/ne_ 
 
 court of special j 
 sessions) 
 
 Criminal conduct 
 
 criminal juris -j 
 pruilcncej
 
 214 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 criminal suit 
 
 cross-examination 
 ed -mi Lie- 
 
 Defendant's counsel 
 defendant's testimony 
 
 defendant rested 
 
 describe to the) 
 Jury/ 
 
 Did yon examine 
 did yon go the 
 did yon learn 
 did yoo not say 
 did you recognize 
 did you say 
 
 did yon see him 
 
 did you understand ly) 
 
 District attorney 
 
 district court 
 
 direct evidence 
 
 direct examination <*~^ 
 
 Do yon have 
 
 do you know 
 
 do you know 
 anything about 
 
 do you know his 
 
 do you know of his. 
 
 do you know the} |^ ^ 
 
 defendant j 
 
 do you know the j ^[^ 
 
 plaintiff) * ^5> 
 
 do you know J rv_y^. 
 
 whether or not j ^~ 
 
 I \ 
 
 do you mean to say h'a 
 
 do yon not 
 
 do you pretend 
 
 do you recollect 
 
 do you recollect 1 
 of his J 
 
 do you remember 
 
 do you think 
 
 do you undertake 
 
 documentary evidence ' ^ 
 
 Does it.not 
 
 does it not often; 
 happen) 
 
 does there not U 
 doea your honor 
 
 don't yon recollect 
 don't yon remember L\ 
 
 Evidence in chief 
 
 evidence to the) 
 contrary j 
 
 examination in chief >?/ 
 
 gt 
 examine this paper 
 
 exception taken 
 
 ex-parte testimony 
 For defendant 
 
 for plaintiff 
 
 from my own* 
 knowledge) 
 
 from the ex- j 
 amination) 
 
 from your own 
 knowledge j 
 
 Gentlemen of 
 the j ury 
 
 give ns his name 
 
 give us their names 
 
 go en and state 
 
 go on and Mate/ 
 to the jury) 
 
 Habeas corpus 
 
 had be been there 
 
 had he not 
 had there beeu 
 had you been 
 has there been 3 - 
 has there not been 
 have yon anything 
 have you been 
 have yon given 
 have you had 
 
 he eaid he 
 
 his heirs andj 
 assigns | 
 
 How could he 
 how did you 
 how do you know 
 how does it 
 how is that 
 
 how long did you 
 
 how long have 
 you known him 
 
 how long was it 
 how many does it 
 how many times. 
 
 I asked you 
 
 I can think of J 
 nothing (
 
 THJ3 REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 21B 
 
 I cannot recollect 
 I can't remember 
 I could not say 
 I don't remember 
 I expect to prove 
 
 I think it was 
 
 I think of noth-j 
 ing more) 
 
 I will ask you 
 
 I will ask you to ) v 
 etate to the court j 
 
 I will ask yon ) *l- 
 this question) 
 
 I understand) 
 you to say ) 
 
 I understood you 
 
 I live-ed there 
 if the court please 
 In a court of justice 
 in all the evidence 
 
 in cross-examining 
 
 in his cross-ex- ) "" * -^ 
 amination) 
 
 in his direct ex- j I ^ 
 
 animation | 
 
 in his examination "S"~-J 
 in his own behalf 
 in his testimony 
 in other words, you 
 in pursuance of 
 
 ia the TJ. S Court 
 
 instructed the jury 
 Is it not possible 
 
 is that all you j 
 know) 
 
 is there not 
 
 is there anything 
 
 is this your 
 
 isn't it true 
 
 it could not) 
 have been) 
 
 it must have bee 
 Judicial decision 
 judicial investigation ^ 
 
 justice of the peace__a__ 
 
 Learned counsel f< 
 the defonda 
 
 learned counsel for) 
 the plaintiff) 
 
 learned counsel on 1 
 the other side j 
 
 took at that 
 
 May it please the) 
 court) 
 
 may it please your 
 Honor 
 
 member of the bar 
 my best judgment 
 
 No sir, it is not _ 
 
 no sir, not to my ) , 
 recollection f 
 
 nolle prosequi 
 
 now I come to 
 think o 
 
 Bwj^2 
 
 nt) 
 
 now, sir 
 
 Objection by coun- 
 bel for defendant 
 
 bjection by coun- )\A /--$ 
 sel for plaintiff j \ b 
 
 objection overruled ^^ J 
 
 objection sustained 
 
 of your own ) f, 
 knowledge) 
 
 of your personal) 
 knowledge) 
 
 offered in evider 
 
 on the part ofj 
 
 defendant) 
 
 on the part ofj 
 
 plaintiff) 
 
 on the witness-stand 
 
 overruled and ex-) 
 ception taken) 
 
 Penal offense 
 
 ~-\ 
 pendente lite ^ -i ^- 
 
 N J 
 petit jury Is - 
 
 Plaintiff's case 
 
 plaintiff's counsel 
 plaintiff's testimony, 
 plaintiff's witnesses 
 plaintiff rested 
 
 Please state to the jury L 
 prima facia 
 prisoner at the bar 
 proof has been 
 Quo warranto 
 
 Rebutting evidence 
 
 -~\ 
 
 rebutting testimony 
 re-difect examination 
 
 tate how many 
 state how mucl 
 
 state of the proof 
 state to the jury 
 state when it was
 
 216 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 state whether or not 
 etate your case 
 
 Superior Court 
 
 Supreme Court of 
 the State 
 
 Supreme Court of \ \__ r\ 
 the U. S. / ^^ 
 
 Take into consideration"] 
 VJ 
 
 tell how long 
 tell how much 
 tell the jury 
 tell the truth 
 
 tell us whether 
 
 Testimony of the/ 
 defendant | 
 
 testimony of theJ 
 plaintiff! 
 
 That is all 
 
 that is all there ) 
 is of it/ 
 
 that is, they wore C - 
 
 that the defendant 
 
 that the defendant) (, f 
 
 in this case \ { 7, 
 
 that the plaintiff ^> 
 
 that the plain tiff; 
 in this cas 
 
 their heirs and) 
 assigns! 
 
 think of nothing 
 
 to whom was It . 
 
 Under all the circum- 
 stances of the case 
 
 under what cir-) 
 
 cumstance3\ 
 
 upon their own j 
 testimony) 
 
 Verdict for the \ 
 defendant | 
 
 verdict for the \ 
 plaintiff/ 
 
 verdict of the Jury . 
 
 very well, then 
 
 Was it necessary 
 
 was nobody) 
 else there) 
 
 was thero anyb 
 
 was there any 
 one else 
 
 was there any ) 
 one there 
 
 was there any- 
 thing done 
 
 was there any- 
 thing baid 
 
 was there anything 
 else Gaid 
 
 was there anything A ip. 
 said or done j) 
 
 was there any thing) \ V-' 
 said therei ) 
 
 was this not Raid. 
 
 lu 
 
 well, I don'tltnow C *-s 
 
 Were there not 
 
 were yon acquain 
 were you at home 
 were you net 
 What day of the week [^ 
 what did he do 
 what did he say 
 what did they do 
 what did you say 
 what do you mean 
 what do you say 
 
 what else was said 
 
 what else wasj 
 said or doucj 
 
 what else was said 
 or done there 
 
 what is 
 
 what is your 
 occupation 
 
 what is your) ^v 
 profession f .' (^ ~ 
 
 what made you 
 
 what time of day I 
 
 what was said iy 
 
 what was said ) 
 and done j ' 
 
 what was that 
 what was there . 
 
 what was said there 
 
 what was said and) 
 done there! 
 
 what would) 
 he tbe( 
 
 Whenlcomo to) 
 think of it) 
 
 when I was there 
 i 
 when is it 
 
 when you were there 
 
 when was it 
 
 _ 
 when were you 
 
 Where are they 
 where did he 
 where did you go. 
 
 where did you liv 
 where do you live 
 
 where do you reside ^^ 
 
 where do you say) C/\ 
 
 you live! y\. 
 where is your place 
 of business 
 
 -where was it
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 217 
 
 where was that 
 where were they 
 where were yon 
 Who was it 
 
 who was there 
 
 whom do you 1 
 represent J 
 
 whose place of I 
 business i 
 
 Why are they 
 why are you 
 
 Will you be ) 
 good enough) 
 
 will yon be kind 
 enough 
 
 will you examine) 
 this papcrj 
 
 will you look at 
 this paper j 
 
 will you not 
 
 will your Honor, 
 will there not be. 
 
 will they have 1 
 any objection / 
 
 will yon state j 
 whether or not! 
 
 will you swear ' ^^ 
 Would he not be_ 
 
 would he have sai 
 would it have been 
 would it not be 
 
 itonld you be willing : i\^_s 
 
 Yea, ma'am 
 yes, or no 
 
 yea sir, I am 
 yea sir, I do 
 yes sus * think it is 
 yes sir, I think so. 
 yes sir, I know it 
 yes sir, it is _ 
 
 yea sir, there are. 
 yes sir, there is 
 
 yes sir, there may be. 
 You are aware 
 yon are certainly 
 you are sworn 
 you are to judge 
 you can remember, 
 yan can state 
 you can tell 
 you could not say 
 you did not 
 
 you do not _ 
 
 yon don't know ) 
 whether or not J 
 
 you had not 
 you have told us. 
 
 you mean to say. 
 
 you must: be | 
 mistaken v 
 
 you say, or see 
 you were present 
 your verdict
 
 218 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 RESPONSIBILITY OF EXPRESS COMPANIES. 
 
 One of our Western express companies was recently threatened with suit 
 for the amount of a package destroyed by fire. The package was shipped 
 under an ordinary C. 0. D. receipt and reached destination in due time. 
 The consignee was notified of its arrival, but was not then able to pay the 
 amount due. The package thus remained for some months in the express 
 office while the consignee was endeavoring to raise the money. Finally, 
 however, the office was burned, and the package was destroyed by the fire 
 No claim was made for the value of the package for several months, perhaps 
 a year, after the same was destroyed by the fire, when the consignor first 
 claimed for the loss, and insisted that it was the custom in that section of 
 the country for the express companies to hold such packages for months 
 under their liability as insurers, to give consignees an opportunity to raise 
 the amount of the C. O. D. 
 
 The following is the legal opinion announced in regard to this claim : The 
 receipt is the contract between the parties, and provides that the liability of 
 the company, while the property is in i'ts possession for the purpose of mak- 
 ing the collection, shall be that of warehouseman only. 
 
 A warehouseman is bound to use only ordinary diligence, and is not re- 
 sponsible for loss by fire or theft, unless the fire or theft was caused by his 
 negligence, and the burden of proving such negligence is on the party that 
 brings the suit. - Upon the question of the custom of leaving the pack, 
 the express office, that rustom will not be permitted to be proven for the 
 purpose of showing that by the custom of that country the parties hud a 
 right to believe that the company were not relying upon that condition in 
 their contract that fixes, as above shown, their liability as warehouseman 
 only, but on the con.trary that by the custom of that section of the country 
 the company was holding this package as insurers under their liability as 
 common carriers. Such character of evidence can not be introduced upon 
 a trial involving the 'facts as above, for you can not change or modify the 
 terms of a written contract by parol evidence, nor will a court permit the 
 introduction of evidence to prove a usage or custom inconsistent with the 
 terms of contract. 
 
 Usage or custom is only resorted to to explain a contract when it can not 
 be ascertained without intrinsic evidence, never to contravene express stip- 
 ulations. Collender v. Dinsmore, 55 N, Y. 200 (425 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 219 
 
 Responsibility of Express Companies. 
 
 ^K 
 
 s. <-"" 2j v^ Y j ^> f "j 
 
 I ^_ 
 
 ,'*v\..U6^^ 1/C,)^ j^, 
 
 V , 
 
 t ^ "V 
 e <*> ) . V, -^ V^ ) 1 \ x . ^1^, X ^V^ C, 
 
 a 
 
 Z ^ 
 
 ; t 
 
 ^ 1 ^-^~ 
 
 / V^ ^ -) ^ s=t-s A ^ c. 
 
 0.3> V 
 
 ^ d b *-" =" -^ 
 
 >"\ 
 
 x> 
 
 V) 
 
 ^< 
 
 i ) 
 
 / 
 
 V A y 
 
 K. 
 
 6 ^vT^ 
 
 .^1 V 
 
 V, 
 
 ( 
 
 V. J, 
 
 f 
 
 f S^ 
 
 r
 
 22O THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 COURT TESTIMONY. 
 
 EDWARD SCHOTTE, 1 Common Pleas Court, 
 
 r.s No. 5250 
 
 MOSES VALENTINE, J Before Judge Burnett. 
 
 SHAY & CARY, for Plaintiff; JAMES MOLONY, for Defendant. 
 
 DIRECT EXAMINATION. 
 
 EDWARD SCHOTTE, called as a witness in his own behalf, was sworn 
 and testified as follows: 
 
 Examined by Mr. Shay: Mr. Schotte, yon are the plaintiff in this case. 
 A. Yes, sir. 
 
 Q. What is your business ? A. The jewelry business. 
 
 Q. Where are you located ? A. 454 West Fifth Street. 
 
 Q. Were you acquainted With one Robert Mitchell, in October, 1878? 
 A. Yes sir, I was. 
 
 Q. I wish you would state to the jury whether at that time Mr. Mitchell 
 purchased a watch from you, and if so state the circumstances of that sale 
 and what representations he made to you. 
 
 Objection by Counsel for defendant, on the ground that it does not 
 appear that the defendant was present. 
 
 Mr. Shay: I am going to show that my client received his representations 
 and also received his mortgage, at an hour of the night when it was too late 
 to have the same recorded; that thereupon he placed the same upon record 
 the next morning, and when he discovered the fraud, he tendered back the 
 mortgage and offered to make this Mr. Mitchell whole. 
 
 The Court:-rUnder the present state of the proof, I will sustain the 
 objection as to the representations. 
 
 Q. By Mr. Shay: Please state if at that time you sold him a watch ? 
 A. Yes sir, I did. 
 
 Q. Describe to the jury what kind of a watch it was. A. It was a double 
 case gold watch, stem-winder, American movement, fancy pattern, with a 
 gold charm. 
 
 Q. What was the value of that watch ? 
 
 Mr. Moloney. I object until he qualifies. 
 
 Q. By Mr. Shay: How long have you been in the jewelry business? 
 A. About thirteen years. 
 
 Q. I wish you would state to the jury as to whether or not you 'have 
 handled a great many watches in that time ? A. Yes sir, a great many. 
 
 Q. Are you able to testify as to what was the market value ^of the watch 
 in the year 1878 ? A. I think I can. 
 
 Mr. Maloney. Of the kind that this was ? You remember this watch and 
 chain ? A. Yes, sir. 
 
 Q. There was no charm attached to it, was there? A. Yes, sir. 
 
 Q. By Mr. Shay: Now state to the jury what was the value of that watch ? 
 A. The real value of it? 
 
 Q. What was the fair market value of it ? A. About ?120 at that time. 
 
 Q. What was the price agreed to be paid for it ? A. $150. (389 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 221 
 
 & -sctfw~v& 
 
 \ 
 
 > 
 ie. J Cfdt'&te J 
 
 ( n 
 
 '24- ^> y<Z"me 
 
 t 
 
 c, c 
 
 / / 
 
 .-A 7^7 r) / ? 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 vr 
 
 ^4 
 
 
 ^ AJ 
 
 / ?^~ / 
 
 A 
 
 -V 
 
 L ) ft \ 4 
 
 _ 
 
 i 
 
 p 
 
 i 
 
 > s / y^> ' 
 
 ~
 
 222 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Q. Why the difference between its market value and the price you sold it 
 at? A. Well, I sold it to him on installments. 
 
 Q. Please state how many pennyweights there were in the chain ? 
 
 Objection by counsel for defendant; objection overruled, and excep- 
 tion taken by counsel for defendant. 
 
 A. 55 pennyweights. 
 
 Q. What sort of a charm was there ? A. I disremember the charm ? It 
 was a gold charm to the best of my recollection. 
 
 Q. Do you remember about what the value of that was? A. No; I just 
 lumped the whole transaction. 
 
 Q. What hour of the day was thisfcwatch sold ? A. I think it was between 
 four and half past four o'clock. 
 
 CROSS EXAMINATION. 
 
 Questions by Mr. Moloney. Where do you reside? A. In this city, 25 
 George street. 
 
 Q. How long did you say you have been in the jewelry business? 
 A. Thirteen years. 
 
 Q. How many carats fine was the chain of that watch ? A. I think to 
 the best of my recollection it was 14 carats. 
 
 Q. How much was that chain worth in pennyweights? A. I disremem- 
 ber what the value of it was. It was four years ago. 
 
 Q. Is there any difference in the price four years ago and now ? A. Yes, 
 indeed. 
 
 Q. What is the relative value, or what the difference to the trade? 
 A. There might be 25 cents difference in the pennyweight. 
 
 Q. Had you any regular price for your goods with reference to the sale of 
 your jewelry in this manner? You generally charge what you think you 
 can get out of a man when you sell so much cash and so much on time, do 
 you not? A. Yes, sir. 
 
 Q. What is that movement worth ? A. About |25 to $28. 
 
 Q. How much would the chain be worth separately, seeing that it is 
 worth 85 cents per pennyweight? A. As I have stated before, I just lumped 
 it when I sold it. I did not sell it by weight at all. 
 
 Q. You are testifying now as to its value at that time; you can not testify 
 upon guesswork. Tell us upon what you base your estimate. What is and 
 what was the value of it at the institution of this suit? That is what you are 
 to testify about. A. It was worth about $60. 
 
 Q. What was the charm worth ? A. I do not remember what the charm 
 was worth. It was just thrown in altogether. 
 
 Q. What was the value of that watch alone? A. The watch alone was 
 worth about $80. 
 
 Q. What is the fair market value of the watch without the case. A. 
 About $65. 
 
 Q. Now then tell us how much the case cost you ? 
 
 Objection by counsel for plaintiff. Objection overruled. Exception 
 taken by counsel for plaintiff. 
 
 The Court: I shall instruct the jury on that matter, however, that 
 the cost of the watch is not a test of the value of what the plaintiff is 
 .entitled to recover. 
 
 Q. What was the cost value of that case? A. That would be pretty hard 
 for me to say now. (473 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 223 
 
 A. ^1 , JC v tl^^> / Y . _ 
 
 \ 
 
 v3 
 
 to 
 
 ' / / t ; I 
 
 ^A > ^ ) 1 .( /^i ^ ( - /L, / 
 
 ~~ ) ^ V \> 
 
 
 **" 
 
 [ 
 
 i r 
 
 / / -^ "y / / ~ 
 
 5-^ \ ^ /V . /T r~ I *~~ r 1 a r" I \ 
 
 "> 
 
 v, 
 
 ~T 
 
 Ct 
 
 
 V C. i / ,
 
 224 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 DEPOSITION OF W. H. SHERWOOD. 
 
 WILLIAM H. SHERWOOD, of the county of Lake, in the State of Ohio, 
 
 of lawful age, being first duly sworn by me, as hereinafter certified, 
 
 deposes as follows: 
 
 Question. What is your name, age, place of residence, and occupation? 
 
 A. William II. Sherwood; thirty-nine; Unionville, Lake Countyrohio; 
 physician and surgeon. 
 
 Q. How long havo you been in the practice of your profession ? 
 
 A. Nineteen years. 
 
 Q. Were you or were you not, acquainted with Thomas J. Smith, the 
 son of Joseph Smith, mid husband of the plaintiff? 
 
 A. Somewhat acquainted. 
 
 Q. Have you or have you not, attended upon Thomas J. Smith within 
 seven years prior to August 13, 1870, as a physician? 
 
 A. I have been his attending physician, but do not know as I ever dealt 
 out a portion of medicine for him in my life. 
 
 Q. State, if you please, whether or not you ever made tin examination 
 of Thomas J. Smith to see if his lungs were affected. 
 
 A. I have. 
 
 Q. Were they, or were they not diseased ? 
 
 A. I did not think, at the time I examined him, that his lungs were 
 diseased. 
 
 Question and answer objected to. 
 
 CROSS-EXAMINATION. 
 
 By James Durfee, for defendant: 
 
 Q. Who came with Thomas J. Smith, at the time you made the ex- 
 amination ? 
 
 A. Dr. Proctor, of Thompson. I think no one else. It may be his 
 father was with him. 
 
 Q. When and where was the examination ? 
 
 A. It was at my office. The time I cannot tell. The last not more than 
 two or three years ago. 
 
 Q. How many times did he come to you, and what did he come for ? 
 
 A. Three or four times; to consult me about his health. Cannot say 
 definitely the number of times. 
 
 Question and answer objected to. 
 
 Q. Please state how far were the periods of time apart that he came. 
 
 A. I cannot tell you. The first time, I think, was in the spring. The 
 second time was in the fall. I can not tell definitely about the other visits. 
 
 Q. Are there any other times or places that you saw him about his 
 health, than what you have above stated? 
 
 A. I think I saw him at His father's. I know I saw him there. Am not 
 positive as to examining him. 
 
 Q. When was it that you saw him at his father's ? 
 
 A. A year ago last winter, I think. 
 
 Q. What did you advise Thomas J: Smith to do, or have done, for his 
 health ? 
 
 A. I advised him to take rum, and molasses, and sal-ammonia for his 
 cough. Also, at one time I advised a seaton in his chest. 
 
 Q. When you made an examination of his lungs, was he complaining cf 
 them, or did he think that they were in any manner affected ? (440 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 228 
 
 Deposition of W. H. Sherwood. 
 
 vi. xj 
 
 c U / 
 
 /Q-a N x 
 
 0-3 j 
 
 /I 
 
 / 
 
 "Y-. r^ / 
 
 / 
 
 ^= 
 
 / 
 
 ^L/K T^ 
 
 *tf 
 
 1 U iy / 
 
 >: v-o 
 
 Q a x x. 
 
 H> 
 
 V < ^ \,d. v S -^/MX' . ^^ T^-j 
 ~^P~^^^~ A- )^\_ 
 
 I.- >r V 
 
 ' ? 
 
 <T L y N 
 
 r/r 
 
 ^/^^^ / 
 
 t 
 
 1A 
 
 
 ^'rSV 
 
 O 
 
 g, X. 
 
 16
 
 226 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 A. He was complaining of sore throat and more or less soreness over 
 the trachea and the central part of the chest. 
 
 Q. At the time you made the examination did you not find the lungs 
 affected in the air passages or in some other manner? 
 
 A. He had the Hironic bronchitis. 
 
 Q. Have you not stated here to-day that you found the air passages to 
 the lungs affected ? And will you please state how the fact was about the 
 air passages being affected ? 
 
 A. Bronchitis implies inflammation of the mucous membrane of the 
 trachea and bronchia. 
 
 Q. At what time did you discover he had bronchitis ? 
 
 A. The first time I ever saw him to examine him. 
 
 Q. At what time was it that you directed a seaton to be put in his chest ? 
 
 A. I can not tell. 
 
 Q. Have you had a conversation with Dr. Harris, of Centerville, in 
 regard to the examination you made of Thomas J. Smith ? If so, please 
 state when and where it was. Objected to. 
 
 A. Had a conversation with him in the village: think it was this sprin?- 
 Think I told him, as I have stated here, except as to the seaton. Do not 
 know whether I mentioned that or not. 
 
 Q. Did you not. at that time, tell Dr. Harris that you found one of the 
 lungs of Thomas J. Smith affected, at some of the examinations you made. 
 
 A. No sir. 
 
 Q. About how long ago was it that Thomas J. Smith called on you to con- 
 sult as to his health the first time ? State as near as you can recollect. 
 
 A. It is my impression that it was about the time of the war, or before. 
 
 Q. How long before he next called on you to consult as to his health ? 
 
 A. I can not tell. 
 
 Q. Please state your best recollection as to the next time. 
 
 A. Two or three years ago; quite a long time after I first saw him. 
 
 Q. What was he complaining of the first time he called to see you as to 
 his health? 
 
 A. The same trouble. 
 
 Q. When was it that Dr. Proctor came with him to your office ? 
 
 A. It was in the spring some time, I should think. 
 
 Q. What was Dr. Proctor's business here at that time ? 
 
 A. I suppose he brought the patient here; but I don't know. 
 Question and answer objected to. 
 
 Q. Who was the attending physician of Thomas J. Smith at the time he 
 was with Dr. Proctor? 
 
 A. Dr. Proctor was, I suppose. 
 
 RE-EXAMINATIOX. 
 
 Q. You state that you saw Thomas J. Smith at his father's. Please state 
 if you were called to attend Thomas J. Smith at that time. 
 
 A. No sir, I was not. 
 
 Q. Who were you called to attend at that time ? A. His father. 
 
 Q. You state that you saw Thomas J. Smith several times. Please state 
 at what time you advised the seaton to be put in his side whether the first, 
 last, or any other time. 
 
 A. It must have been the first, I think. 
 
 (Signed.) \VM. II. SHERWOOD. 
 
 [The usual certificate of a magistrate, or notary public.] 490 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 227 
 
 a K *> 
 
 '-- 
 
 *Jtl 
 
 V - ' > H 
 
 / w. 
 
 -n^r 
 
 .. ^ K t. V 
 
 ^-^-#rV= 
 
 H 
 
 \ y / K / ^f ^ c ^ 
 
 -P-N 
 
 / 
 
 /^~ 
 
 / / 
 
 ' 
 
 V" 
 
 t^-^UL 
 
 a \s , A, 
 
 Mr-'
 
 228 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 A JUDGE'S CHARGE. 
 
 Joseph Luthman, 1 Superior Court of Cincinnati. 
 
 VS. Case No. 35,652. 
 
 The Gambrinus Stock Company. ) Be f re Jud a e Harmon. 
 
 Gentlemen of the Jury: 
 
 Before entering upon the consideration of any subject, and especially in 
 a lawsuit, it is essential to know what the exact question to be decided is. 
 The law does not permit a court and jury in passing upon a case to do just 
 as they happen to think general justice dictates; but requires an issue to be 
 made before the case is submitted, by pleadings filed by the parties on each 
 side. The issue consists of facts set forth in the pleadings about which the 
 parties dispute, and they must be such facts as in law determine their 
 rights. 
 
 It is my duty, now that the evidence is concluded, to explain just what 
 that issue is just what the facts are upon which in law the rights of these 
 parties depend; and then it is your duty to weigh all the evidence and to de- 
 termine what the facts are as you have found each party to have made them 
 out, and give your verdict according to such finding alone. 
 
 The issue is not whether the plaintiff was injured. It is admitted that 
 he was injured. It is not the issue whether, when he was injured, lie was 
 working for the defendant. It is admitted that he was. The fact that he 
 was injured, and was injured while working for the defendant, docs not 
 make out his case in any respect. But the issue is as to whose fault it was, 
 if anybody's, that he was so injured. He says in his petition that he was 
 injured solely by reason of the fault of the defendant, through its managing 
 officers or agents. The defendant says it was not its fault that he was 
 injured. And this is the issue. 
 
 The duties resting upon these parties arose from the relation of em- 
 ployer and employed. The defendant was engaged in the business of carry- 
 ing on si brewery. The plaintiff entered the defendant's employ. When the 
 plaintiff did that, he represented himself as being possessed of the usual 
 amount of skill and knowledge of that business possessed by persons en- 
 gaged in it in the capacity in which he offered himself for employment. lie 
 undertook to assume the risks of injury ordinarily found in that business. 
 One of the jurors asked whether he was paid more than the other workmen. 
 The presumption of law is, that whatever is paid to a man is for the work lie- 
 does, and the risk he takes, whether greater or less. If he is employed in a 
 powder magazine he takes greater risk than if employed to hoe in the field. 
 
 The defendant, upon its part, undertook to supply the proper machinery 
 and proper force of men to do the work required, and undertook not to in- 
 crease the risks ordinarily incident to the business by failing to take care of 
 and look after the appliances and machinery, and to keep them in proper 
 and safe condition. That is, while the plaintiff undertook that in so far as 
 ordinary care on its part would prevent, there should be none but the 
 usual risks in such business. 
 
 No \vthe plaintiff says that he was injured because of the failure of the 
 defendant to discharge that duty. As to the first cause of action, wherein 
 he claims that he had his thumb hurt by the falling of a keg, he claims that 
 the defendant had either furnished imperfect hoisting apparatus, or was to 
 blame for not having it repaired within a reasonable time after it became 
 aware of its needing repair, and that that was the cause of the first injury. 
 
 (600 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 229 
 
 ltd. 
 
 ,** 
 
 -t^ 
 
 L ft 
 
 V \ 
 
 
 L 
 
 *> 
 
 ^ i 
 
 . 
 
 V, 
 _ 
 
 -> 
 
 VHr 
 
 ^ 
 
 Co
 
 23O THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 The defendant says he was guilty of no negligence; that he did provide 
 proper hoisti'ng apparatus; that it was kept in repair; that the injury did 
 not come in any way from its being out of repair; and that if it was caused 
 by reason of that condition it was apparent to the plaintiff a.s well as to the 
 officers of the company, and that he might have avoided the injury by 
 simply not using the portion of it so out of repair, but using the rest of it. 
 
 As to the second injury, the plaintiff says that that was caused by 
 neglect on the part of defendant; that it did nflt have the right sort of tim- 
 ber under these kegs; that it had permitted it to get into decay, when it 
 ought to have kept good timber; that the foreman did not apprise him of 
 the places to put the ropes under the timber. 
 
 The defendant upon its part claims that it was guilty of no neglect in 
 this regard; that it acted as persons engaged in that business usually do; 
 and that if the timber had become decayed it was unavoidable, and was as 
 apparent to the plaintiff as it was to auybody else; and that it was the plain- 
 tiff's business to inquire, or get more specific instructions, if he wanted to 
 throw the risk on the defendant; that as he went on with the work in his 
 own way he took the risk himself. And you are to say in this regard 
 whether the defendant failed to discharge this duty and whether such 
 failure was the cause of this injury. 
 
 Now if you find the defendant was not to blame in the sense that I have 
 defined the term, tlien the plaintiff cannot recover, however seriou> his 
 injury, or h'owever unfortunate it maybe. If you find that the defendant 
 was to blame then you will inquire in each instance whether it was still in 
 the power of the plaintiff, by being duly careful upon his part, to have 
 avoided the injury, notwithstanding the defendant's fault : because the duty 
 of taking care is mutual, the duty of such caution as persons situated as 
 these people were, would ordinarily be expected to take. 
 
 I have said that a man who enters the employ of another takes all the 
 risks incident to that business. He may take other risks in this way: When 
 one, employed by another, becomes aware that the business is being carried 
 on in a way that makes the risk greater, or that there is defective ma- 
 chinery, or the mode of doing the business makes the risk greater, lie may 
 by continuing in the business without objection, assume to work ns the 
 work is carried on, and take the risk upon himself, or he may not. If he by 
 his conduct shows he is not willing to take that risk, then if he is injured 
 by that cause, his employer would be liable. If, however, he does assume 
 the risk by going on in the employment without objection, or waiving ob- 
 jection by his conduct, then the employer would not be liable. 
 
 If you find for the plaintiff, you will then consider what the amount of 
 recovery shall be. He will be entitled, if you find for him, to compensation 
 for his loss of time, for his expenses in endeavoring to be healed, and for 
 any permanent loss, or less than permanent loss, of ability to labor and 
 enjoy life, and for the pain which he endured. As to the permanency of 
 the injury, the question whether his present condition is entirely due to the 
 injury received, or partly due to that and partly the result of not taking 
 proper steps to prevent it, will be for you to consider. If the defendant was 
 to blame, then he is only liable for what should be the natural result of the 
 injuries; and if the plaintiff intensified the injury by failing to use due pre- 
 caution in having it attended to, he cannot recover from the defendant for 
 that portion of the injury. You will consider that, if you find for the plain- 
 tiff. If you find for the defendant, your verdict will of course simply so state. 
 
 (7CK words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 231 
 
 , j 
 
 
 V O 
 
 o" 
 
 TT 
 
 o\ 
 
 9 H 
 
 ?
 
 232 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 State Of Ohio, ) Hamilton Co. Common Picas. 
 VS - v "- - n ~ 8 - 
 
 William Apgar. ) B J re Jud( J e w - L - Arer 'J- 
 
 \\'. P. McLAUGHLIX, called for the state, being duly sworn, testified as 
 
 follows: 
 
 Direct examination by Mr. Outcalt, Pros. Alt. 
 
 Q. Where do you reside ? A. Oovington, Ky. 
 
 Q. Are you holding any official position at present? 
 
 A. Yes sir. Justice of the Peace, Kenton County, Ky. 
 
 Q. Were you acting in that capacity during the month of September, 
 1870? A. Yes sir. 
 
 Q. State whether, at any time during the month of September, 1S70, by 
 virtue of your official position us Justice of the Peace of that township, you 
 solemnized the marriage of Klla S. Johnson and William Apgar. 
 (Objected to by Counsel for defendant.) 
 
 Q. By the court: Are you, by profession, a lawyer? A. No sir, I don't 
 know that I am. 
 
 Q. By Mr. Outcalt: I will ask you whether or not, by virtue of your 
 official position as Justice of the Peace, you are familiar with the laws upon 
 the subject of marriage, in the state of Kentucky ? ,\- I am. 
 
 Q. You may state whether or not, on the 25th day of September, IST:>. 
 you solemnized the marriage of one William Apgar and Klla S. Johnson. 
 
 A. I think that was the date, yes sir. 
 
 Q. By the court: What happened upon that day ? State the facts. 
 
 A. Well sir, after supper I was called upon at my residence by a gentle- 
 man representing himself as William Apgar, and a lady as Ella S. Johnson. 
 They produced to me a licence issued from the county court. 
 
 Q. By Mr. Outcalt: Had you seen the licence before that ? A. No sir. 
 
 Q. Do you remember, and are you able to identify the man who repre- 
 sented himself as William Apgar, whom you married to Ella S. Johnson that 
 night? A. Yes sir. 
 
 A. Can you identify him in court? A. Yes sir, there he is. (Witnt" 
 pointing to the prisoner.) 
 
 Q. Would you be able to identify Ella S. Johnson? A. Yes sir, I think I 
 would. 
 
 Q. Have you seen her about the court house ? A. Xo sir, I don't think I 
 have. 
 
 CROSS-EXAMINATION. 
 
 Q. By Major Blackburn : Was this marriage contracted in the presence 
 of any person besides yourself? A. My wife and a young lady at the house 
 
 Q. Do you know whether the parties married were related within the 
 degree mentioned or specified in section 1 of the Kentucky laws ? 
 
 A. Xot of my own personal knowledge, I don't know. 
 
 Q. Had you ever seen the young lady before ? A. No sir. 
 
 Q. Have you ever seen her since? A. I saw her at one time, because 
 that she came t> my office after proceedings were instituted here. 
 
 Q. Do you know Pauline Howe, or Pauline Segmann, or Pauline Merrill, 
 or whatever she calls herself? A. Xo fir, I have not seen her; I don't know 
 he/, that I know of ; I have never formed the acquaintance of any lady by 
 the name of Howe. (465 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 X; \ 
 
 \> 
 
 ^^v 
 
 ^ ^-N 
 
 23L 
 
 *^ 
 
 7 / 
 
 J.L^r 
 
 w 
 
 ilV^TrA 
 
 n r ) 
 
 
 1 
 
 fc 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 C VV_'\ 
 
 n
 
 -234 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 Mr. Blackburn: I wish to make a motion to rule out all the testimony of 
 the witness, or so much thereof as relates to any pretended marriage per- 
 formed in the state of Kentucky. 
 
 (Motion overruled; to which action of the court counsel for defend- 
 ant excepted.) 
 
 Q. By Mr. Outcalt: I will ask you to look at that lady and state whether 
 or not she is the lady you married to William Apgar, on the evening of the 
 23th of September, 1879. 
 
 (Ella S. Apgar produced in court and presented to the witness.) 
 (Objected to by counsel for defendant. Objection overruled ; to 
 which action of the court counsel for the defendant excepted.) 
 
 A. Yes sir, that is the lady. 
 
 ELLA S. APGAR was then called by the state and sworn to testify. 
 
 Major Blackburn : I object to each and every question propounded to 
 this witness, on the ground that she has been identified as the wife of the 
 defendant. 
 
 The Court: The objection will be sustained for the present. 
 PAULINE MERRILL, called for the state, being sworn, testified as follows: 
 
 Direct examination by Mr. Outcalt: . 
 
 Q. What is your full name? A. Mrs. Paulino Howe Merrill. 
 
 Q. Do you know the defendant, William Apgar? A. Yes sir. 
 
 Q. When did you first meet him and make his acquaintance ? 
 
 A. I met him the first week in February, l&SO. 
 
 Q. Where did you meet him ? A. At the Vine Street Opera House. 
 
 Q. By what name did you know him; by what name did he represent 
 himself to you ? A. Will Merrill. 
 
 Mr. Blackburn: Before the testimony proceeds, I want to ask a ques- 
 tion as to her competency > 
 
 Q. Are you a married lady ? A. I was married. 
 
 Q. To whom were you married ? A. To William Merrill. 
 
 Mr. Blackburn: I object to her testifying, and ask that her former testi- 
 mony be ruled out, on the ground that she has proven herself to be the wife 
 of the defendant. 
 
 The Court: I sustained the objection to the other lady being a witness, 
 on the ground that she was his wife, and I cannot rule this lady's testimony 
 out on the same ground. The objection to the competency of the wii 
 overruled. 
 
 (To which action of the court counsel for defendant excepted. 
 
 Q. By Mr. Outcalt: When did you marry the defendant? A. The 20th 
 day of March, IvxO. 
 
 Q. Where were you married? A. On Ninth street, at the minister's 
 house, the Rev. J. N. Irvin. 
 
 Q. I will ask you what conversation you had with the defendant im- 
 mediately prior to your marriage, relating to the fact of your being mar- 
 ried ? A. He came and saw me quite frequently; lie told me his folks would 
 not agree to the marriage. 
 
 Q. Be kind enough to relate what occurred at the residence of the min- 
 ister. A. He came to the hotel and got my sister and I, and we went to the 
 minister's house. We went in and Mr. Merrill introduced us to the minister. 
 The minister was fully prepared for the ceremony. He told me that he hud 
 the licence. We went in there and got married. That is all that occurred. 
 
 Q. Was it such a marriage ceremony as you have seen? A. Yes sir; I 
 have been married before. (522 words)
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 / 
 
 la 
 
 n 
 
 / 
 
 L 
 /Vfr V) 
 
 ~ 
 
 M "V \ 
 
 / 
 
 V/ 
 
 (* . 
 
 Vo .- 
 
 ") e. ^ 
 
 3 
 
 
 \^ 
 
 1 
 
 ~ -7 
 
 TT 
 
 j . ^ 
 "^ VK_^ 
 
 n 
 
 T 
 
 Lo ^ 
 
 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
 re 
 
 ' y 
 
 ^
 
 236 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 RAILROAD AND COMMERCIAL PHRASES. 
 
 The shorthand clerk or correspondent, and the professional amanuensis, 
 need to make special preparation for their work, by the study of the peculiar 
 phraseology of the branch of business in which they will probably engage. 
 If a student expects a position in a railroad office, he should not only 
 thoroughly master the railroad phrases given in this book, but add to that 
 knowledge and practice by making a collection of the names of all the rail- 
 roads and railroad stations in his section of the country, and reduce them 
 to such contracted forms as he can write most readily, and learn to use 
 them without hesitation. The young man or young lady who expects to 
 enter an insurance office, a manufacturing establishment, or a mercantile 
 counting-room, should pursue a similar course of preparation and practice. 
 They should obtain original letters, or copies, of as many business letters 
 from, the heads of such concerns as they can, study their phraseology, and 
 write them from the reading of others, until they are as familiar as " house- 
 hold words." Then they should be copied from their shorthand notes on 
 the Type-Writer, until they can be thus reproduced at the rate of at least 
 fifty words per minute. 
 
 Account of damage y> 
 account of losa _ 
 
 account of overcharge 
 advance charges, 
 adjust the matter 
 
 advise us by letter. 
 
 advise us J>yj 
 telegraph } 
 
 all charges ) 
 guaranteed j 
 
 amount of com- 1 
 
 mission J ~f 
 
 amount of premium 
 
 /* 
 
 and in reply / 
 will say 1 
 
 and much oblige, 
 annual meeting . 
 annual premium 
 
 answer by 
 telegraph 
 
 answer quick 
 
 answer him | 
 directs 
 
 answering yonr 
 
 apply this rate ^> 
 
 apply through rate ^_ 
 
 arrived behind \ 
 time! 
 
 arrived on time 
 
 as per rate 
 
 as per schedule 
 rate 
 
 ^8 per tariff 
 
 as eoon as re- 
 ceivedl 
 
 Aset. Gen'l Frt. Agt. 
 
 V v. 
 
 Asst. Gen'l Pass. Agt. V / 
 
 V* 
 at less rate J! _ 
 
 at all stations 
 
 attach copy of 
 billing 
 
 at schedule rate 
 
 between all) 
 stations! 
 
 bill of lading 
 bills of lading 
 bills of sale 
 bills payable 
 bills receivable 
 broad gauge 
 business houses 
 business letters 
 business relations .
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 237 
 
 t>y Adams Express 
 by Am. Express 
 
 by express 
 
 by draft on ""-^ 
 
 by freight 
 by fast freight 
 by freight train 
 by our line 
 
 change of den- 
 tinatiou 
 
 charges " C. 0. D." Z.C, <?.,/ 
 
 charge expense) " 
 
 account t 
 
 charge expense; 
 to us) 
 
 classification rate, 
 construction trail 
 
 copy of billing 
 attached 
 
 correction sheet 
 
 :oupon ticket P _ 
 
 Daily abstract j 
 received ) 
 
 damaged freight 
 
 date of delivery p - 
 demurrage charges *~~**/ 
 desired information ! 
 depot master 
 discontinue rate_ 
 division of rate _ 
 
 double deck cars. 
 
 1 
 draw back 
 
 draw on its at j 
 sight < 
 
 East bound 
 
 Eastward class!- j 
 fication { 
 
 eastern division _ 
 
 V < 
 
 enclosed bill _ 
 
 enclosed please) v 
 find! 
 
 entered thej 
 premium) ~~ 
 
 expense bill 
 errors and 
 
 niin^loiisf g o . 
 cxcepteJf 
 
 Fast freight lines 
 
 find enclosed 
 
 first class rate ^ *( 
 
 for collection 
 
 for points 
 
 for these points . 
 
 for the east 
 
 for the west _ 
 
 for the north _ 
 
 for the south 
 
 for which please) 
 accept thanksj 
 
 fourth class rate 
 freight auditor _ 
 freight depot _ 
 from our station 
 from a way station 
 full rte _ 
 
 Give disposition _ 
 
 give me best rate 
 
 given the matter), 
 consideration | 
 
 gross receipts C 
 gross weight _ 
 Half rate _ 
 
 hoping this will 
 I am In receipt 
 I enclose statement 
 
 1 hand you 
 
 I have agreed > 
 to make j 
 
 I send you 
 
 I shall be pleased 
 I will just say 
 1 will be pleaced
 
 238 
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 I would be pleased, 
 if such IB the case. 
 in any quantity ? 
 
 in answer to yoursi 
 in his policy _: 
 
 in -my last letter ^r: 
 
 in regard to this 1 
 freight J- 
 
 in relation to loan . 
 
 in reply to your) 
 favor I 
 
 in reply to yours! 
 in your favor 
 
 in your city 
 
 in settlement ot\ 
 account ( 
 
 in settlement of) 
 claim) 
 
 Insurance Com-) 
 panyj 
 
 insurance policy 
 insure stock 
 is at hand 
 
 is it not practicable 
 
 Let-ting freight j 
 charges follow j 
 
 meeting points 
 mercantile business 
 middle division 
 minimum rate 
 miles per hour 
 mouey order 
 
 Xame lowest rate 
 narrow gauge _ 
 north bound 
 
 notify consignee. 
 ^^ 
 not longer ago than. 
 
 not longer than 
 
 Old premium note 
 one day after date . 
 
 one day's delay 
 
 on business from . 
 
 ou business destine 
 
 on business to) " 
 or fromi 
 
 on our line 
 
 on this business 
 
 on this basis 
 
 v 
 on the switch 
 
 on the side track _ 
 on tboir shipments 
 on the road 
 
 on your line 
 
 our business) 
 relations t 
 
 out of here 
 
 our price list 
 
 our catalogue 
 
 overcharge state-) 
 mentj 
 
 owner's breakage 
 owner's carriage_ 
 owner's leakage 
 owner's risk 
 
 Paid expense bill 
 
 payment of premium\nv._ 
 
 per Adams Express 
 per American) 
 
 r copy billing) \ 
 
 attached i V/"l~ 
 
 per cubic foot 
 per 100 pounds 
 per passenger train 
 per ton 
 
 \ J 3_1 
 
 percentage division ''[ 
 
 please advise us 
 
 please accept) 
 thanks) 
 
 please acknowledge) 
 
 receipt) 
 
 J 
 
 please enter order _ 
 
 please excuse 
 
 please give me your 
 
 please give prompt 
 
 please note letter 1 
 from f 
 
 please eeud me J 
 please tend prices .
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 239 
 
 please send your j 
 
 r> 
 
 please send us) \ 
 at once} ~ 
 
 o 
 
 please wire us X 
 
 pooled rate \ 
 
 y- 
 postal order fi. 
 
 premium rate !Y. 
 
 premium note f\ 
 
 Quarterly premium ' 
 
 Kailroad (way)) </ 
 company } ~ 
 
 railroad official c 
 
 railway station 
 
 rebate as per ) 
 contract f 
 
 reclaim freight 
 
 regular rate _ 
 
 reply ing to your) 
 letter} 
 
 replying to yours 
 
 referring to your 
 letter 
 
 referring to your/ 
 way bill) 
 
 report of freight) 
 forwarded} 
 
 respectfully yours 
 
 revised clasdfl-) 
 cation} 
 
 Semi-annual ) 7" 
 premium J V^T 
 
 special rate notice. 
 
 this being the case. 
 
 this end of the/ 
 road) 
 
 this is no more* A ,-.. 
 thaujustj ^"^ T 
 
 third class rate 
 through freight 
 through freight bill 
 
 through rate 
 
 through rate) 
 on freight) 
 
 to our credit 
 
 to or from 
 
 to receive your) 
 order} 
 
 to whom you refer ~L~?~ 
 
 to yonr credit 
 
 train master 
 
 truly yours 
 
 Verbal agreement 
 
 very truly yours 
 
 via our line 
 
 Way bill through Z\_. 
 
 we are in receipt) /vx^ P 
 of yours} -p 
 
 we have on ban 
 
 we have this day_ 
 
 we have this ) 
 day sent you} 
 
 we have yours . 
 
 we herewith ) S^ 
 send you J 3~ 
 
 wa must be) - ^ 
 allowed! \ 
 
 we think it im-j Q 
 possible} 
 
 weight of the car . i 
 
 ^ 
 west bound ! 
 
 western division a. 
 
 \ 
 
 what is best rate I 
 
 which will give) /, 
 us time} 
 
 which you will) / 
 observe} ~^ 
 
 while in transit 
 
 will not return *^ 
 
 with much respect 
 with this letter 
 Yard master 
 
 you may do as) 
 you please} 
 
 you will greatly) 
 oblige} 
 
 you will much) 
 oblige} 
 
 you will oblige 
 
 you will please 
 
 your bill 
 
 your order received ~ ' 
 
 your esteemed favor <T 
 
 your letter 
 
 yours at hand 
 
 yours received and) 
 contents noted} 
 
 yours respectfully
 
 24O THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 AMANUENSIS EXERCISES. 
 
 68, 70 AND 72 VINE STKEET, CINCINNATI, May 18th, 1SS3. 
 MESSRS. HARRISON, TAYLOR & Co., 
 
 Birmingham, Ala. 
 
 GENTLEMEN: Your favor of the loth inst is just received, with the remit- 
 tance as stated, for which we inclose receipt and thank you. The goods 
 have gone forward to-day per the Cin. So. R. R., as per invoice and bill of 
 hiding herewith. We have priced all the goods at lowest market rates, and 
 hope they will reach you promptly and in good condition. 
 
 We mail you sample of golden Rio coffee, A, No. 24, at 12 cts. This is a 
 very choice article, and cheap at the price. The market for sugar is active, 
 ;md values likely to rule higher in the near future. We also invite your at- 
 tention to our large stock of molasses and syrup, including all the leading 
 grades, at very low rates. Will send you samples if desired. 
 
 We shall be glad to receive your orders for all the goods you may 
 in our various lines, and will do all we can to please you, both as to quality 
 and prices. 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 \VM. GLENN & SONS. 
 
 TOLEDO, O.. Oct. oth, 1883. 
 LODGE, BARKER & Co., 
 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 
 GENTLEMEN: Our Mr. Heartley called on you last week to see about a 
 machine to turn small axles. Presuming you know what kind it is, we wish 
 to ask, What is the size of the journal? Also, can you tell how many axle 
 ends a good quick man can turn in 10 hours on the machine ? 
 
 We want your best figures, and will say that we have been buying over 
 $3,000 worth of machinery, engine, boiler, hammer, drill, lathe, etc., for 
 which we are paying cash in 10 days after receipt. We propose to pay at 
 least your labor on it, say $300, and the balance in payments, or say t'0 
 days, which will give us time to turn some of our stock into cash. We don't 
 want to give any paper, as we are trying to do a strictly cash business, so far 
 as purchases arc concerned. Buying a larger engine and boiler than we 
 first figured on, has somewhat reducedour cash account. Refer you to Com- 
 mercial National Bank, this city. 
 
 Please excuse lei^tjth of this letter; but we wish you to feel easy about get- 
 ting your pay for the maehins, and answer our questions fully, and much 
 oblige. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 HEARTLEY & DEMPSEY. 
 
 P. S. For character the writer refers you to B. J. Williams, Cashier First 
 National Bank, Shelby, Ohio, or any other person in good standing in the 
 place. I lived there the past fourteen years. 
 
 JOE. T. DEMPSEY.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 241 
 
 Amanuensis Exercises. 
 
 r 
 
 L 
 
 /& <jj> x 6 
 
 / No X . 
 
 n ^-r 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 J\ Q_ 
 
 X ^ 6 
 
 T?+ 
 
 _p J_ 
 
 *T 
 
 IS
 
 242 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 CHICAGO, ILL., May Wlh, 1883, 
 JOHN CARROL, 
 
 Little Rock, Arkansas. 
 
 Yours of the 4th inst. has been received, and in reply we would state 
 that we are busily engaged in the careful preparation of the brief, and hope 
 soon to be able to finish it. The testimony is so voluminous that it takes 
 considerable time to digest it. From what we have seen during our ex- 
 amination of the case, we have cause to feel quite hopeful for the final 
 result. 
 
 We are unable now to give you any definite information as to when tin- 
 case will be heard and decided. We will nevertheless advise you of our 
 progress, and will be thankful to you for any information that yon may be 
 able to give us that will aid us in our work. 
 
 Respectfully yours, 
 
 JONES &RANKIN. 
 
 CINCINNATI, OHIO, January ISth, 18s;i. 
 WEBB CHANDLER, ESQ., 
 
 Richmond, Ind. 
 
 DEAR SIR: In answer to yours of the 17th, will say. Mr. Floyd is away, 
 and we can not tell exactly as to the Akron Fire Alarm, but my recollection 
 is that we had the matter investigated and found that it infringed several of 
 the Gamewell patents. We have no doubt of such an infringement, ns we 
 think it impossible for any fire alarm to be erected that will not infringe 
 some of the Gamewell patenis. 
 
 If such is the case we will certainly take care of Akron and Canton, in 
 case they should build an infringing system. We think the best thing would 
 be for you to go to Akron and investigate what they have, and then go to 
 Canton, advising us from Akron what yon find. We will then write the 
 authorities at Canton what will be done. This will help you to secure the 
 contract. We will divide the profits of the contract with you in ease you 
 should get the same. We return you the Canton letter. Please ad\ iso by 
 return mail what you will do in the premises. 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 POST & CO. 
 
 ST. Louis, MISSOURI, July Ulh, 18S2. 
 MESSRS. THOMPSON <t MEREDITH, 
 
 Buffalo, New York. 
 
 GENTLEMAN: Your postal card of the 13th duly received. Inclosed please 
 find statement of Ac't. showing balance your due of ?22o, with check to 
 balance same. We also inclose duplicate Ac't of the 2500 bus. as requested. 
 October corn closed last night at about 80%. We still think well of it, and 
 believe before very long it will be worth 85 cts., although we may be mis- 
 taken. At all events it should be worth about 5 to 6 cents more here than in 
 Chicago, and should you feel strong on the market, think it would pay you 
 better to buy here than in Chicago. Our commission on option business is 
 the same as iu Chicago. Awaiting your further favors we are, 
 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 DAVIS, BRITTON & CO.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 243 
 
 REMINGTON TYPE-WRITER. 
 
 OFFICE, NEW YORK, 281 AND 283 BROADWAY, Jan. Wlh, 1883. 
 ELIAS LONGLEY, . 
 
 Cincinnati, Ohio. 
 
 DEAR SIR: We have your favor of the 6th inst., asking if you shall insert 
 advertisement in the City Directory for 1883, and charge us for the expense. 
 You may do as you please in regard to it. If you think it worth the money, 
 put it in. 
 
 Replying to your question in postscript, would say, that if a stranger 
 comes to your office and buys a machine paying list price for it, it belongs to 
 him, and he has the right to take it wherever he pleases, even if he brings it 
 into our store to use it. If you know he is buying it to ship into other terri- 
 tory, the right way would be to tell him that he can buy it just as cheaply 
 where it is wanted as he can of you. Other agents would \vc think do that 
 way by you. You make the statement that other agents for the Type-Writer 
 receive orders for Cincinnati and send machines into your city for less 
 money than you will sell them for, but we prefer to think you are mistaken, 
 though if you are not we shall be very glad to be made acquainted with the 
 fact, and we will give our pledge that the thing shall not occur again. We 
 have a great deal of confidence in our agents. There may be some one 
 somewhere who is not worthy of it, and if there is we shall be glad to know 
 it and dispense with his services. Will you have the kindness to tell us 
 upon what you base the assertion made iu your letter. 
 Yours very truly, 
 
 WYCKOFF, SEAMANS & BENEDICT. 
 
 SARDIS, Miss., January 24th, 1883. 
 MESSRS. ROBERT CLARKE & Co., 
 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 
 GENTLEMEN: I would like very much indeed to learn Phonography, so 
 that I may introduce it into my school. I wish you to send me the neces- 
 sary instructions, and let me know the price of the books, and what books 
 will be needed so as I can learn and teach it at the same time. If you can, 
 send me a book that I may see what I can do, and send introductory rates if 
 I should use the books in my school. I am Principal of " Sardis Male Insti- 
 tute," and have been President of Sardis Institute for seven years. 
 
 Please let me hear from you. 
 Respectfully yours, 
 
 J. A. RAINWATER. 
 
 NASHVILLE, TENN., Feb. 2nd, 1883. 
 PROPRIETOR " TIMES MAILER," 
 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 
 DEAR SIR: I send you one of our Mailing Machines, which has got horx 
 du combat. I don't know whether your guaranty is out on it or not. If so, 
 you will renovate it and return to us, with as moderate a bill as you can. It 
 is a good machine, and when you want a certificate to this effect, I will give 
 it. Can't you make some of the parts a little stronger? This is the only 
 change I would suggest. Let us have it back soon as you can conveniently, 
 and we will send check for repair bill. 
 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 L. D. PALMER, Manager.
 
 244 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 CINCINNATI, OHIO, May 16th, 1883. 
 L. F. KIMBALL, ESQ., 
 
 ff. W. Agent, St. Paul,. Minn. 
 
 DEAR SIR: See your claim No. 418, in favor of Perkins, Lyon & Co., St. 
 Paul, over-charge on shipment on whisky. Also see my letter of this date 
 attached thereto. 
 
 As I stated in the letter attached to the claim, I have it from very good 
 authority that the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul are making a 25 ct. rate on 
 whisky in car loads from Chicago to St. Paul. There are continual ship- 
 ments of whisky irom Cincinnati to St. Paul, averaging from three to five 
 cars a week, but shipments are not going via our line. Shipments are 
 offered to us, and when we name the tariff, which is 55 cts., we are invari- 
 ably told they can beat this rate. This week we were put in possession of 
 some facts which show that the C. M. & St. P. are rebating shipments of 
 whisky to Chicago and St. Paul to 25 cts. Freiberg & Workum, Walsh & 
 Kellogg, and Maddux. Hobart & Co., are the principal shippers, and are de- 
 cidedly^friendly to us on equal rates; but heretofore all their shipments have 
 gone via the other route to Chicago, and.then via the C. M. <fe St. P. If neces- 
 sary I can give you the names of the St. Paul parties who get the benefit of 
 this 25 ct. rate. 
 
 If we are at liberty to make this rate on all future shipments, I am satis- 
 fied we can get the business. Please look into this matter and advise us if 
 we can quote this rate in the future, and whether it should be billed at 
 tariff rate or rebated. 
 
 Yours truly, H. J. PAGE, 
 
 Gen'l Fr't Agent. 
 
 OFFICE OF FIREMAN'S INSURANCE COMPANY. 
 
 DAYTON, OHIO, January 5th, 1883. 
 ELIAS LONGLEY, ESQ., 
 
 Cincinnati, Ohio. 
 
 DEAR SIR: Please send us at once, by Express, if cost is not too great, 1 
 Standard Type-Writer No. 2; style of the type, capitals and small letters, as 
 shown by your catalogue given me whilst in your city, and same as the in- 
 closed sample. I desire to have purple copying ink on ribbon. Please send 
 at once, with full instructions how to use the same, if any are needed. We 
 will remit for same ($100.00), as soon as received and found to be in perfect 
 
 Respectfully yours, 
 
 W. WORM A.N, Secretary. 
 
 CINCINNATI, May 12th, 1883. 
 MKSSKS. H. B. CLAFLIN & Co., 
 
 New York. 
 
 DEAR SIRS: Your favor of the 10th Inst., enclosing note for?10,000 against 
 Joseph Jones of this city, secured by mortgage upon real estate, as stated, 
 was duly received. We have given due notice to the party, that unless the 
 matter is arranged on or before next Saturday, we shall be obliged to enter 
 suit to foreclose the mortgage, and for judgment on the note. We shall give 
 the case prompt and proper attention, and keep you duly advised. 
 Very respectfully yours, 
 
 LONG, KRAMER <fc KRAMER, 
 
 Attorneys.
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 24! 
 
 CHICAGO & SACRAMENTO RAILROAD COMPANY. 
 DIVISION SUPERINTENDENT'S OFFICE. 
 
 EXIRA, Mo., March ZSth, 1883. 
 L. C. SMITH, ESQ., 
 
 Div. Kupt. P. <fc R. C. Ry., Mill City, III. 
 
 DEAR SIR: Replying to your letter of yesterday attached to bill of our 
 company, and returning herewith all papers which accompanied the same 
 in relation to C. & S. Car 5627. I would say that Mr. Jenkins never spoke to 
 me about this case. I think, however, that you will acknowledge the justice 
 of the charge. 
 
 It seems to me the question as to whether you receive enough remunera- 
 tion from the handling of the cars to pay you for taking the chances of there 
 being any repairs necessary, or any cost attached thereto, can not enter into 
 this matter. If you take these cars voluntarily, even though you get no 
 revenue out of them, and the car is broken while in your possession, I think 
 there can be no question as to who is responsible for such repairs. 
 
 If you do not desire to take the responsibility of settling this question, I 
 would suggest that you take such steps as will bring the matter to the atten- 
 tion of your superior Officers and insure its speedy settlement. 
 
 Yours truly, NELSON C. BARR, Div, Supt. 
 
 OMAHA, NEB., May 5th, 1883. 
 L. C. TREMONT, ESQ., 
 
 Gen. Frt. Agt. 
 
 DEAR SIR: The southern revised classification in some instances classi- 
 fies the same article first, second, third or fourth class, as the case may 
 be, according to the manner in which it is packed, and then gives a straight 
 rate on the article not otherwise specified. 
 
 There are a number of cases of this description that I have in my mind, 
 i. e.: or. seed there is a straight rate given on seed N. O. S., then the difiV r 
 ent kinds of seeds are mentioned and another rate given. So it is on tinware, 
 hardware, oils, etc. 
 
 ,It has been our interpretation, that when the classification gives a rate for 
 any freight N. O. S., and a lower rate for the same freight packed or specified 
 in a different manner, and it was not so described on the expense bill to us, 
 not to examine but simply give it the straight rate. 
 
 It becomes necessary to have an interpretation of this matter from you, 
 from the fact that, when we mass the articles at straight rate and the receiv- 
 ing agent, on presentation of the bill of lading, or by actual examination, may 
 find it packed in a certain manner, or a certain kind of freight which would 
 take a lower rate, and therefore send us a correction on our billing. 
 
 I would therefore aSk that if, where the classification names in a general 
 way a rate on an article and afterward specifies a different rate if packed 
 differently, we shall examine the freight and classify in accordance with 
 the manner in which it is packed. 
 
 Yours truly, F. B. BROW, Agent.
 
 246 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 LINCOLN AND JERSEY CITY RAILROAD COMPANY. 
 
 KALAMAZOO STATION, Feb. "nth, 1883. 
 
 ISAAC T. LEWIS, ESQ., > Acer. ERROR OF $50.00. 
 
 Ayt. L. & J C. R. R. Co., W. il. 10341, 2-lb 83. 
 
 Trenton, Kas. ) JOHN JONES, CAR WAGONS. 
 
 DEAR SIP.: Referring to your letter of the 25th hist., with reference to 
 the collection of fifty dollars on iny W. B. 10341, shipment of one car lod 
 wagons to John Jones, I would call your attention to the attached corre- 
 spondence, particularly to the expense bill from theB. L. & I. S. Ry. Co.. 
 from which we make our billing and upon which there was an error of fifty 
 dollars. I send you this for the purpose of calling it to the atlention of Mr. 
 Jones, to show him that there is no intention to do him any injustice, and 
 also to show that the intention of the B. L. & I. S. Ry. Co., was to collect 
 $77.00 instead of $27.00. If Mr. Jones is inclined to be honorable ami fair in 
 this transaction, with this showing he can not hesitate to send the $50.00. 
 
 If he has any claim for overcharge on the shipment, either by reason of 
 what he considers an excess weight, or if he thinks he has been charged 
 with the rack, you may say to him that if he will remit this money and upon 
 the receipt of a letter from him making a claim, I will take the matter per- 
 sonally to our freight auditor and have.it certified by the B. L. & I S. Ry. 
 Co., and I think I can assure him that within thirty days any thing that is 
 due him will be refunded. If at the end of that time he does not hear from 
 the claim, and he will let me know, I will give it further attention and see 
 that it has prompt consideration. 
 
 Mr. Jones ought to understand, that, while his bill of lading may read for 
 20,000 pounds, more or less as the case may be, that it fs simply given for a 
 nominal weight, probably' before the car was placed on any scales. This 
 weight represents the weight derived from our scales; and I am positive 
 that it is correct, from the fact that my scales have been recently adjusted 
 and my weighmasters are exceedingly careful. 
 
 Please give apr..mpt reply, and in any case, make sure of preserving the 
 papers, especially the expense bill. . 
 
 Yours truly, H. G. STRIPE, Agent. 
 
 CINCINNATI. May 2sM, 1883. 
 JOHN SMITH, ESQ., AGENT, 
 
 Zanefville, Ohio. 
 
 DEAR SIR: -We have before us your esteemed favor of the 26th inst., sub- 
 mitting daily report of the Jones flour mill risk at your place, and have 
 given your communication our careful perusal. 
 
 We beg to say in reply, that we can not possibly accept the risk at the 
 rate you name, viz; -2} per cent, until we have seen a full application and 
 survey of the property. We inclose you herewith our regular survey blank- 
 winch we desire used in all Mich cases, and we trust you will lose no time in 
 forwarding us the desired information, upon receipt of which we will pass 
 upon the risk and advise you by first mail of our decision. 
 We are, dear sir. 
 
 Yours very truly, 
 
 JNO. H. LAW & BRO.,
 
 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 247 
 
 LEGAL EXERCISES. 
 
 Union Central Life Ins. Co., ] 
 
 Plaintiffs in Error, j Supreme Court 
 vs. 
 - Jol 
 
 Defendant in Error 
 
 Martha Johnston, of Ohio. 
 
 TO?', J 
 
 PETITION. 
 
 The defendants are a corporation created under the laws of this state. 
 
 On the 13th day of August, A. D. 1870, at Chardon, Ohio, in consideration 
 of the payment, by one Thomas Johnston to the defendants, of the sum of 
 fifteen and 52-100 dollars, semi-annually during his life, the defendants by 
 their agents duly authorized thereto, made their policy of Insurance, partly 
 printed and partly written, and delivered it to said Thomas Johnston, a copy 
 of which as fully as the plaintiff is able to furnish it, is attached to this pe- 
 tition, and made apart thereof, and marked Exhibit A. The plaintiff is un- 
 able to give a perfect copy of said policy, for the reason that the same was 
 long since delivered up to the defendants, at their request, and is now in 
 the defendant's possession. 
 
 Up to the time of the death of said Thomas Johnston, all premiums 
 accrued upon said policy were duly paid. 
 
 On the 26th day of June, A. D. 1871, at Thompson. Geauga Co., Ohio, 
 said Thomas Johnston died, which death was not caused by the hand of 
 the assured, or in consequence of a duel, or in consequence of violation 
 of the laws of the United States, or of any other nation, state or province. 
 
 The said Thomas Johnston and the plaintiff each duly performed all the 
 conditions of said policy of Insurance on their; part and the plaintiff, more 
 than ninety days before the commencement of this action, to wit: on the 
 fifth day of June, A. D. 1871, at Cincinnati, Ohio, gave the defendants due 
 notice and proof of the death of said Thomas Johnston as aforesaid, and 
 duly demanded payment of said sum of fifteen hundred dollars, mentioned 
 in said policy. 
 
 On or about the 23rd day of August, A. D. 1871, the defendants by their 
 duly authorized agent and Secretary, N. W. Harris, did falsely and fraudu- 
 lently represent to said Martha Johnston, that the said Thomas John- 
 ston made false statements in his application for said Insurance, and 
 thereby induced said defendants to issue said policy, and that by reason 
 thereof, said policy was void; which false and fraudulent representations 
 were so made by the defc>ndant to the plaintiff, for the purpose and with the 
 intent to cheat and defraud the plaintiff by inducing her to accept from 
 the defendant a less sum in satisfaction and discharge of said policy, than 
 the amount actually due and payable thereon, by the terms thereof. 
 
 The plaintiff relying on said false and fraudulent representations made 
 by said defendants through their said agent, and having no knowledge as to 
 the truth or falsity thereof, and supposing and believing them to be true, 
 was thereby induced to receive the sum of seven hundred dollars, in satis- 
 faction and discharge of said claim, under said policy: and to surrender 
 said policy, and all receipts and papers connected therewith, and to execute 
 a paper at the solicitation of said N, W. Harris, the contents of which she i s
 
 243 THE REPORTER'S GUIDE. 
 
 not able to state. All of which papers, receipts, and policy, were carried 
 away by said iigent of defendants. 
 
 And the plaintiff says that said representations so made by said defend- 
 ant to the plaintiff, were false, and fraudulent, and untrue, as the defendant 
 then well knew, and by reason thereof the plaintiff has sustained damages 
 to the amount of nine hundred dollars, for which she asks judgment. 
 CANFIELD & BOSTWICK. 
 
 Attorneys for Plaintiff. 
 
 ANSWER TO PETITION. 
 
 Now comes the defendant, and, for answer to the petition of the plaint- 
 iff, says: 
 
 First. It admits the issue and delivery to the plaintiff of its policy of in- 
 surance, upon the life of Thomas Johnston, in the sum of fifteen hundred 
 dollars, and it admits the death of Thomas Johnston, as alleged in the peti- 
 tion. The defendant denies that it is indebted lo the plaintiff in any sum 
 whatever on account of said policy, for the following reasons: 
 
 Said policy was issued in consideration, in part, of certain statements 
 made by the said Thomas Johnston to the defendant in writing; among 
 others, the following: 
 
 1st. Said Thomas Johnston, being asked whether he had, prior to the 
 date of said application for insurance, to wit, August 13th, 1870, received any 
 personal injury, he' answered ' No;" whereas, in truth, he had received a 
 gunshot wound prior thereto, which wound was followed by gangrene and 
 permanent injury to his health. 
 
 2nd. Said Thomas Johnston stated, in reply to interrogatories, that he 
 had not been attended by a physician during the seven years preceding the 
 dateof said application; while, in truth, he had been attended by at lenst 
 two physicians, by one of whom, a surgical operation had been performed 
 upon him, to-wit. the insertion of a seton in his chest. 
 
 3rd. Said Thomas Johnston represented himself as in good health and 
 free from lung disease at the date of said application; whereas, in truth, he 
 was then suffering from diseased lungs, from the effects of which he died 
 soon after the date of said application. By reason of said misrepresentation 
 said policy was void from its date. 
 
 Second. For a second cause of defense, the defendant states that subse- 
 quent to the death of said Thomas Johnston, it paid to the said plaintiff the 
 sum of seven hundred dollars in full compromise and settlement of all de- 
 mands under the said policy, the said plaintiff having claimed the full 
 amount of the said policy, and the said defendant having denied any or all 
 liability under said policy for the reasons set forth in the first cause of de- 
 fense and other reasons, and the said sum of seven hundred dollars having 
 been agreed upon as in full settlement and compromise, and paid ami ac- 
 cepted as such. 
 
 Wherefore defendant prays to be hence dismissed with its costs in this 
 behalf expended. 
 
 MATTHEWS & RAMSEY, 
 
 Attorney.* for Defendant.
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 NOV281952 
 
 Form L9-25m-9,'47(A5618)444
 
 I86r The reporter's 
 1890 guide. 
 
 L86r 
 1890 
 
 A 000576277 8